26 U.S.C.
United States Code, 2011 Edition
Title 26 - INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
Subtitle F - Procedure and Administration
CHAPTER 61 - INFORMATION AND RETURNS
From the U.S. Government Printing Office, www.gpo.gov

CHAPTER 61—INFORMATION AND RETURNS

Subchapter
Sec.1

        

A.
Returns and records
6001
B.
Miscellaneous provisions
6101

        

1 Section numbers editorially supplied.

Subchapter A—Returns and Records

Part
I.
Records, statements, and special returns.
II.
Tax returns or statements.
III.
Information returns.
IV.
Signing and verifying of returns and other documents.
V.
Time for filing returns and other documents.
VI.
Extension of time for filing returns.
VII.
Place for filing returns or other documents.
VIII.
Designation of income tax payments to Presidential Election Campaign Fund.

        

Amendments

1966—Pub. L. 89–809, title III, §302(b), Nov. 13, 1966, 80 Stat. 1588, added item VIII.

PART I—RECORDS, STATEMENTS, AND SPECIAL RETURNS

Sec.
6001.
Notice or regulations requiring records, statements, and special returns.

        

§6001. Notice or regulations requiring records, statements, and special returns

Every person liable for any tax imposed by this title, or for the collection thereof, shall keep such records, render such statements, make such returns, and comply with such rules and regulations as the Secretary may from time to time prescribe. Whenever in the judgment of the Secretary it is necessary, he may require any person, by notice served upon such person or by regulations, to make such returns, render such statements, or keep such records, as the Secretary deems sufficient to show whether or not such person is liable for tax under this title. The only records which an employer shall be required to keep under this section in connection with charged tips shall be charge receipts, records necessary to comply with section 6053(c), and copies of statements furnished by employees under section 6053(a).

(Aug. 16, 1954, ch. 736, 68A Stat. 731; Pub. L. 94–455, title XIX, §1906(b)(13)(A), Oct. 4, 1976, 90 Stat. 1834; Pub. L. 95–600, title V, §501(a), Nov. 6, 1978, 92 Stat. 2878; Pub. L. 97–248, title III, §314(d), Sept. 3, 1982, 96 Stat. 605.)

Amendments

1982—Pub. L. 97–248 inserted “, records necessary to comply with section 6053(c),” after “charge receipts”.

1978—Pub. L. 95–600 inserted provision at end relating to only records which an employer shall be required to keep in connection with charged tips.

1976—Pub. L. 94–455 struck out “or his delegate” after “Secretary” wherever appearing.

Effective Date of 1982 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 97–248 applicable to calendar years beginning after Dec. 31, 1982, see section 314(e) of Pub. L. 97–248, set out as a note under section 6053 of this title.

Effective Date of 1978 Amendment

Section 501(c) of Pub. L. 95–600 provided that: “The amendments made by this section [amending this section and section 6041 of this title] shall apply to payments made after December 31, 1978.”

PART II—TAX RETURNS OR STATEMENTS

Subpart
A.
General requirement.
B.
Income tax returns.
C.
Estate and gift tax returns.
D.
Miscellaneous provisions.

        

Amendment of Analysis

For termination of amendment by section 304 of Pub. L. 111–312, see Effective and Termination Dates of 2010 Amendment note set out under section 121 of this title.

For termination of amendment by section 901 of Pub. L. 107–16, see Effective and Termination Dates of 2001 Amendment note set out under section 1 of this title.

Amendments

2010—Pub. L. 111–312, title III, §§301(a), 304, Dec. 17, 2010, 124 Stat. 3300, 3304, temporarily amended analysis to read as if amendment by Pub. L. 107–16, §542(b)(5)(B), had never been enacted. See 2001 Amendment note below.

2001—Pub. L. 107–16, title V, §542(b)(5)(B), title IX, §901, June 7, 2001, 115 Stat. 84, 150, temporarily substituted “Returns relating to transfers during life or at death” for “Estate and gift tax returns” in item for subpart C.

Subpart A—General Requirement

Sec.
6011.
General requirement of return, statement, or list.

        

§6011. General requirement of return, statement, or list

(a) General rule

When required by regulations prescribed by the Secretary any person made liable for any tax imposed by this title, or with respect to the collection thereof, shall make a return or statement according to the forms and regulations prescribed by the Secretary. Every person required to make a return or statement shall include therein the information required by such forms or regulations.

(b) Identification of taxpayer

The Secretary is authorized to require such information with respect to persons subject to the taxes imposed by chapter 21 or chapter 24 as is necessary or helpful in securing proper identification of such persons.

(c) Returns, etc., of DISCS and former DISCS and former FSC's

(1) Records and information

A DISC, former DISC, or former FSC (as defined in section 922 as in effect before its repeal by the FSC Repeal and Extraterritorial Income Exclusion Act of 2000) shall for the taxable year—

(A) furnish such information to persons who were shareholders at any time during such taxable year, and to the Secretary, and

(B) keep such records, as may be required by regulations prescribed by the Secretary.

(2) Returns

A DISC shall file for the taxable year such returns as may be prescribed by the Secretary by forms or regulations.

(d) Authority to require information concerning section 912 allowances

The Secretary may by regulations require any individual who receives allowances which are excluded from gross income under section 912 for any taxable year to include on his return of the taxes imposed by subtitle A for such taxable year such information with respect to the amount and type of such allowances as the Secretary determines to be appropriate.

(e) Regulations requiring returns on magnetic media, etc.

(1) In general

The Secretary shall prescribe regulations providing standards for determining which returns must be filed on magnetic media or in other machine-readable form. Except as provided in paragraph (3), the Secretary may not require returns of any tax imposed by subtitle A on individuals, estates, and trusts to be other than on paper forms supplied by the Secretary.

(2) Requirements of regulations

In prescribing regulations under paragraph (1), the Secretary—

(A) shall not require any person to file returns on magnetic media unless such person is required to file at least 250 returns during the calendar year, and

(B) shall take into account (among other relevant factors) the ability of the taxpayer to comply at reasonable cost with the requirements of such regulations.


Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Secretary shall require partnerships having more than 100 partners to file returns on magnetic media.

(3) Special rule for tax return preparers

(A) In general

The Secretary shall require than 1 any individual income tax return prepared by a tax return preparer be filed on magnetic media if—

(i) such return is filed by such tax return preparer, and

(ii) such tax return preparer is a specified tax return preparer for the calendar year during which such return is filed.

(B) Specified tax return preparer

For purposes of this paragraph, the term “specified tax return preparer” means, with respect to any calendar year, any tax return preparer unless such preparer reasonably expects to file 10 or fewer individual income tax returns during such calendar year.

(C) Individual income tax return

For purposes of this paragraph, the term “individual income tax return” means any return of the tax imposed by subtitle A on individuals, estates, or trusts.

(4) Special rule for returns filed by financial institutions with respect to withholding on foreign transfers

The numerical limitation under paragraph (2)(A) shall not apply to any return filed by a financial institution (as defined in section 1471(d)(5)) with respect to tax for which such institution is made liable under section 1461 or 1474(a).

(f) Promotion of electronic filing

(1) In general

The Secretary is authorized to promote the benefits of and encourage the use of electronic tax administration programs, as they become available, through the use of mass communications and other means.

(2) Incentives

The Secretary may implement procedures to provide for the payment of appropriate incentives for electronically filed returns.

(g) Disclosure of reportable transaction to tax-exempt entity

Any taxable party to a prohibited tax shelter transaction (as defined in section 4965(e)(1)) shall by statement disclose to any tax-exempt entity (as defined in section 4965(c)) which is a party to such transaction that such transaction is such a prohibited tax shelter transaction.

(h) Income, estate, and gift taxes

For requirement that returns of income, estate, and gift taxes be made whether or not there is tax liability, see subparts B and C.

(Aug. 16, 1954, ch. 736, 68A Stat. 732; Pub. L. 85–859, title I, §161, Sept. 2, 1958, 72 Stat. 1305; Pub. L. 88–563, §3(a), Sept. 2, 1964, 78 Stat. 843; Pub. L. 89–44, title I, §101(b)(6), June 21, 1965, 79 Stat. 136; Pub. L. 90–59, §4(b), July 31, 1967, 81 Stat. 154; Pub. L. 91–128, §4 (f), (g), Nov. 26, 1969, 83 Stat. 267; Pub. L. 92–178, title V, §504(a), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 550; Pub. L. 94–455, title XIX, §§1904(b)(10)(A)(ii), 1906(b)(13)(A), Oct. 4, 1976, 90 Stat. 1817, 1834; Pub. L. 95–615, §207(c), Nov. 8, 1978, 92 Stat. 3108; Pub. L. 97–248, title III, §319, Sept. 3, 1982, 96 Stat. 610; Pub. L. 98–67, title I, §109(a), Aug. 5, 1983, 97 Stat. 383; Pub. L. 98–369, div. A, title VIII, §801(d)(12), July 18, 1984, 98 Stat. 997; Pub. L. 99–514, title XVIII, §1899A(52), Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2961; Pub. L. 100–647, title I, §1015(q)(1), Nov. 10, 1988, 102 Stat. 3572; Pub. L. 101–239, title VII, §7713(a), Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2394; Pub. L. 105–34, title XII, §1224, Aug. 5, 1997, 111 Stat. 1019; Pub. L. 105–206, title II, §2001(c), July 22, 1998, 112 Stat. 723; Pub. L. 109–222, title V, §516(b)(2), May 17, 2006, 120 Stat. 371; Pub. L. 110–172, §11(g)(19), Dec. 29, 2007, 121 Stat. 2491; Pub. L. 111–92, §17(a), (b), Nov. 6, 2009, 123 Stat. 2996; Pub. L. 111–147, title V, §522(a), Mar. 18, 2010, 124 Stat. 112.)

References in Text

The FSC Repeal and Extraterritorial Income Exclusion Act of 2000, referred to in subsec. (c)(1), is Pub. L. 106–519, Nov. 15, 2000, 114 Stat. 2423. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title of 2000 Amendments note set out under section 1 of this title and Tables.

Amendments

2010—Subsec. (e)(4). Pub. L. 111–147 added par. (4).

2009—Subsec. (e)(1). Pub. L. 111–92, §17(b), substituted “Except as provided in paragraph (3), the Secretary may not” for “The Secretary may not” in second sentence.

Subsec. (e)(3). Pub. L. 111–92, §17(a), added par. (3).

2007—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 110–172, §11(g)(19)(B), struck out “and FSC's” after “former DISCS” in heading.

Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 110–172, §11(g)(19)(A), in introductory provisions, substituted “, former DISC, or former FSC (as defined in section 922 as in effect before its repeal by the FSC Repeal and Extraterritorial Income Exclusion Act of 2000)” for “or former DISC or a FSC or former FSC”.

2006—Subsecs. (g), (h). Pub. L. 109–222 added subsec. (g) and redesignated former subsec. (g) as (h).

1998—Subsecs. (f), (g). Pub. L. 105–206 added subsec. (f) and redesignated former subsec. (f) as (g).

1997—Subsec. (e)(2). Pub. L. 105–34 inserted at end “Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Secretary shall require partnerships having more than 100 partners to file returns on magnetic media.”

1989—Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 101–239 substituted “magnetic media” for “magnetic tape” in heading and amended text generally, revising the content and structure of pars. (1) and (2).

1988—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 100–647 substituted “or with respect to the collection thereof” for “or for the collection thereof”.

1986—Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 99–514 substituted “subparts B and C” for “sections 6012 to 6019, inclusive”.

1984—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 98–369 inserted “and FSC's and former FSC's” in heading and “or a FSC or former FSC” in par. (1).

1983—Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 98–67 amended subsec. (e) generally, designating existing provisions as par. (1) and adding par. (2).

1982—Subsecs. (e), (f). Pub. L. 97–248 added subsec. (e) and redesignated former subsec. (e) as (f).

1978—Subsecs. (d), (e). Pub. L. 95–615 added subsec. (d) and redesignated former subsec. (d) as (e).

1976—Subsecs. (a), (b). Pub. L. 94–455, §1906(b)(13)(A), struck out “or his delegate” after “Secretary”.

Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 94–455, §§1904(b)(10)(A)(ii), 1906(b)(13)(A), redesignated subsec. (e) as (c) and struck out “or his delegate” after “Secretary” wherever appearing.

Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 94–455, §1904(b)(10)(A)(ii), redesignated subsec. (f) as (d). Former subsec. (d), which related to interest equalization tax returns, was struck out.

Subsecs. (e), (f). Pub. L. 94–455, §1904(b)(10)(A)(ii), redesignated subsecs. (e) and (f) as (c) and (d), respectively.

1971—Subsecs. (e), (f). Pub. L. 92–178 added subsec. (e) and redesignated former subsec. (e) as (f).

1969—Subsec. (d)(1)(B). Pub. L. 91–128, §4(f), inserted provisions excepting dispositions made under circumstances entitling the person to a credit under the provisions of section 4919 from the requirement that persons incurring liability for the tax imposed by section 4911 of this title, if he disposes of the stock or debt obligation with respect to which such liability was incurred prior to the filing of the return required by subparagraph (A), file a return of such tax.

Subsec. (d)(3). Pub. L. 91–128, §4(g), eased recordkeeping requirements by providing that nonparticipating be subject to the recordkeeping and reporting requirements prescribed by the Secretary or his delegate only insofar as they engage in sales or acquisitions in which the nonparticipating firm has received a validation certificate indicating the stock or debt obligation qualifies for the exemption or where the U.S. person acquiring the stock or debt obligation is subject to the interest equalization tax, including acquisitions where a broker's confirmation to the customer indicates, or should indicate that the particular acquisition is or may be subject to the tax.

1967—Subsec. (d)(1). Pub. L. 90–59 designated existing provisions as subpar. (A), substituted a copy of any return made during a quarter under subpar. (B) for a certificate of American ownership complying with section 4918(e) or a summary statement establishing exemption together with reasons for person's inability to establish prior American ownership as the document to accompany the list of acquisitions made during the calendar quarter for which an exemption is claimed under section 4918, struck out “a written confirmation, furnished in accordance with the requirements described in section 4918(c) or (d), is treated as conclusive proof of prior American ownership;” after “No return or accompanying evidence shall be required under this paragraph, in connection with any acquisition with respect to which”, and added clauses (i), (ii), and (iii) and subpar. (B).

1965—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 89–44 repealed subsec. (c) which related to return of retailers excise taxes by suppliers.

1964—Subsecs. (d), (e). Pub. L. 88–563 added subsec. (d) and redesignated former subsec. (d) as (e).

1958—Subsecs. (c), (d). Pub. L. 85–859 added subsec. (c) and redesignated former subsec. (c) as (d).

Effective Date of 2010 Amendment

Pub. L. 111–147, title V, §522(c), Mar. 18, 2010, 124 Stat. 113, provided that: “The amendment made by this section [amending this section and section 6724 of this title] shall apply to returns the due date for which (determined without regard to extensions) is after the date of the enactment of this Act [Mar. 18, 2010].”

Effective Date of 2009 Amendment

Pub. L. 111–92, §17(c), Nov. 6, 2009, 123 Stat. 2996, provided that: “The amendments made by this section [amending this section] shall apply to returns filed after December 31, 2010.”

Effective Date of 2006 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 109–222 applicable to disclosures the due date for which are after May 17, 2006, see section 516(d)(2) of Pub. L. 109–222, set out as an Effective Date note under section 4965 of this title.

Effective Date of 1997 Amendment

Section 1226 of title XII of Pub. L. 105–34, as amended by Pub. L. 105–206, title VI, §6012(e), July 22, 1998, 112 Stat. 819, provided that: “The amendments made by this part [part I (§§1221–1226) of subtitle C of title XII of Pub. L. 105–34, enacting part IV of subchapter K of chapter 1 of this title and subchapter D of chapter 63 of this title, and amending this section and sections 6012, 6031, 6724, 7421, 7459, 7482, and 7485 of this title] shall apply to partnership taxable years beginning after December 31, 1997.”

Effective Date of 1989 Amendment

Section 7713(b) of Pub. L. 101–239 provided that: “The amendment made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall apply to returns the due date for which (determined without regard to extensions) is after December 31, 1989.”

Effective Date of 1988 Amendment

Section 1015(q)(2) of Pub. L. 100–647 provided that: “The amendment made by paragraph (1) [amending this section] shall take effect on the date of the enactment of this Act [Nov. 10, 1988].”

Effective Date of 1984 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 98–369 applicable to transactions after Dec. 31, 1984, in taxable years ending after such date, see section 805(a)(1) of Pub. L. 98–369, as amended, set out as a note under section 245 of this title.

Effective Date of 1983 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 98–67 applicable with respect to payments made after Dec. 31, 1983, see section 110(a) of Pub. L. 98–67, set out as a note under section 31 of this title.

Effective Date of 1978 Amendment; Election of Prior Law

Amendment by Pub. L. 95–615 applicable to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1977, with provision for election of prior law, see section 209 of Pub. L. 95–615, set out as an Effective Date of 1978 Amendment note under section 911 of this title.

Effective Date of 1976 Amendment

Amendment by section 1904(b)(10)(A)(ii) of Pub. L. 94–455 effective Feb. 1, 1977, see section 1904(d) of Pub. L. 94–455, set out as a note under section 4041 of this title.

Effective Date of 1971 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 92–178 applicable with respect to taxable years ending after Dec. 31, 1971, except that a corporation may not be a DISC for any taxable year beginning before Jan. 1, 1972, see section 507 of Pub. L. 92–178, set out as an Effective Date note under section 991 of this title.

Effective Date of 1969 Amendment

Section 4(i)(4) of Pub. L. 91–128 provided that: “The amendments made by this section [amending this section and sections 4912, 4914, 4915, 4919, 4920, and 6680 of this title] shall apply with respect to acquisitions of debt obligations made after the date of the enactment of this Act [Nov. 26, 1969].”

Effective Date of 1967 Amendment

Section 4(h) of Pub. L. 90–59 provided that: “The amendments made by this section [amending this section and sections 4918, 4920, and 6076 of this title] (other than by subsections (d) and (e)) shall apply with respect to acquisitions of stock and debt obligations made after July 14, 1967. The amendments made by subsections (d) and (e) [amending sections 6681 and 7241 of this title] shall take effect on the date of the enactment of this Act [July 31, 1967].”

Effective Date of 1965 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 89–44 applicable with respect to articles sold on or after June 22, 1965, see section 701(a) of Pub. L. 89–44, set out as a note under section 4161 of this title.

Effective Date of 1958 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 85–859 effective on first day of first calendar quarter which begins more than 60 days after Sept. 2, 1958, see section 1(c) of Pub. L. 85–859.

Short Title of 1967 Amendment

Section 1(a) of Pub. L. 90–59 provided that: “This Act [amending this section and sections 4912, 4914 to 4920, 4931, 6076, 6681, and 7241 of this title] may be cited as the ‘Interest Equalization Tax Extension Act of 1967’.”

Electronic Filing of Tax and Information Returns

Pub. L. 105–206, title II, §2001(a), (b), (d), July 22, 1998, 112 Stat. 723, 725, provided that:

“(a) In General.—It is the policy of Congress that—

“(1) paperless filing should be the preferred and most convenient means of filing Federal tax and information returns;

“(2) it should be the goal of the Internal Revenue Service to have at least 80 percent of all such returns filed electronically by the year 2007; and

“(3) the Internal Revenue Service should cooperate with and encourage the private sector by encouraging competition to increase electronic filing of such returns.

“(b) Strategic Plan.—

“(1) In general.—Not later than 180 days after the date of the enactment of this Act [July 22, 1998], the Secretary of the Treasury or the Secretary's delegate (hereafter in this section referred to as the ‘Secretary’) shall establish a plan to eliminate barriers, provide incentives, and use competitive market forces to increase electronic filing gradually over the next 10 years while maintaining processing times for paper returns at 40 days. To the extent practicable, such plan shall provide that all returns prepared electronically for taxable years beginning after 2001 shall be filed electronically.

“(2) Electronic commerce advisory group.—To ensure that the Secretary receives input from the private sector in the development and implementation of the plan required by paragraph (1), the Secretary shall convene an electronic commerce advisory group to include representatives from the small business community and from the tax practitioner, preparer, and computerized tax processor communities and other representatives from the electronic filing industry.

“(d) Annual Reports.—Not later than June 30 of each calendar year after 1998, the Chairperson of the Internal Revenue Service Oversight Board, the Secretary of the Treasury, and the Chairperson of the electronic commerce advisory group established under subsection (b)(2) [set out as a note above] shall report to the Committees on Ways and Means, Appropriations, Government Reform and Oversight [now Committee on Oversight and Government Reform], and Small Business of the House of Representatives and the Committees on Finance, Appropriations, Governmental Affairs [now Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs], and Small Business [now Committee on Small Business and Entrepreneurship] of the Senate on—

“(1) the progress of the Internal Revenue Service in meeting the goal of receiving electronically 80 percent of tax and information returns by 2007;

“(2) the status of the plan required by subsection (b) [set out as a note above];

“(3) the legislative changes necessary to assist the Internal Revenue Service in meeting such goal; and

“(4) the effects on small businesses and the self-employed of electronically filing tax and information returns.”


Pub. L. 105–206, title II, §2003(c), July 22, 1998, 112 Stat. 725, provided that: “In the case of taxable periods beginning after December 31, 1999, the Secretary of the Treasury or the Secretary's delegate shall, to the extent practicable, establish procedures to accept, in electronic form, any other information, statements, elections, or schedules, from taxpayers filing returns electronically, so that such taxpayers will not be required to file any paper.”

Plan Amendments Not Required Until January 1, 1989

For provisions directing that if any amendments made by subtitle A or subtitle C of title XI [§§1101–1147 and 1171–1177] or title XVIII [§§1800–1899A] of Pub. L. 99–514 require an amendment to any plan, such plan amendment shall not be required to be made before the first plan year beginning on or after Jan. 1, 1989, see section 1140 of Pub. L. 99–514, as amended, set out as a note under section 401 of this title.

Study of Wage Returns on Magnetic Tape; Report to Congress Not Later Than July 1, 1984

Section 109(b) of Pub. L. 98–67 required Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with Secretary of Health and Human Services, to conduct a study of feasibility of requiring persons to file, on magnetic media, returns under section 6011 of the Internal Revenue Code containing information described in section 6051(a) of such Code (relating to W–2s), and that not later than July 1, 1984, Secretary of the Treasury was to submit to Committee on Ways and Means of House of Representatives and Committee on Finance of Senate results of study.

Report on Forms

Section 353 of Pub. L. 97–248 required Secretary of the Treasury to study and report to Congress, not later than June 30, 1983, methods of modifying the design of the forms used by the Internal Revenue Service to achieve greater accuracy in the reporting of income and the matching of information reports and returns with the returns of tax imposed.

Study of Simplification of Tax Returns

Pub. L. 95–600, title V, §551, Nov. 6, 1978, 92 Stat. 2890, required a study and investigation by Secretary of the Treasury with respect to simplification of Federal income tax returns, establishment of a task force to assist in conduct of study, and a report by Secretary on study and investigation to Congressional committees not later than 2 years after Nov. 6, 1978.

First Return Period for Interest Equalization Tax Returns

Section 3(d)(1) of Pub. L. 89–243, Oct. 9, 1965, 79 Stat. 955, provided that the first period for which returns were to be made under subsec. (d)(1) of this section with respect to acquisitions made subject to tax by this section was the period commencing Feb. 11, 1965, and ending at the close of the calendar quarter in which the enactment of Pub. L. 89–243 [Oct. 9, 1965] occurred.

Section 3(e) of Pub. L. 88–563 provided that the first period for which returns were to be made under subsec. (d)(1) of this section was the period commencing July 19, 1963, and ending at the close of the calendar quarter in which the enactment of Pub. L. 88–563 [Sept. 2, 1964] occurred.

1 So in original. Probably should be “that”.

Subpart B—Income Tax Returns

Sec.
6012.
Persons required to make returns of income.
6013.
Joint returns of income tax by husband and wife.
6014.
Income tax return—tax not computed by taxpayer.
6015.
Relief from joint and several liability on joint return.
[6016.
Repealed.]
6017.
Self-employment tax returns.
[6017A.
Repealed.]

        

Amendments

1998—Pub. L. 105–206, title III, §3201(f), July 22, 1998, 112 Stat. 740, added item 6015.

1989—Pub. L. 101–239, title VII, §7711(b)(3), Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2393, struck out item 6017A “Place of residence”.

1984—Pub. L. 98–369, div. A, title IV, §412(c)(1), July 18, 1984, 98 Stat. 792, struck out item 6015 “Declaration of estimated income tax by individuals.”

1972—Pub. L. 92–512, title I, §144(a)(2), Oct. 20, 1972, 86 Stat. 935, added item 6017A.

1968—Pub. L. 90–364, title I, §103(e)(7), June 28, 1968, 82 Stat. 264, struck out item 6016 “Declarations of estimated income tax by corporations.”

§6012. Persons required to make returns of income

(a) General rule

Returns with respect to income taxes under subtitle A shall be made by the following:

(1)(A) Every individual having for the taxable year gross income which equals or exceeds the exemption amount, except that a return shall not be required of an individual—

(i) who is not married (determined by applying section 7703), is not a surviving spouse (as defined in section 2(a)), is not a head of a household (as defined in section 2(b)), and for the taxable year has gross income of less than the sum of the exemption amount plus the basic standard deduction applicable to such an individual,

(ii) who is a head of a household (as so defined) and for the taxable year has gross income of less than the sum of the exemption amount plus the basic standard deduction applicable to such an individual,

(iii) who is a surviving spouse (as so defined) and for the taxable year has gross income of less than the sum of the exemption amount plus the basic standard deduction applicable to such an individual, or

(iv) who is entitled to make a joint return and whose gross income, when combined with the gross income of his spouse, is, for the taxable year, less than the sum of twice the exemption amount plus the basic standard deduction applicable to a joint return, but only if such individual and his spouse, at the close of the taxable year, had the same household as their home.


Clause (iv) shall not apply if for the taxable year such spouse makes a separate return or any other taxpayer is entitled to an exemption for such spouse under section 151(c).

(B) The amount specified in clause (i), (ii), or (iii) of subparagraph (A) shall be increased by the amount of 1 additional standard deduction (within the meaning of section 63(c)(3)) in the case of an individual entitled to such deduction by reason of section 63(f)(1)(A) (relating to individuals age 65 or more), and the amount specified in clause (iv) of subparagraph (A) shall be increased by the amount of the additional standard deduction for each additional standard deduction to which the individual or his spouse is entitled by reason of section 63(f)(1).

(C) The exception under subparagraph (A) shall not apply to any individual—

(i) who is described in section 63(c)(5) and who has—

(I) income (other than earned income) in excess of the sum of the amount in effect under section 63(c)(5)(A) plus the additional standard deduction (if any) to which the individual is entitled, or

(II) total gross income in excess of the standard deduction, or


(ii) for whom the standard deduction is zero under section 63(c)(6).


(D) For purposes of this subsection—

(i) The terms “standard deduction”, “basic standard deduction” and “additional standard deduction” have the respective meanings given such terms by section 63(c).

(ii) The term “exemption amount” has the meaning given such term by section 151(d). In the case of an individual described in section 151(d)(2), the exemption amount shall be zero.


(2) Every corporation subject to taxation under subtitle A;

(3) Every estate the gross income of which for the taxable year is $600 or more;

(4) Every trust having for the taxable year any taxable income, or having gross income of $600 or over, regardless of the amount of taxable income;

(5) Every estate or trust of which any beneficiary is a nonresident alien;

(6) Every political organization (within the meaning of section 527(e)(1)), and every fund treated under section 527(g) as if it constituted a political organization, which has political organization taxable income (within the meaning of section 527(c)(1)) for the taxable year; and 1

(7) Every homeowners association (within the meaning of section 528(c)(1)) which has homeowners association taxable income (within the meaning of section 528(d)) for the taxable year.1

(8) Every estate of an individual under chapter 7 or 11 of title 11 of the United States Code (relating to bankruptcy) the gross income of which for the taxable year is not less than the sum of the exemption amount plus the basic standard deduction under section 63(c)(2)(D).12


except that subject to such conditions, limitations, and exceptions and under such regulations as may be prescribed by the Secretary, nonresident alien individuals subject to the tax imposed by section 871 and foreign corporations subject to the tax imposed by section 881 may be exempted from the requirement of making returns under this section.

(b) Returns made by fiduciaries and receivers

(1) Returns of decedents

If an individual is deceased, the return of such individual required under subsection (a) shall be made by his executor, administrator, or other person charged with the property of such decedent.

(2) Persons under a disability

If an individual is unable to make a return required under subsection (a), the return of such individual shall be made by a duly authorized agent, his committee, guardian, fiduciary or other person charged with the care of the person or property of such individual. The preceding sentence shall not apply in the case of a receiver appointed by authority of law in possession of only a part of the property of an individual.

(3) Receivers, trustees and assignees for corporations

In a case where a receiver, trustee in a case under title 11 of the United States Code, or assignee, by order of a court of competent jurisdiction, by operation of law or otherwise, has possession of or holds title to all or substantially all the property or business of a corporation, whether or not such property or business is being operated, such receiver, trustee, or assignee shall make the return of income for such corporation in the same manner and form as corporations are required to make such returns.

(4) Returns of estates and trusts

Returns of an estate, a trust, or an estate of an individual under chapter 7 or 11 of title 11 of the United States Code shall be made by the fiduciary thereof.

(5) Joint fiduciaries

Under such regulations as the Secretary may prescribe, a return made by one of two or more joint fiduciaries shall be sufficient compliance with the requirements of this section. A return made pursuant to this paragraph shall contain a statement that the fiduciary has sufficient knowledge of the affairs of the person for whom the return is made to enable him to make the return, and that the return is, to the best of his knowledge and belief, true and correct.

(6) IRA share of partnership income

In the case of a trust which is exempt from taxation under section 408(e), for purposes of this section, the trust's distributive share of items of gross income and gain of any partnership to which subchapter C or D of chapter 63 applies shall be treated as equal to the trust's distributive share of the taxable income of such partnership.

(c) Certain income earned abroad or from sale of residence

For purposes of this section, gross income shall be computed without regard to the exclusion provided for in section 121 (relating to gain from sale of principal residence) and without regard to the exclusion provided for in section 911 (relating to citizens or residents of the United States living abroad).

(d) Tax-exempt interest required to be shown on return

Every person required to file a return under this section for the taxable year shall include on such return the amount of interest received or accrued during the taxable year which is exempt from the tax imposed by chapter 1.

(e) Consolidated returns

For provisions relating to consolidated returns by affiliated corporations, see chapter 6.

(Aug. 16, 1954, ch. 736, 68A Stat. 732; Pub. L. 85–866, title I, §72(a), Sept. 2, 1958, 72 Stat. 1660; Pub. L. 88–272, title II, §206(b)(1), Feb. 26, 1964, 78 Stat. 40; Pub. L. 91–172, title IX, §941(a), (d), Dec. 30, 1969, 83 Stat. 726; Pub. L. 92–178, title II, §204(a), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 511; Pub. L. 93–443, title IV, §407, Oct. 15, 1974, 88 Stat. 1297; Pub. L. 93–625, §10(b), Jan. 3, 1975, 88 Stat. 2119; Pub. L. 94–12, title II, §201(b), Mar. 29, 1975, 89 Stat. 29; Pub. L. 94–164, §2(a)(2), Dec. 23, 1975, 89 Stat. 970; Pub. L. 94–455, title IV, §401(b)(3), title XIX, §1906(b)(13)(A), title XXI, §2101(c), Oct. 4, 1976, 90 Stat. 1556, 1834, 1899; Pub. L. 95–30, title I, §104, May 23, 1977, 91 Stat. 139; Pub. L. 95–600, title I, §§101(c), 102(b)(1), 105(d), title IV, §404(c)(8), Nov. 6, 1978, 92 Stat. 2770, 2771, 2776, 2870; Pub. L. 95–615, §202(g)(5), formerly §202(f)(5), Nov. 8, 1978, 92 Stat. 3100, renumbered §202(g)(5), Pub. L. 96–222, title I, §108(a)(1)(A), Apr. 1, 1980, 94 Stat. 223; Pub. L. 96–589, §§3(b), 6(i)(5), Dec. 24, 1980, 94 Stat. 3400, 3410; Pub. L. 97–34, title I, §§104(d)(1), 111(b)(3), Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 189, 194; Pub. L. 98–369, div. A, title IV, §412(b)(3), July 18, 1984, 98 Stat. 792; Pub. L. 99–514, title I, §104(a)(1), title XV, §1525(a), Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2103, 2749; Pub. L. 100–647, title I, §1001(b)(2), Nov. 10, 1988, 102 Stat. 3349; Pub. L. 105–34, title III, §312(d)(11), title XII, §1225, Aug. 5, 1997, 111 Stat. 840, 1019; Pub. L. 106–230, §3(a)(1), July 1, 2000, 114 Stat. 482; Pub. L. 107–276, §3(a), Nov. 2, 2002, 116 Stat. 1931; Pub. L. 111–226, title II, §219(b)(1), Aug. 10, 2010, 124 Stat. 2403.)

References in Text

Section 63(c)(2)(D), referred to in subsec. (a)(8), was repealed by Pub. L. 107–16, title III, §301(a)(4), June 7, 2001, 115 Stat. 53. Subsequently, section 63(c)(2)(C) was redesignated as section 63(c)(2)(D) by Pub. L. 107–147, title IV, §411(e)(1)(C), Mar. 9, 2002, 116 Stat. 46.

Amendments

2010—Subsec. (a)(8), (9). Pub. L. 111–226 redesignated par. (9) as (8) and struck out former par. (8) which read as follows: “Every individual who receives payments during the calendar year in which the taxable year begins under section 3507 (relating to advance payment of earned income credit).”

2002—Subsec. (a)(6). Pub. L. 107–276 struck out “or which has gross receipts of $25,000 or more for the taxable year (other than an organization to which section 527 applies solely by reason of subsection (f)(1) of such section)” after “(within the meaning of section 527(c)(1)) for the taxable year”.

2000—Subsec. (a)(6). Pub. L. 106–230 inserted “or which has gross receipts of $25,000 or more for the taxable year (other than an organization to which section 527 applies solely by reason of subsection (f)(1) of such section)” after “taxable year”.

1997—Subsec. (b)(6). Pub. L. 105–34, §1225, added par. (6).

Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 105–34, §312(d)(11), substituted “(relating to gain from sale of principal residence)” for “(relating to one-time exclusion of gain from sale of principal residence by individual who has attained age 55)”.

1988—Subsec. (a)(1)(C)(i). Pub. L. 100–647 amended subcl. (I) generally, substituting “the sum of the amount in effect under section 63(c)(5)(A) plus the additional standard deduction (if any) to which the individual is entitled” for “the amount in effect under section 63(c)(5)(A) (relating to limitation on standard deduction in the case of certain dependents)”.

1986—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 99–514, §104(a)(1)(A), amended par. (1) generally. Prior to amendment, par. (1) read as follows:

“(1)(A) Every individual having for the taxable year a gross income of the exemption amount or more, except that a return shall not be required of an individual (other than an individual described in subparagraph (C))—

“(i) who is not married (determined by applying section 143), is not a surviving spouse (as defined in section 2(a)), and for the taxable year has a gross income of less than the sum of the exemption amount plus the zero bracket amount applicable to such an individual,

“(ii) who is a surviving spouse (as so defined) and for the taxable year has a gross income of less than the sum of the exemption amount plus the zero bracket amount applicable to such an individual, or

“(iii) who is entitled to make a joint return under section 6013 and whose gross income, when combined with the gross income of his spouse, is, for the taxable year, less than the sum of twice the exemption amount plus the zero bracket amount applicable to a joint return, but only if such individual and his spouse, at the close of the taxable year, had the same household as their home.

Clause (iii) shall not apply if for the taxable year such spouse makes a separate return or any other taxpayer is entitled to an exemption for such spouse under section 151(e).

“(B) The amount specified in clause (i) or (ii) of subparagraph (A) shall be increased by the exemption amount in the case of an individual entitled to an additional personal exemption under section 151(c)(1), and the amount specified in clause (iii) of subparagraph (A) shall be increased by the exemption amount for each additional personal exemption to which the individual or his spouse is entitled under section 151(c).

“(C) The exception under subparagraph (A) shall not apply to—

“(i) a nonresident alien individual;

“(ii) a citizen of the United States entitled to the benefits of section 931;

“(iii) an individual making a return under section 443(a)(1) for a period of less than 12 months on account of a change in his annual accounting period;

“(iv) an individual who has income (other than earned income) of the exemption amount or more and who is described in section 63(e)(1)(D); or

“(v) an estate or trust.

“(D) For purposes of this paragraph—

“(i) The term ‘zero bracket amount’ has the meaning given to such term by section 63(d).

“(ii) The term ‘exemption amount’ has the meaning given to such term by section 151(f).”

Subsec. (a)(9). Pub. L. 99–514, §104(a)(1)(B), substituted “not less than the sum of the exemption amount plus the basic standard deduction under section 63(c)(2)(D)” for “$2,700 or more”.

Subsecs. (d), (e). Pub. L. 99–514, §1525(a), added subsec. (d) and redesignated former subsec. (d) as (e).

1984—Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 98–369 struck out “or section 6015(a)” after “subsection (a)”.

1981—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 97–34, §104(d)(1)(D), substituted “the exemption amount” for “$1,000”, wherever appearing, substituted “the sum of the exemption amount plus the zero bracket amount applicable to such an individual” for “$3,300” in subpar. (A)(i) and for “$4,400” in subpar. (A)(ii), substituted “the sum of twice the exemption amount plus the zero bracket amount applicable to a joint return” for “$5,400” in subpar. (A)(iii), and added subpar. (D).

Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 97–34, §111(b)(3), substituted “relating to citizens or residents of the United States living abroad” for “relating to income earned by employees in certain camps”.

1980—Subsec. (a)(9). Pub. L. 96–589, §3(b)(1), added par. (9).

Subsec. (b)(3). Pub. L. 96–589, §6(i)(5), substituted “trustee in a case under title 11 of the United States Code” for “trustee in bankruptcy”.

Subsec. (b)(4). Pub. L. 96–589, §3(b)(2), inserted reference to estate of an individual under chapter 7 or 11 of title 11 of the United States Code.

1978—Subsec. (a)(1)(A). Pub. L. 95–600, §§101(c), 102(b)(1), substituted in provision preceding cl. (i), “$1,000” for “$750”, in cl. (i), “$3,050” for “$2,950” and “$3,300” for “$3,050”, in cl. (ii), “$4,150” for “$3,950” and “$4,400” for “$4,150”, and in cl. (iii), “$4,900” for “$4,700” and “$5,400” for “$4,900”.

Subsec. (a)(8). Pub. L. 95–600, §105(d), added par. (8).

Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 95–615 substituted “(relating to income earned by employees in certain camps)” for “(relating to earned income from sources without the United States)”.

Pub. L. 95–600, §404(c)(8), inserted provisions relating to a one-time exclusion and principal residence, and substituted “55” for “65”.

1977—Subsec. (a)(1)(A). Pub. L. 95–30 substituted “(other than an individual described in subparagraph (C))” for “(other than an individual referred to in section 142(b))” in provisions preceding cl. (i), “$2,950” for “$2,450” in cl. (i), “$3,950” for “$2,850” in cl. (ii), and “$4,700” for “$3,600” in cl. (iii).

Subsec. (a)(1)(B). Pub. L. 95–30 reenacted subpar. (B) without change.

Subsec. (a)(1)(C). Pub. L. 95–30 substituted provisions that the exception under subparagraph (A) shall not apply to a nonresident alien individual, a citizen of the United States entitled to the benefits of section 931, an individual making a return under section 443(a)(1) for a period of less than 12 months on account of a change in his annual accounting period, an individual who has income (other than earned income) of $750 or more and who is described in section 63(e)(1)(D), or an estate or trust, for provisions requiring that a return with respect to income taxes under subtitle A be made by every individual having for the taxable year a gross income of $750 or more and to whom section 141(e) (relating to limitations in case of certain dependent taxpayers) applied.

1976—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 94–455, §1906(b)(13)(A), struck out in provisions following par. (7) “or his delegate” after “Secretary”.

Subsec. (a)(1)(A), (B). Pub. L. 94–455, §401(b)(3), reenacted subpars. (A) and (B) without change.

Subsec. (a)(7). Pub. L. 94–455, §2101(c), added par. (7).

Subsec. (b)(5). Pub. L. 94–455, §1906(b)(13)(A), struck out “or his delegate” after “Secretary”.

1975—Subsec. (a)(1)(A). Pub. L. 94–164 substituted “$2,450” for “$2,350” in cl. (i), “$2,850” for “$2,650” in cl. (ii), and “$3,600” for “$3,400” in cl. (iii).

Pub. L. 94–12 substituted “(determined by applying section 143), is not a surviving spouse (as defined in section 2(a)), and for the taxable year has a gross income of less than $2,350” for “determined by applying section 143(a)) and for the taxable year has a gross income of less than $2,050, or” in cl. (i), added cl. (ii), redesignated existing cl. (ii) as (iii), in cl. (iii) as so redesignated substituted “$3,400” for “$2,800”, and in provisions following cl. (iii) substituted “Clause (iii)” for “Clause (ii)”.

Subsec. (a)(1)(B). Pub. L. 94–12 substituted “The amount specified in clause (i) or (ii) of subparagraph (A) shall be increased by $750” for “The $2,050 amount specified in subparagraph (A)(i) shall be increased to $2,800” and “the amount specified in clause (iii) of subparagraph (A) shall be increased by $750” for “the $2,800 amount specified in subparagraph (A)(ii) shall be increased by $750”.

Subsec. (a)(6). Pub. L. 93–625 added par. (6) and struck out provision that Secretary or his delegate shall, by regulation, exempt from requirement of making returns under this section any political committee (as defined in section 301(d) of Federal Election Campaign Act of 1971) having no gross income for taxable year.

1974—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 93–443 provided for exemption from tax returns requirement of political committees having no gross income for taxable year.

1971—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 92–178 substituted “$750” for “$600” in subpars. (A) and (B); “$2,050” for “1,700” in subpars. (A)(i) and (B); and “2,800” for “2,300” in subpars. (A)(ii) and (B), twice; and added subpar. (C), respectively.

1969—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 91–172, §941(a), (d), struck out after “$600 or more”, “(except that any individual who has attained the age of 65 before the close of his taxable year shall be required to make a return only if he has for the taxable year a gross income of $1,200 or more)”, designated remaining introductory text as subpar. (A), inserted remainder of subpars. (A) and (B), applicable to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1969; and substituted “$750”, “$1,750”, and “$2,500” for “$600”, “$1,700”, and “$2,300” wherever appearing, effective with respect to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1972.

1964—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 88–272 inserted provisions relating to sale of residence.

1958—Subsecs. (c), (d). Pub. L. 85–866 added subsec. (c) and redesignated former subsec. (c) as (d).

Effective Date of 2010 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 111–226 applicable to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 2010, see section 219(c) of Pub. L. 111–226, set out as a note under section 32 of this title.

Effective Date of 2002 Amendment

Pub. L. 107–276, §3(d), Nov. 2, 2002, 116 Stat. 1932, provided that: “The amendments made by this section [amending this section and sections 6033 and 6104 of this title] shall take effect as if included in the amendments made by Public Law 106–230.”

Effective Date of 2000 Amendment

Pub. L. 106–230, §3(d), July 1, 2000, 114 Stat. 483, provided that: “The amendments made by this section [amending this section and sections 6033, 6104, and 6652 of this title] shall apply to returns for taxable years beginning after June 30, 2000.”

Effective Date of 1997 Amendment

Amendment by section 312(d)(11) of Pub. L. 105–34 applicable to sales and exchanges after May 6, 1997, with certain exceptions, see section 312(d)[(e)] of Pub. L. 105–34, set out as a note under section 121 of this title.

Amendment by section 1225 of Pub. L. 105–34 applicable to partnership taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1997, see section 1226 of Pub. L. 105–34, as amended, set out as a note under section 6011 of this title.

Effective Date of 1988 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 100–647 effective, except as otherwise provided, as if included in the provision of the Tax Reform Act of 1986, Pub. L. 99–514, to which such amendment relates, see section 1019(a) of Pub. L. 100–647, set out as a note under section 1 of this title.

Effective Date of 1986 Amendment

Amendment by section 104(a)(1) of Pub. L. 99–514 applicable to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1986, see section 151(a) of Pub. L. 99–514, set out as a note under section 1 of this title.

Section 1525(b) of Pub. L. 99–514 provided that: “The amendment made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 1986.”

Effective Date of 1984 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 98–369 applicable with respect to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1984, see section 414(a) of Pub. L. 98–369, set out as a note under section 6654 of this title.

Effective Date of 1981 Amendment

Amendment by section 104(d)(1) of Pub. L. 97–34 applicable to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1984, see section 104(e) of Pub. L. 97–34, set out as a note under section 1 of this title.

Amendment by section 111(b)(3) of Pub. L. 97–34 applicable with respect to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1981, see section 115 of Pub. L. 97–34, set out as a note under section 911 of this title.

Effective Date of 1980 Amendment

Amendment by section 6(i)(5) of Pub. L. 96–589 effective Oct. 1, 1979, but not applicable to proceedings under title 11 commenced before Oct. 1, 1979, and amendment by section 3(b) of Pub. L. 96–589 applicable to bankruptcy cases commencing more than 90 days after Dec. 24, 1980, see section 7(b), (e) of Pub. L. 96–589, set out as a note under section 108 of this title.

Effective Date of 1978 Amendment

Amendment by section 101(c) of Pub. L. 95–600 effective with respect to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1978, see section 101(f)(1) of Pub. L. 95–600, set out as a note under section 1 of this title.

Amendment by section 102(b)(1) of Pub. L. 95–600 effective with respect to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1978, see section 102(d)(1) of Pub. L. 95–600, set out as a note under section 151 of this title.

Amendment by section 105(d) of Pub. L. 95–600 effective with respect to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1978, see section 105(g)(1) of Pub. L. 95–600, set out as a note under section 32 of this title.

Amendment by section 404(c)(8) of Pub. L. 95–600 applicable to sales or exchanges after July 26, 1978, in taxable years ending after such date, see section 404(d)(1) of Pub. L. 95–600, set out as a note under section 121 of this title.

Effective Date of 1978 Amendment; Election of Prior Law

Amendment by Pub. L. 95–615 applicable to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1977, with provision for election of prior law, see section 209 of Pub. L. 95–615, set out as a note under section 911 of this title.

Effective Date of 1977 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 95–30 applicable to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1976, see section 106(a) of Pub. L. 95–30, set out as a note under section 1 of this title.

Effective Date of 1976 Amendment

Amendment by section 401(b)(3) of Pub. L. 94–455 applicable to taxable years ending after Dec. 31, 1975, see section 401(e) of Pub. L. 94–455, set out as a note under section 32 of this title.

Effective and Termination Dates of 1975 Amendments

Amendment by Pub. L. 94–164 applicable to taxable years ending after Dec. 31, 1975 and before Jan. 1, 1977, see section 2(g) of Pub. L. 94–164, set out as a note under section 32 of this title.

Amendment by Pub. L. 94–12 applicable to taxable years ending after Dec. 31, 1974, and to cease to apply to taxable years ending after Dec. 31, 1976, see section 209(a) of Pub. L. 94–12, as amended, set out as a note under section 3 of this title.

Effective Date of 1974 Amendments

Amendment by Pub. L. 93–625 applicable to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1974, see section 10(e) of Pub. L. 93–625, set out as an Effective Date note under section 527 of this title.

Amendment by Pub. L. 93–443 applicable with respect to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1971, see section 410(c)(2) of Pub. L. 93–443, set out as a note under section 431 of Title 2, The Congress.

Effective Date of 1971 Amendment

Section 204(a) of Pub. L. 92–178 provided that the amendment made by that section is effective with respect to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1971.

Effective Date of 1969 Amendment

Amendment by section 941(a) of Pub. L. 91–172 applicable to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1969, see section 941(c) of Pub. L. 91–172, set out as a note under section 151 of this title.

Amendment by section 941(d) of Pub. L. 91–172, which substituted “$750”, “$1,750”, and “$2,500” for “$600”, “$1,700” and “$2,300” wherever appearing, effective with respect to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1972, was repealed by Pub. L. 92–178, title II, §204(b), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 511.

Effective Date of 1964 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 88–272 applicable to dispositions after Dec. 31, 1963, in taxable years ending after such date, see section 206(c) of Pub. L. 88–272, set out as an Effective Date note under section 121 of this title.

Effective Date of 1958 Amendment

Section 72(c) of Pub. L. 85–866 provided that: “The amendments [amending this section and section 911 of this title] made by this section shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 1957.”

Return-Free Tax System

Pub. L. 105–206, title II, §2004, July 22, 1998, 112 Stat. 726, provided that:

“(a) In General.—The Secretary of the Treasury or the Secretary's delegate shall develop procedures for the implementation of a return-free tax system under which appropriate individuals would be permitted to comply with the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 without making the return required under section 6012 of such Code for taxable years beginning after 2007.

“(b) Report.—Not later than June 30 of each calendar year after 1999, the Secretary shall report to the Committee on Ways and Means of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Finance of the Senate on—

“(1) what additional resources the Internal Revenue Service would need to implement such a system;

“(2) the changes to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 that could enhance the use of such a system;

“(3) the procedures developed pursuant to subsection (a); and

“(4) the number and classes of taxpayers that would be permitted to use the procedures developed pursuant to subsection (a).”

No Return Required of Individual Whose Only Gross Income Is Grant of $1,000 From State

Pub. L. 97–424, title V, §542, Jan. 6, 1983, 96 Stat. 2195, as amended by Pub. L. 99–514, §2, Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2095, provided that:

“(a) In General.—Nothing in section 6012(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 [formerly I.R.C. 1954] shall be construed to require the filing of a return with respect to income taxes under subtitle A of such code by an individual whose only gross income for the taxable year is a grant of $1,000 received from a State which made such grants generally to residents of such State.

“(b) Effective Date.—Subsection (a) shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 1981.”

Exemption From Filing Requirement for Prior Years Where Income of Political Party was $100 or Less

Section 10(f) of Pub. L. 93–625 provided for exemption from filing requirement for a taxable year beginning after Dec. 31, 1971, and before Jan. 1, 1975, of any section 527(e)(1) organization where income of political organization was $100 or less.

1 So in original.

2 See References in Text note below.

§6013. Joint returns of income tax by husband and wife

(a) Joint returns

A husband and wife may make a single return jointly of income taxes under subtitle A, even though one of the spouses has neither gross income nor deductions, except as provided below:

(1) no joint return shall be made if either the husband or wife at any time during the taxable year is a nonresident alien;

(2) no joint return shall be made if the husband and wife have different taxable years; except that if such taxable years begin on the same day and end on different days because of the death of either or both, then the joint return may be made with respect to the taxable year of each. The above exception shall not apply if the surviving spouse remarries before the close of his taxable year, nor if the taxable year of either spouse is a fractional part of a year under section 443(a)(1);

(3) in the case of death of one spouse or both spouses the joint return with respect to the decedent may be made only by his executor or administrator; except that in the case of the death of one spouse the joint return may be made by the surviving spouse with respect to both himself and the decedent if no return for the taxable year has been made by the decedent, no executor or administrator has been appointed, and no executor or administrator is appointed before the last day prescribed by law for filing the return of the surviving spouse. If an executor or administrator of the decedent is appointed after the making of the joint return by the surviving spouse, the executor or administrator may disaffirm such joint return by making, within 1 year after the last day prescribed by law for filing the return of the surviving spouse, a separate return for the taxable year of the decedent with respect to which the joint return was made, in which case the return made by the survivor shall constitute his separate return.

(b) Joint return after filing separate return

(1) In general

Except as provided in paragraph (2), if an individual has filed a separate return for a taxable year for which a joint return could have been made by him and his spouse under subsection (a) and the time prescribed by law for filing the return for such taxable year has expired, such individual and his spouse may nevertheless make a joint return for such taxable year. A joint return filed by the husband and wife under this subsection shall constitute the return of the husband and wife for such taxable year, and all payments, credits, refunds, or other repayments made or allowed with respect to the separate return of either spouse for such taxable year shall be taken into account in determining the extent to which the tax based upon the joint return has been paid. If a joint return is made under this subsection, any election (other than the election to file a separate return) made by either spouse in his separate return for such taxable year with respect to the treatment of any income, deduction, or credit of such spouse shall not be changed in the making of the joint return where such election would have been irrevocable if the joint return had not been made. If a joint return is made under this subsection after the death of either spouse, such return with respect to the decedent can be made only by his executor or administrator.

(2) Limitations for making of election

The election provided for in paragraph (1) may not be made—

(A) after the expiration of 3 years from the last date prescribed by law for filing the return for such taxable year (determined without regard to any extension of time granted to either spouse); or

(B) after there has been mailed to either spouse, with respect to such taxable year, a notice of deficiency under section 6212, if the spouse, as to such notice, files a petition with the Tax Court within the time prescribed in section 6213; or

(C) after either spouse has commenced a suit in any court for the recovery of any part of the tax for such taxable year; or

(D) after either spouse has entered into a closing agreement under section 7121 with respect to such taxable year, or after any civil or criminal case arising against either spouse with respect to such taxable year has been compromised under section 7122.

(3) When return deemed filed

(A) Assessment and collection

For purposes of section 6501 (relating to periods of limitations on assessment and collection), and for purposes of section 6651 (relating to delinquent returns), a joint return made under this subsection shall be deemed to have been filed—

(i) Where both spouses filed separate returns prior to making the joint return—on the date the last separate return was filed (but not earlier than the last date prescribed by law for filing the return of either spouse);

(ii) Where only one spouse filed a separate return prior to the making of the joint return, and the other spouse had less than the exemption amount of gross income for such taxable year—on the date of the filing of such separate return (but not earlier than the last date prescribed by law for the filing of such separate return); or

(iii) Where only one spouse filed a separate return prior to the making of the joint return, and the other spouse had gross income of the exemption amount or more for such taxable year—on the date of the filing of such joint return.


For purposes of this subparagraph, the term “exemption amount” has the meaning given to such term by section 151(d). For purposes of clauses (ii) and (iii), if the spouse whose gross income is being compared to the exemption amount is 65 or over, such clauses shall be applied by substituting “the sum of the exemption amount and the additional standard deduction under section 63(c)(2) by reason of section 63(f)(1)(A)” for “the exemption amount”.

(B) Credit or refund

For purposes of section 6511, a joint return made under this subsection shall be deemed to have been filed on the last date prescribed by law for filing the return for such taxable year (determined without regard to any extension of time granted to either spouse).

(4) Additional time for assessment

If a joint return is made under this subsection, the periods of limitations provided in sections 6501 and 6502 on the making of assessments and the beginning of levy or a proceeding in court for collection shall with respect to such return include one year immediately after the date of the filing of such joint return (computed without regard to the provisions of paragraph (3)).

(5) Additions to the tax and penalties

(A) Coordination with part II of subchapter A of chapter 68

For purposes of part II of subchapter A of chapter 68, where the sum of the amounts shown as tax on the separate returns of each spouse is less than the amount shown as tax on the joint return made under this subsection—

(i) such sum shall be treated as the amount shown on the joint return,

(ii) any negligence (or disregard of rules or regulations) on either separate return shall be treated as negligence (or such disregard) on the joint return, and

(iii) any fraud on either separate return shall be treated as fraud on the joint return.

(B) Criminal penalty

For purposes of section 7206(1) and (2) and section 7207 (relating to criminal penalties in the case of fraudulent returns) the term “return” includes a separate return filed by a spouse with respect to a taxable year for which a joint return is made under this subsection after the filing of such separate return.

(c) Treatment of joint return after death of either spouse

For purposes of sections 15, 443, and 7851(a)(1)(A), where the husband and wife have different taxable years because of the death of either spouse, the joint return shall be treated as if the taxable years of both spouses ended on the date of the closing of the surviving spouse's taxable year.

(d) Special rules

For purposes of this section—

(1) the status as husband and wife of two individuals having taxable years beginning on the same day shall be determined—

(A) if both have the same taxable year—as of the close of such year; or

(B) if one dies before the close of the taxable year of the other—as of the time of such death;


(2) an individual who is legally separated from his spouse under a decree of divorce or of separate maintenance shall not be considered as married; and

(3) if a joint return is made, the tax shall be computed on the aggregate income and the liability with respect to the tax shall be joint and several.

[(e) Repealed. Pub. L. 105–206, title III, §3201(e)(1), July 22, 1998, 112 Stat. 740]

(f) Joint return where individual is in missing status

For purposes of this section and subtitle A—

(1) Election by spouse

If—

(A) an individual is in a missing status (within the meaning of paragraph (3)) as a result of service in a combat zone (as determined for purposes of section 112), and

(B) the spouse of such individual is otherwise entitled to file a joint return for any taxable year which begins on or before the day which is 2 years after the date designated under section 112 as the date of termination of combatant activities in such zone,


then such spouse may elect under subsection (a) to file a joint return for such taxable year. With respect to service in the combat zone designated for purposes of the Vietnam conflict, such election may be made for any taxable year while an individual is in missing status.

(2) Effect of election

If the spouse of an individual described in paragraph (1)(A) elects to file a joint return under subsection (a) for a taxable year, then, until such election is revoked—

(A) such election shall be valid even if such individual died before the beginning of such year, and

(B) except for purposes of section 692 (relating to income taxes of members of the Armed Forces, astronauts, and victims of certain terrorist attacks on death), the income tax liability of such individual, his spouse, and his estate shall be determined as if he were alive throughout the taxable year.

(3) Missing status

For purposes of this subsection—

(A) Uniformed services

A member of a uniformed service (within the meaning of section 101(3) of title 37 of the United States Code) is in a missing status for any period for which he is entitled to pay and allowances under section 552 of such title 37.

(B) Civilian employees

An employee (within the meaning of section 5561(2) of title 5 of the United States Code) is in a missing status for any period for which he is entitled to pay and allowances under section 5562 of such title 5.

(4) Making of election; revocation

An election described in this subsection with respect to any taxable year may be made by filing a joint return in accordance with subsection (a) and under such regulations as may be prescribed by the Secretary. Such an election may be revoked by either spouse on or before the due date (including extensions) for such taxable year, and, in the case of an executor or administrator, may be revoked by disaffirming as provided in the last sentence of subsection (a)(3).

(g) Election to treat nonresident alien individual as resident of the United States

(1) In general

A nonresident alien individual with respect to whom this subsection is in effect for the taxable year shall be treated as a resident of the United States—

(A) for purposes of chapter 1 for all of such taxable year, and

(B) for purposes of chapter 24 (relating to wage withholding) for payments of wages made during such taxable year.

(2) Individuals with respect to whom this subsection is in effect

This subsection shall be in effect with respect to any individual who, at the close of the taxable year for which an election under this subsection was made, was a nonresident alien individual married to a citizen or resident of the United States, if both of them made such election to have the benefits of this subsection apply to them.

(3) Duration of election

An election under this subsection shall apply to the taxable year for which made and to all subsequent taxable years until terminated under paragraph (4) or (5); except that any such election shall not apply for any taxable year if neither spouse is a citizen or resident of the United States at any time during such year.

(4) Termination of election

An election under this subsection shall terminate at the earliest of the following times:

(A) Revocation by taxpayers

If either taxpayer revokes the election, as of the first taxable year for which the last day prescribed by law for filing the return of tax under chapter 1 has not yet occurred.

(B) Death

In the case of the death of either spouse, as of the beginning of the first taxable year of the spouse who survives following the taxable year in which such death occurred; except that if the spouse who survives is a citizen or resident of the United States who is a surviving spouse entitled to the benefits of section 2, the time provided by this subparagraph shall be as of the close of the last taxable year for which such individual is entitled to the benefits of section 2.

(C) Legal separation

In the case of the legal separation of the couple under a decree of divorce or of separate maintenance, as of the beginning of the taxable year in which such legal separation occurs.

(D) Termination by Secretary

At the time provided in paragraph (5).

(5) Termination by Secretary

The Secretary may terminate any election under this subsection for any taxable year if he determines that either spouse has failed—

(A) to keep such books and records,

(B) to grant such access to such books and records, or

(C) to supply such other information,


as may be reasonably necessary to ascertain the amount of liability for taxes under chapter 1 of either spouse for such taxable year.

(6) Only one election

If any election under this subsection for any two individuals is terminated under paragraph (4) or (5) for any taxable year, such two individuals shall be ineligible to make an election under this subsection for any subsequent taxable year.

(h) Joint return, etc., for year in which nonresident alien becomes resident of United States

(1) In general

If—

(A) any individual is a nonresident alien individual at the beginning of any taxable year but is a resident of the United States at the close of such taxable year,

(B) at the close of such taxable year, such individual is married to a citizen or resident of the United States, and

(C) both individuals elect the benefits of this subsection at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Secretary by regulation,


then the individual referred to in subparagraph (A) shall be treated as a resident of the United States for purposes of chapter 1 for all of such taxable year, and for purposes of chapter 24 (relating to wage withholding) for payments of wages made during such taxable year.

(2) Only one election

If any election under this subsection applies for any 2 individuals for any taxable year, such 2 individuals shall be ineligible to make an election under this subsection for any subsequent taxable year.

(Aug. 16, 1954, ch. 736, 68A Stat. 733; Pub. L. 85–866, title I, §73, Sept. 2, 1958, 72 Stat. 1660; Pub. L. 91–172, title VIII, §801(a)(2), (b)(2), (c)(2), (d)(2), Dec. 30, 1969, 83 Stat. 675, 676; Pub. L. 91–679, §1, Jan. 12, 1971, 84 Stat. 2063; Pub. L. 92–178, title II, §201(a)(2), (b)(2), (c), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 510, 511; Pub. L. 93–597, §3(a), Jan. 2, 1975, 88 Stat. 1950; Pub. L. 94–455, title X, §1012(a)(1), title XIX, §1906(a)(1), (b)(13)(A), Oct. 4, 1976, 90 Stat. 1612, 1824, 1834; Pub. L. 94–569, §3(d), Oct. 20, 1976, 90 Stat. 2699; Pub. L. 95–600, title I, §102(b)(2), title VII, §701(u)(15)(A)–(C), (16)(A), Nov. 6, 1978, 92 Stat. 2771, 2919, 2920; Pub. L. 97–34, title I, §104(d)(2), Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 189; Pub. L. 97–248, title III, §§307(a)(4), (5), 308(a), Sept. 3, 1982, 96 Stat. 589, 591; Pub. L. 97–448, title III, §307(c), Jan. 12, 1983, 96 Stat. 2407; Pub. L. 98–67, title I, §102(a), Aug. 5, 1983, 97 Stat. 369; Pub. L. 98–369, div. A, title IV, §§424(a), 474(b)(2), July 18, 1984, 98 Stat. 801, 830; Pub. L. 99–514, title I, §104(a)(2), title XVII, §1708(a)(3), Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2104, 2782; Pub. L. 100–647, title I, §1015(b)(1), Nov. 10, 1988, 102 Stat. 3568; Pub. L. 101–239, title VII, §7721(c)(6), Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2399; Pub. L. 101–508, title XI, §11704(a)(22), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1388–519; Pub. L. 104–168, title IV, §402(a), July 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 1459; Pub. L. 105–206, title III, §3201(e)(1), title VI, §6011(e)(2), July 22, 1998, 112 Stat. 740, 818; Pub. L. 107–134, title I, §101(b)(2), Jan. 23, 2002, 115 Stat. 2428; Pub. L. 108–121, title I, §110(a)(2)(B), Nov. 11, 2003, 117 Stat. 1342.)

Amendments

2003—Subsec. (f)(2)(B). Pub. L. 108–121 inserted “, astronauts,” after “Forces”.

2002—Subsec. (f)(2)(B). Pub. L. 107–134 inserted “and victims of certain terrorist attacks” before “on death”.

1998—Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 105–206, §3201(e)(1), struck out subsec. (e), which had: in par. (1), declared that spouse was relieved of liability for tax where joint return had been made, there was substantial understatement of tax attributable to grossly erroneous items of one spouse, other spouse established that he or she did not know that there was such substantial understatement, and it would be inequitable to hold other spouse liable; in pars. (2) and (3), defined terms “grossly erroneous items” and “substantial understatement”, respectively; in par. (4), directed that understatement had to exceed specified percentage of spouse's income; and in par. (5) declared that determination of spouse, to whom items of gross income were attributable would be made without regard to community property laws.

Subsecs. (g)(1)(A), (5), (h)(1). Pub. L. 105–206, §6011(e)(2), substituted “chapter 1” for “chapters 1 and 5”.

1996—Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 104–168 redesignated subpars. (B) to (E) as (A) to (D), respectively, and struck out former subpar. (A) which read as follows: “unless there is paid in full at or before the time of the filing of the joint return the amount shown as tax upon such joint return; or”.

1990—Subsec. (e)(3). Pub. L. 101–508 substituted “section 6662(d)(2)(A)” for “section 6661(b)(2)(A)”.

1989—Subsec. (b)(5)(A). Pub. L. 101–239 substituted “part II of subchapter A of chapter 68” for “section 6653” in heading and in text.

1988—Subsec. (b)(5)(A). Pub. L. 100–647 amended subpar. (A) generally. Prior to amendment, subpar. (A) related to additions to tax when amount shown as tax by husband and wife on joint return exceeds aggregate of amounts shown as tax on separate return of each spouse.

1986—Subsec. (b)(3)(A). Pub. L. 99–514, §104(a)(2), struck out “(twice the exemption amount in case such spouse was 65 or over)” before “for such taxable year” in cls. (ii) and (iii), substituted “section 151(d)” for “section 151(f)” in concluding provisions, and inserted last sentence.

Subsec. (f)(1). Pub. L. 99–514, §1708(a)(3), substituted “such election may be made for any taxable year while an individual is in missing status” for “no such election may be made for any taxable year beginning after December 31, 1982”.

1984—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 98–369, §474(b)(2), substituted “15” for “21”.

Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 98–369, §424(a), in amending subsec. (e) generally, reenacted as par. (1)(A) part of former par. (1)(A); incorporated in par. (1)(B) part of former par. (1)(A), substituting “there is a substantial understatement of tax attributable to grossly erroneous items of one spouse” for “there was omitted from gross income an amount properly includable therein which is attributable to one spouse and which is in excess of 25 percent of the amount of gross income stated in the return”; redesignated as par. (1)(C) former par. (1)(B), substituting “had no reason to know, that there was such substantial understatement” for “had no reason to know of, such omission”; reenacted as par. (1)(D) former par. (1)(C), substituting preceding “, it is inequitable” the words “all the facts and circumstances” for “whether or not the other spouse significantly benefited directly or indirectly from the items omitted from gross income and taking into account all other facts and circumstances” and “attributable to such substantial understatement” for “attributable to such omission”; substituted in concluding text “attributable to such substantial understatement” for “attributable to such omission from gross income”; added pars. (2) to (4); and incorporated in provisions designated par. (5) similar provisions of former par. (2)(A), substituting as par. heading “Special rule for community property income” for “Special rules” and deleting former par. (2)(B) respecting determination as provided in section 6501(e)(1)(A) of amount omitted from gross income.

1983—Pub. L. 98–67 repealed amendments made by Pub. L. 97–248. See 1982 Amendment note below.

Subsec. (f)(1). Pub. L. 97–448 substituted “December 31, 1982” for “January 2, 1978”.

1982—Subsecs. (g)(1)(B). (h)(1). Pub. L. 97–248 provided that, applicable to payments of interest, dividends, and patronage dividends paid or credited after June 30, 1983, subsec. (g)(1)(B) is amended by substituting “(relating to withholding on wages, interest, dividends, and patronage dividends)” for “(relating to wage withholding)” and by striking out “of wages”, and subsec. (h)(1) is amended by substituting “(relating to withholding on wages, interest, dividends, and patronage dividends)” for “(relating to wage withholding)” and by striking out “of wages”. Section 102(a), (b) of Pub. L. 98–67, title I, Aug. 5, 1983, 97 Stat. 369, repealed subtitle A (§§301–308) of title III of Pub. L. 97–248 as of the close of June 30, 1983, and provided that the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 [now 1986] [this title] shall be applied and administered (subject to certain exceptions) as if such subtitle A (and the amendments made by such subtitle A) had not been enacted.

1981—Subsec. (b)(3)(A). Pub. L. 97–34 substituted “the exemption amount” for “$1,000” and “twice the exemption amount” for “$2,000” in cls. (ii) and (iii) and inserted provision following cl. (iii) defining “exemption amount”.

1978—Subsec. (b)(3)(A). Pub. L. 95–600, §102(b)(2), increased the exemptions wherever appearing from $750 and $1500 to $1,000 and $2,000, respectively, with respect to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1978.

Subsec. (g)(1). Pub. L. 95–600, §701(u)(15)(A), amended par. (1) generally, designating existing provisions as introductory material and par. (A), and in such par. (A) inserting reference to chapter 5, and adding par. (2).

Subsec. (g)(2). Pub. L. 95–600, §701(u)(16)(A), substituted “who, at the close of the taxable year for which an election under this subsection was made,” for “who, at the time an election was made under this subsection,”.

Subsec. (g)(5). Pub. L. 95–600, §701(u)(15)(B), substituted “chapters 1 and 5” for “chapter 1”.

Subsec. (h)(1). Pub. L. 95–600, §701(u)(15)(C), substituted “chapters 1 and 5” for “chapter 1” and inserted provision relating to chapter 24 of this title.

1976—Subsec. (b)(2)(C). Pub. L. 94–455, §1906(a)(1)(A), struck out “of the United States” after “Tax Court”.

Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 94–455, §1906(a)(1)(B), (C), substituted in heading “Special rules” for “Definitions”, in par. (1)(A) “of such year; or” for “of such year; and”, and in par. (1)(B) “of such death;” for “of such death; and”.

Subsec. (e)(1). Pub. L. 94–455, §1906(b)(13)(A), struck out “or his delegate” after “Secretary”.

Subsec. (f)(1). Pub. L. 94–569 substituted “after January 2, 1978” for “more than 2 years after the date of the enactment of this sentence” after “With respect to service in the combat zone designated for purposes of the Vietnam conflict, no such election may be made for any taxable year beginning”.

Subsec. (f)(4). Pub. L. 94–455, §1906(b)(13)(A), struck out “or his delegate” after “Secretary”.

Subsecs. (g), (h). Pub. L. 94–455, §1012(a)(1), added subsecs. (g) and (h).

1975—Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 93–597 added subsec. (f).

1971—Subsec. (b)(3)(A). Pub. L. 92–178 increased the exemptions wherever appearing from $650 and $1,300 to $675 and $1,350, respectively, with respect to taxable years beginning after Dec. 1970, and before Jan. 1, 1972, and to $750 and $1,500, respectively, with respect to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1971.

Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 91–679 added subsec. (e).

1969—Subsec. (b)(3)(A). Pub. L. 91–172, §801(a)(2), (b)(2), (c)(2), (d)(2), increased the exemptions wherever appearing from $600 and $1,200 to $625 and $1,250, respectively with respect to taxable years ending Dec. 31, 1970, and to $650 and $1,300, respectively, with respect to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1970, and before Jan. 1, 1972, to $700 and $1,400, respectively, with respect to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1971, and before Jan. 1, 1973, and to $750 and $1,500, respectively, with respect to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1972.

1958—Subsec. (b)(2)(C). Pub. L. 85–866 substituted “section 6213” for “such section”.

Effective Date of 2003 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 108–121 applicable with respect to any astronaut whose death occurs after Dec. 31, 2002, see section 110(a)(4) of Pub. L. 108–121, set out as a note under section 5 of this title.

Effective Date of 2002 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 107–134 applicable to taxable years ending before, on, or after Sept. 11, 2001, with provisions relating to waiver of limitations, see section 101(d) of Pub. L. 107–134, set out as a note under section 692 of this title.

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Amendment by section 3201 of Pub. L. 105–206 applicable to any liability for tax arising after July 22, 1998, and any liability for tax arising on or before such date but remaining unpaid as of such date, see section 3201(g)(1) of Pub. L. 105–206, set out as a note under section 6015 of this title.

Amendment by section 6011(e)(2) of Pub. L. 105–206 effective, except as otherwise provided, as if included in the provisions of the Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997, Pub. L. 105–34, to which such amendment relates (see section 1131 of Pub. L. 105–34), see section 6024 of Pub. L. 105–206, set out as a note under section 1 of this title.

Effective Date of 1996 Amendment

Section 402(b) of Pub. L. 104–168 provided that: “The amendment made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall apply to taxable years beginning after the date of the enactment of this Act [July 30, 1996].”

Effective Date of 1989 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 101–239 applicable to returns the due date for which (determined without regard to extensions) is after Dec. 31, 1989, see section 7721(d) of Pub. L. 101–239, set out as a note under section 461 of this title.

Effective Date of 1988 Amendment

Section 1015(b)(4) of Pub. L. 100–647 provided that: “The amendments made by this subsection (other than paragraph (3)) [amending this section and sections 6601 and 6653 of this title] shall apply to returns the due date for which (determined without regard to extensions) is after December 31, 1988.”

Effective Date of 1986 Amendment

Amendment by section 104(a)(2) of Pub. L. 99–514 applicable to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1986, see section 151(a) of Pub. L. 99–514, set out as a note under section 1 of this title.

Amendment by section 1708(a)(3) of Pub. L. 99–514 applicable to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1982, see section 1708(b) of Pub. L. 99–514, set out as a note under section 2 of this title.

Effective Date of 1984 Amendment

Section 424(c) of Pub. L. 98–369, as amended by Pub. L. 99–514, §2, Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2095; Pub. L. 100–647, title VI, §6004, Nov. 10, 1988, 102 Stat. 3685, provided that:

“(1) In general.—Except as provided in paragraph (2), the amendments made by subsections (a) and (b) [amending this section and section 66 of this title] shall apply to all taxable years to which the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 [formerly I.R.C. 1954] applies. Corresponding provisions shall be deemed to be included in the Internal Revenue Code of 1939 and shall apply to all taxable years to which such Code applies.

“(2) Authority to disregard community property laws.—Subsection (b) of section 66 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as added by subsection (b), shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 1984.

“(3) Transitional rule.—If—

“(A) a joint return under section 6013 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 was filed before January 1, 1985,

“(B) on such return there is an understatement (as defined in section 6661(b)(2)(A) of such Code) which is attributable to disallowed deductions attributable to activities of one spouse,

“(C) the amount of such disallowed deductions exceeds the taxable income shown on such return,

“(D) without regard to any determination before October 21, 1988, the other spouse establishes that in signing the return he or she did not know, and had no reason to know, that there was such an understatement, and

“(E) the marriage between such spouses terminated and immediately after such termination the net worth of the other spouse was less than $10,000,

notwithstanding any law or rule of law (including res judicata), the other spouse shall be relieved of liability for tax (including interest, penalties, and other amounts) for such taxable year to the extent such liability is attributable to such understatement, and, to the extent the liability so attributable has been collected from such other spouse, it shall be refunded or credited to such other spouse. No credit or refund shall be made under the preceding sentence unless claim therefor has been submitted to the Secretary of the Treasury or his delegate before the date 1 year after the date of the enactment of this paragraph [Nov. 10, 1988], and no interest on such credit or refund shall be allowed for any period before such date of enactment.”

Amendment by section 474(b)(2) of Pub. L. 98–369 applicable to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1983, and to carrybacks from such years, see section 475(a) of Pub. L. 98–369, set out as a note under section 21 of this title.

Effective Date of 1981 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 97–34 applicable to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1984, see section 104(e) of Pub. L. 97–34, set out as a note under section 1 of this title.

Effective Date of 1978 Amendment

Amendment by section 102(b)(2) of Pub. L. 95–600 effective with respect to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1978, see section 102(d)(1) of Pub. L. 95–600, set out as a note under section 151 of this title.

Section 701(u)(15)(E) of Pub. L. 95–600, as amended by Pub. L. 99–514, §2, Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2095, provided that: “The amendments made by this paragraph [amending this section and section 6401 of this title]—

“(i) to the extent that they relate to chapter 1 or 5 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 [formerly I.R.C. 1954, sections 1 et seq. and 1491 et seq. of this title, respectively], shall apply to taxable years ending on or after December 31, 1975, and

“(ii) to the extent that they relate to wage withholding under chapter 24 of such Code [section 3401 et seq. of this title], shall apply to remuneration paid on or after the first day of the first month which begins more than 90 days after the date of the enactment of this Act [Nov. 6, 1978].”

Section 701(u)(16)(B) of Pub. L. 95–600 provided that: “The amendment made by subparagraph (A) [amending this section] shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 1975.”

Effective Date of 1976 Amendment

Section 1012(d) of Pub. L. 94–455 provided that: “The amendments made by subsection (a) [enacting this section and section 871 of this title] shall apply to taxable years ending on or after December 31, 1975. The amendments made by subsections (b) and (c) [enacting section 879 of this title, amending section 6073 of this title, and repealing section 981 of this title] shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 1976.”

Section 1906(d) of Pub. L. 94–455, as amended by Pub. L. 99–514, §2, Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2095, provided that:

“(1) General rule.—Except as otherwise expressly provided in this section, the amendments made by this section [see Tables for classification] shall take effect on the first day of the first month which begins more than 90 days after the date of the enactment of this Act [Oct. 4, 1976].

“(2) Amendments relating to income tax.—The amendments made by this section, when relating to a tax imposed by chapter 1 or chapter 2 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 [formerly I.R.C. 1954], shall take effect with respect to taxable years beginning after December 31, 1976.”

Section 2114(b) of Pub. L. 94–455 provided that: “The application permitted under the amendment made by subsection (a) of this section [amending section 3 of Pub. L. 91–679, set out as an Effective Date of 1971 Amendment note below] must be filed with the Secretary of the Treasury during the first calendar year beginning after the date of the enactment of this Act [Oct. 4, 1976].”

Effective Date of 1975 Amendment

Section 3(c) of Pub. L. 93–597 provided that: “The amendments made by this section [amending this section and section 2 of this title] shall apply to taxable years ending on or after February 28, 1961.”

Effective Date of 1971 Amendments

Section 201(a), (b) of Pub. L. 92–178 provided in part that the increases in exemptions from $650 to $675 and from $1,300 to $1,350, respectively, were effective with respect to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1970, and before Jan. 1, 1972, and to $750 and $1,500, respectively, with respect to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1971.

Section 3 of Pub. L. 91–679, as amended by section 2114(a) of Pub. L. 94–455; Pub. L. 99–514, §2, Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2095, provided that: “The amendments made by the first two sections of this Act [amending this section and section 6653 of this title] shall apply to all taxable years to which the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 [formerly I.R.C. 1954] applies. Corresponding provisions shall be deemed to be included in the Internal Revenue Code of 1939 and shall apply to all taxable years to which such Code applies. Upon application by a taxpayer, the Secretary of the Treasury shall redetermine the liability for tax (including interest, penalties, and other amounts) of such taxpayer for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1961, and ending before January 13, 1971. The preceding sentence shall apply solely to a taxpayer to whom the application of the provisions of section 6013(e) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as added by this Act, for such taxable years is prevented by the operation of res judicata, and such redetermination shall be made without regard to such rule of law. Any overpayment of tax by such taxpayer for such taxable years resulting from the redetermination made under this Act shall be refunded to such taxpayer.”

Effective Date of 1969 Amendment

Section 801(a)(2), (b)(2) of Pub. L. 91–172 provided in part that the increases in exemptions from $600 and $1,200 to $625 and $1,250, respectively, were effective with respect to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1969, and before Jan. 1, 1971; and to $650 and $1,300, respectively, with respect to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1970, and before Jan. 1, 1972. Section 801(c)(2), (d)(2) of Pub. L. 91–172, which provided for increases in exemptions to $700 and $1,400, respectively, with respect to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1971, and before Jan. 1, 1973, and to $750 and $1,500, respectively, with respect to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1972, was repealed by Pub. L. 92–178, title II, §201(c), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 511.

Effective Date of 1958 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 85–866 effective Aug. 17, 1954, see section 1(c)(2) of Pub. L. 85–866, set out as a note under section 165 of this title.

Separate Notice to Each Filer

Pub. L. 105–206, title III, §3201(d), July 22, 1998, 112 Stat. 740, provided that: “The Secretary of the Treasury shall, wherever practicable, send any notice relating to a joint return under section 6013 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 separately to each individual filing the joint return.”

§6014. Income tax return—tax not computed by taxpayer

(a) Election by taxpayer

An individual who does not itemize his deductions and who is not described in section 6012(a)(1)(C)(i), whose gross income is less than $10,000 and includes no income other than remuneration for services performed by him as an employee, dividends or interest, and whose gross income other than wages, as defined in section 3401(a), does not exceed $100, shall at his election not be required to show on the return the tax imposed by section 1. Such election shall be made by using the form prescribed for purposes of this section. In such case the tax shall be computed by the Secretary who shall mail to the taxpayer a notice stating the amount determined as payable.

(b) Regulations

The Secretary shall prescribe regulations for carrying out this section, and such regulations may provide for the application of the rules of this section—

(1) to cases where the gross income includes items other than those enumerated by subsection (a),

(2) to cases where the gross income from sources other than wages on which the tax has been withheld at the source is more than $100,

(3) to cases where the gross income is $10,000 or more, or

(4) to cases where the taxpayer itemizes his deductions or where the taxpayer claims a reduced standard deduction by reason of section 63(c)(5).


Such regulations shall provide for the application of this section in the case of husband and wife, including provisions determining when a joint return under this section may be permitted or required, whether the liability shall be joint and several, and whether one spouse may make return under this section and the other without regard to this section.

(Aug. 16, 1954, ch. 736, 68A Stat. 736; Pub. L. 88–272, title II, §201(d)(14), title III, §301(b)(2), Feb. 26, 1964, 78 Stat. 32, 140; Pub. L. 91–172, title VIII, §803(d)(1), title IX, §942(a), Dec. 30, 1969, 83 Stat. 684, 726; Pub. L. 94–455, title V, §§501(b)(8), (9), 503(b)(2), (3), title XIX, §1906(b)(13)(A), Oct. 4, 1976, 90 Stat. 1559, 1562, 1834; Pub. L. 95–30, title I, §101(d)(13), (14), May 23, 1977, 91 Stat. 134; Pub. L. 99–514, title I, §104(b)(16), Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2106.)

Amendments

1986—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 99–514, §104(b)(16)(A), substituted “who is not described in section 6012(a)(1)(C)(i)” for “who does not have an unused zero bracket amount (determined under section 63(e))”.

Subsec. (b)(4). Pub. L. 99–514, §104(b)(16)(B), amended par. (4) generally, substituting “where the taxpayer claims a reduced standard deduction by reason of section 63(c)(5)” for “has an unused zero bracket amount”.

1977—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 95–30, §101(d)(13), substituted “An individual who does not itemize his deductions and who does not have an unused zero bracket amount (determined under section 63(e)), whose gross income” for “An individual entitled to take the standard deduction provided by section 141 (other than an individual described in section 141(e)) whose gross income” and struck out “and shall constitute an election to take the standard deduction” after “Such election shall be made by using the form prescribed for purposes of this section”.

Subsec. (b)(4). Pub. L. 95–30, §101(d)(14), substituted “itemizes his deductions or has an unused zero bracket amount” for “does not elect the standard deduction or where the taxpayer elects the standard deduction but is subject to the provision of section 141(e) (relating to limitations in case of certain dependent taxpayers)”.

1976—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 94–455, §§501(b)(8), 503(b)(2), 1906(b)(13(A), substituted “entitled to take the standard deduction provided by section 141 (other than an individual described in section 141(e))” for “entitled to elect to pay the tax imposed by section 3” and “take the standard deduction” for “pay the tax imposed by section 3” and struck out provision relating to disallowance of section 37 credit in determination of tax imposed by section 3 of this title, and struck out “or his delegate” after “Secretary”.

Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 94–455, §§501(b)(9), 503(b)(3), 1906(b)(13)(A), struck out an introductory provision, “or his delegate” after “Secretary”, redesignated former par. (5) as (4), and as so redesignated, inserted reference to where the taxpayer elects the standard deduction but is subject to the provisions of section 141(e) (relating to limitations in case of certain dependent taxpayers). Former par. (4), which related to cases where the taxpayer is entitled to credit provided by section 37 of this title, was struck out.

1969—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 91–172, §803(d)(1), raised the individual gross income limit of $5,000 to $10,000 for exercising the option to pay the tax under section 3 of this title, and struck out provisions relating to heads of household, surviving spouses and married individuals filing separate returns.

Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 91–172, §942(a), substituted provisions authorizing the Secretary to promulgate regulations to compute the tax in cases where the gross income is $10,000 or more, where the gross income from sources other than wages on which the tax has been withheld at the source is more than $100, where the taxpayer is entitled to a credit under section 37 of this title, or where the taxpayer does not elect the standard deduction, for provisions authorizing the computation of the tax in cases where the gross income is $5,000 but not more than $5,200, or where the gross income from sources other than wages on which the tax has been withheld at the source is more than $100, but not more than $200.

1964—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 88–272 struck out “34 or” before “37 shall not be allowed”, and inserted provision that in case of a married individual filing a separate return and electing benefits of this subsection, neither Table V in section 3(a) nor Table V in section 3(b) shall apply.

Effective Date of 1986 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 99–514 applicable to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1986, see section 151(a) of Pub. L. 99–514, set out as a note under section 1 of this title.

Effective Date of 1977 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 95–30 applicable to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1976, see section 106(a) of Pub. L. 95–30, set out as a note under section 1 of this title.

Effective Date of 1969 Amendment

Amendment by section 803(d)(1) of Pub. L. 91–172 applicable to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1969, see section 803(f) of Pub. L. 91–172, set out as a note under section 1 of this title.

Section 942(b) of Pub. L. 91–172 provided that: “The amendment made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 1969.”

Effective Date of 1964 Amendment

Amendment by section 201(d)(14) of Pub. L. 88–272 applicable with respect to dividends received after Dec. 31, 1964, in taxable years ending after such date, see section 201(e) of Pub. L. 88–272, set out as a note under section 22 of this title.

Amendment by section 301(b)(2) of Pub. L. 88–272 applicable to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1963, except for purpose of section 21, see section 301(c) of Pub. L. 88–272, set out as a note under section 3 of this title.

§6015. Relief from joint and several liability on joint return

(a) In general

Notwithstanding section 6013(d)(3)—

(1) an individual who has made a joint return may elect to seek relief under the procedures prescribed under subsection (b); and

(2) if such individual is eligible to elect the application of subsection (c), such individual may, in addition to any election under paragraph (1), elect to limit such individual's liability for any deficiency with respect to such joint return in the manner prescribed under subsection (c).


Any determination under this section shall be made without regard to community property laws.

(b) Procedures for relief from liability applicable to all joint filers

(1) In general

Under procedures prescribed by the Secretary, if—

(A) a joint return has been made for a taxable year;

(B) on such return there is an understatement of tax attributable to erroneous items of one individual filing the joint return;

(C) the other individual filing the joint return establishes that in signing the return he or she did not know, and had no reason to know, that there was such understatement;

(D) taking into account all the facts and circumstances, it is inequitable to hold the other individual liable for the deficiency in tax for such taxable year attributable to such understatement; and

(E) the other individual elects (in such form as the Secretary may prescribe) the benefits of this subsection not later than the date which is 2 years after the date the Secretary has begun collection activities with respect to the individual making the election,


then the other individual shall be relieved of liability for tax (including interest, penalties, and other amounts) for such taxable year to the extent such liability is attributable to such understatement.

(2) Apportionment of relief

If an individual who, but for paragraph (1)(C), would be relieved of liability under paragraph (1), establishes that in signing the return such individual did not know, and had no reason to know, the extent of such understatement, then such individual shall be relieved of liability for tax (including interest, penalties, and other amounts) for such taxable year to the extent that such liability is attributable to the portion of such understatement of which such individual did not know and had no reason to know.

(3) Understatement

For purposes of this subsection, the term “understatement” has the meaning given to such term by section 6662(d)(2)(A).

(c) Procedures to limit liability for taxpayers no longer married or taxpayers legally separated or not living together

(1) In general

Except as provided in this subsection, if an individual who has made a joint return for any taxable year elects the application of this subsection, the individual's liability for any deficiency which is assessed with respect to the return shall not exceed the portion of such deficiency properly allocable to the individual under subsection (d).

(2) Burden of proof

Except as provided in subparagraph (A)(ii) or (C) of paragraph (3), each individual who elects the application of this subsection shall have the burden of proof with respect to establishing the portion of any deficiency allocable to such individual.

(3) Election

(A) Individuals eligible to make election

(i) In general

An individual shall only be eligible to elect the application of this subsection if—

(I) at the time such election is filed, such individual is no longer married to, or is legally separated from, the individual with whom such individual filed the joint return to which the election relates; or

(II) such individual was not a member of the same household as the individual with whom such joint return was filed at any time during the 12-month period ending on the date such election is filed.

(ii) Certain taxpayers ineligible to elect

If the Secretary demonstrates that assets were transferred between individuals filing a joint return as part of a fraudulent scheme by such individuals, an election under this subsection by either individual shall be invalid (and section 6013(d)(3) shall apply to the joint return).

(B) Time for election

An election under this subsection for any taxable year may be made at any time after a deficiency for such year is asserted but not later than 2 years after the date on which the Secretary has begun collection activities with respect to the individual making the election.

(C) Election not valid with respect to certain deficiencies

If the Secretary demonstrates that an individual making an election under this subsection had actual knowledge, at the time such individual signed the return, of any item giving rise to a deficiency (or portion thereof) which is not allocable to such individual under subsection (d), such election shall not apply to such deficiency (or portion). This subparagraph shall not apply where the individual with actual knowledge establishes that such individual signed the return under duress.

(4) Liability increased by reason of transfers of property to avoid tax

(A) In general

Notwithstanding any other provision of this subsection, the portion of the deficiency for which the individual electing the application of this subsection is liable (without regard to this paragraph) shall be increased by the value of any disqualified asset transferred to the individual.

(B) Disqualified asset

For purposes of this paragraph—

(i) In general

The term “disqualified asset” means any property or right to property transferred to an individual making the election under this subsection with respect to a joint return by the other individual filing such joint return if the principal purpose of the transfer was the avoidance of tax or payment of tax.

(ii) Presumption

(I) In general

For purposes of clause (i), except as provided in subclause (II), any transfer which is made after the date which is 1 year before the date on which the first letter of proposed deficiency which allows the taxpayer an opportunity for administrative review in the Internal Revenue Service Office of Appeals is sent shall be presumed to have as its principal purpose the avoidance of tax or payment of tax.

(II) Exceptions

Subclause (I) shall not apply to any transfer pursuant to a decree of divorce or separate maintenance or a written instrument incident to such a decree or to any transfer which an individual establishes did not have as its principal purpose the avoidance of tax or payment of tax.

(d) Allocation of deficiency

For purposes of subsection (c)—

(1) In general

The portion of any deficiency on a joint return allocated to an individual shall be the amount which bears the same ratio to such deficiency as the net amount of items taken into account in computing the deficiency and allocable to the individual under paragraph (3) bears to the net amount of all items taken into account in computing the deficiency.

(2) Separate treatment of certain items

If a deficiency (or portion thereof) is attributable to—

(A) the disallowance of a credit; or

(B) any tax (other than tax imposed by section 1 or 55) required to be included with the joint return;


and such item is allocated to one individual under paragraph (3), such deficiency (or portion) shall be allocated to such individual. Any such item shall not be taken into account under paragraph (1).

(3) Allocation of items giving rise to the deficiency

For purposes of this subsection—

(A) In general

Except as provided in paragraphs (4) and (5), any item giving rise to a deficiency on a joint return shall be allocated to individuals filing the return in the same manner as it would have been allocated if the individuals had filed separate returns for the taxable year.

(B) Exception where other spouse benefits

Under rules prescribed by the Secretary, an item otherwise allocable to an individual under subparagraph (A) shall be allocated to the other individual filing the joint return to the extent the item gave rise to a tax benefit on the joint return to the other individual.

(C) Exception for fraud

The Secretary may provide for an allocation of any item in a manner not prescribed by subparagraph (A) if the Secretary establishes that such allocation is appropriate due to fraud of one or both individuals.

(4) Limitations on separate returns disregarded

If an item of deduction or credit is disallowed in its entirety solely because a separate return is filed, such disallowance shall be disregarded and the item shall be computed as if a joint return had been filed and then allocated between the spouses appropriately. A similar rule shall apply for purposes of section 86.

(5) Child's liability

If the liability of a child of a taxpayer is included on a joint return, such liability shall be disregarded in computing the separate liability of either spouse and such liability shall be allocated appropriately between the spouses.

(e) Petition for review by Tax Court

(1) In general

In the case of an individual against whom a deficiency has been asserted and who elects to have subsection (b) or (c) apply, or in the case of an individual who requests equitable relief under subsection (f)—

(A) In general

In addition to any other remedy provided by law, the individual may petition the Tax Court (and the Tax Court shall have jurisdiction) to determine the appropriate relief available to the individual under this section if such petition is filed—

(i) at any time after the earlier of—

(I) the date the Secretary mails, by certified or registered mail to the taxpayer's last known address, notice of the Secretary's final determination of relief available to the individual, or

(II) the date which is 6 months after the date such election is filed or request is made with the Secretary, and


(ii) not later than the close of the 90th day after the date described in clause (i)(I).

(B) Restrictions applicable to collection of assessment

(i) In general

Except as otherwise provided in section 6851 or 6861, no levy or proceeding in court shall be made, begun, or prosecuted against the individual making an election under subsection (b) or (c) or requesting equitable relief under subsection (f) for collection of any assessment to which such election or request relates until the close of the 90th day referred to in subparagraph (A)(ii), or, if a petition has been filed with the Tax Court under subparagraph (A), until the decision of the Tax Court has become final. Rules similar to the rules of section 7485 shall apply with respect to the collection of such assessment.

(ii) Authority to enjoin collection actions

Notwithstanding the provisions of section 7421(a), the beginning of such levy or proceeding during the time the prohibition under clause (i) is in force may be enjoined by a proceeding in the proper court, including the Tax Court. The Tax Court shall have no jurisdiction under this subparagraph to enjoin any action or proceeding unless a timely petition has been filed under subparagraph (A) and then only in respect of the amount of the assessment to which the election under subsection (b) or (c) relates or to which the request under subsection (f) relates.

(2) Suspension of running of period of limitations

The running of the period of limitations in section 6502 on the collection of the assessment to which the petition under paragraph (1)(A) relates shall be suspended—

(A) for the period during which the Secretary is prohibited by paragraph (1)(B) from collecting by levy or a proceeding in court and for 60 days thereafter, and

(B) if a waiver under paragraph (5) is made, from the date the claim for relief was filed until 60 days after the waiver is filed with the Secretary.

(3) Limitation on Tax Court jurisdiction

If a suit for refund is begun by either individual filing the joint return pursuant to section 6532—

(A) the Tax Court shall lose jurisdiction of the individual's action under this section to whatever extent jurisdiction is acquired by the district court or the United States Court of Federal Claims over the taxable years that are the subject of the suit for refund, and

(B) the court acquiring jurisdiction shall have jurisdiction over the petition filed under this subsection.

(4) Notice to other spouse

The Tax Court shall establish rules which provide the individual filing a joint return but not making the election under subsection (b) or (c) or the request for equitable relief under subsection (f) with adequate notice and an opportunity to become a party to a proceeding under either such subsection.

(5) Waiver

An individual who elects the application of subsection (b) or (c) or who requests equitable relief under subsection (f) (and who agrees with the Secretary's determination of relief) may waive in writing at any time the restrictions in paragraph (1)(B) with respect to collection of the outstanding assessment (whether or not a notice of the Secretary's final determination of relief has been mailed).

(f) Equitable relief

Under procedures prescribed by the Secretary, if—

(1) taking into account all the facts and circumstances, it is inequitable to hold the individual liable for any unpaid tax or any deficiency (or any portion of either); and

(2) relief is not available to such individual under subsection (b) or (c),


the Secretary may relieve such individual of such liability.

(g) Credits and refunds

(1) In general

Except as provided in paragraphs (2) and (3), notwithstanding any other law or rule of law (other than section 6511, 6512(b), 7121, or 7122), credit or refund shall be allowed or made to the extent attributable to the application of this section.

(2) Res judicata

In the case of any election under subsection (b) or (c) or of any request for equitable relief under subsection (f), if a decision of a court in any prior proceeding for the same taxable year has become final, such decision shall be conclusive except with respect to the qualification of the individual for relief which was not an issue in such proceeding. The exception contained in the preceding sentence shall not apply if the court determines that the individual participated meaningfully in such prior proceeding.

(3) Credit and refund not allowed under subsection (c)

No credit or refund shall be allowed as a result of an election under subsection (c).

(h) Regulations

The Secretary shall prescribe such regulations as are necessary to carry out the provisions of this section, including—

(1) regulations providing methods for allocation of items other than the methods under subsection (d)(3); and

(2) regulations providing the opportunity for an individual to have notice of, and an opportunity to participate in, any administrative proceeding with respect to an election made under subsection (b) or (c) or a request for equitable relief made under subsection (f) by the other individual filing the joint return.

(Added Pub. L. 105–206, title III, §3201(a), July 22, 1998, 112 Stat. 734; amended Pub. L. 105–277, div. J, title IV, §4002(c)(2), Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–906; Pub. L. 106–554, §1(a)(7) [title III, §313(a)], Dec. 21, 2000, 114 Stat. 2763, 2763A–640; Pub. L. 109–432, div. C, title IV, §408(a), (b), Dec. 20, 2006, 120 Stat. 3061, 3062.)

Prior Provisions

A prior section 6015, acts Aug. 16, 1954, ch. 736, 68A Stat. 737; Sept. 2, 1958, Pub. L. 85–866, title I, §74, 72 Stat. 1660; Sept. 14, 1960, Pub. L. 86–779, §5(a), 74 Stat. 1000; Sept. 25, 1962, Pub. L. 87–682, §1(a)(1), 76 Stat. 575; Mar. 15, 1966, Pub. L. 89–368, title I, §102(a), 80 Stat. 62; Nov. 13, 1966, Pub. L. 89–809, title I, §103(j), 80 Stat. 1554; Dec. 30, 1969, Pub. L. 91–172, title III, §301(b)(12), title VIII, §803(d)(7), title IX, §944(a), 83 Stat. 586, 684, 729; Dec. 10, 1971, Pub. L. 92–178, title II, §209(a), 85 Stat. 517; Oct. 4, 1976, Pub. L. 94–455, title XIX, §1906(a)(2), (b)(13)(A), 90 Stat. 1824, 1834; Nov. 6, 1978, Pub. L. 95–600, title IV, §421(e)(7), 92 Stat. 2876; Aug. 13, 1981, Pub. L. 97–34, title VII, §725(a), (c)(2), 95 Stat. 345, 346; Sept. 3, 1982, Pub. L. 97–248, title II, §201(d)(7), formerly §201(c)(7), title III, §§307(a)(6), 308(a), 328(b)(1), 96 Stat. 420, 589, 591, 618, redesignated and amended Jan. 12, 1983, Pub. L. 97–448, title I, §107(c)(2), title II, §201(j)(1), title III, §306(a)(1)(A)(i), 96 Stat. 2391, 2395, 2400; Aug. 5, 1983, Pub. L. 98–67, title I, §102(a), 97 Stat. 369, related to declaration of estimated income tax by individuals, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 98–369, div. A, title IV, §§412(a)(1), 414(a)(1), July 18, 1984, 98 Stat. 792, 793, applicable with respect to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1984.

Amendments

2006—Subsec. (e)(1). Pub. L. 109–432, §408(a), inserted “, or in the case of an individual who requests equitable relief under subsection (f)” after “apply” in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (e)(1)(A)(i)(II). Pub. L. 109–432, §408(b)(1), inserted “or request is made” after “filed”.

Subsec. (e)(1)(B)(i). Pub. L. 109–432, §408(b)(2), inserted “or requesting equitable relief under subsection (f)” after “subsection (b) or (c)” and “or request” after “such election”.

Subsec. (e)(1)(B)(ii). Pub. L. 109–432, §408(b)(3), inserted “or to which the request under subsection (f) relates” before period at end.

Subsec. (e)(4). Pub. L. 109–432, §408(b)(4), inserted “or the request for equitable relief under subsection (f)” after “subsection (b) or (c)”.

Subsec. (e)(5). Pub. L. 109–432, §408(b)(5), inserted “or who requests equitable relief under subsection (f)” after “subsection (b) or (c)”.

Subsec. (g)(2). Pub. L. 109–432, §408(b)(6), inserted “or of any request for equitable relief under subsection (f)” after “subsection (b) or (c)”.

Subsec. (h)(2). Pub. L. 109–432, §408(b)(7), inserted “or a request for equitable relief made under subsection (f)” after “subsection (b) or (c)”.

2000—Subsec. (c)(3)(B). Pub. L. 106–554, §1(a)(7) [title III, §313(a)(1)], substituted “may be made at any time after a deficiency for such year is asserted but” for “shall be made”.

Subsec. (e)(1). Pub. L. 106–554, §1(a)(7) [title III, §313(a)(3)(A)], inserted “against whom a deficiency has been asserted and” after “individual” in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (e)(1)(A). Pub. L. 106–554, §1(a)(7) [title III, §313(a)(3)(B)], amended heading and text of subpar. (A) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: “The individual may petition the Tax Court (and the Tax Court shall have jurisdiction) to determine the appropriate relief available to the individual under this section if such petition is filed during the 90-day period beginning on the date on which the Secretary mails by certified or registered mail a notice to such individual of the Secretary's determination of relief available to the individual. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, an individual may file such petition at any time after the date which is 6 months after the date such election is filed with the Secretary and before the close of such 90-day period.”

Subsec. (e)(1)(B)(i). Pub. L. 106–554, §1(a)(7) [title III, §313(a)(3)(C)], substituted “until the close of the 90th day referred to in subparagraph (A)(ii)” for “until the expiration of the 90-day period described in subparagraph (A)” and inserted “under subparagraph (A)” after “filed with the Tax Court”.

Subsec. (e)(2). Pub. L. 106–554, §1(a)(7) [title III, §313(a)(3)(D)(ii)], amended heading and text of par. (2) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: “The running of the period of limitations in section 6502 on the collection of the assessment to which the petition under paragraph (1)(A) relates shall be suspended for the period during which the Secretary is prohibited by paragraph (1)(B) from collecting by levy or a proceeding in court and for 60 days thereafter.”

Subsec. (e)(3). Pub. L. 106–554, §1(a)(7) [title III, §313(a)(2)(B)], amended par. (3) generally, substituting “Limitation on Tax Court jurisdiction” for “Applicable rules” in heading and restating provisions relating to limitations on the Tax Court's jurisdiction and eliminating provisions relating to res judicata and allowance of credits or refunds in text.

Subsec. (e)(5). Pub. L. 106–554, §1(a)(7) [title III, §313(a)(3)(D)(i)], added par. (5).

Subsecs. (g), (h). Pub. L. 106–554, §1(a)(7) [title III, §313(a)(2)(A)], added subsec. (g) and redesignated former subsec. (g) as (h).

1998—Subsec. (e)(3)(A). Pub. L. 105–277 substituted “of subsection (b) or (f)” for “of this section”.

Effective Date of 2006 Amendment

Pub. L. 109–432, div. C, title IV, §408(c), Dec. 20, 2006, 120 Stat. 3062, provided that: “The amendments made by this section [amending this section] shall apply with respect to liability for taxes arising or remaining unpaid on or after the date of the enactment of this Act [Dec. 20, 2006].”

Effective Date of 2000 Amendment

Pub. L. 106–554, §1(a)(7) [title III, §313(f)], Dec. 21, 2000, 114 Stat. 2763, 2763A–643, provided that: “The amendments made by subsections (a) and (b) [amending this section and sections 6330, 6331, 7421, and 7463 of this title] shall take effect on the date of the enactment of this Act [Dec. 21, 2000]. The amendments made by subsections (c), (d), and (e) [amending sections 6103, 6110, and 6330 of this title] shall take effect as if included in the provisions of the Internal Revenue Service Restructuring and Reform Act of 1998 [Pub. L. 105–206] to which they relate.”

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–277 effective as if included in the provision of the Internal Revenue Service Restructuring and Reform Act of 1998, Pub. L. 105–206, to which such amendment relates, see section 4002(k) of Pub. L. 105–277, set out as a note under section 1 of this title.

Effective Date

Pub. L. 105–206, title III, §3201(g), July 22, 1998, 112 Stat. 740, provided that:

“(1) In general.—Except as provided in paragraph (2), the amendments made by this section [enacting this section, amending sections 66, 6013, 6230, and 7421 of this title, and enacting provisions set out as notes under this section and section 6013 of this title] shall apply to any liability for tax arising after the date of the enactment of this Act [July 22, 1998] and any liability for tax arising on or before such date but remaining unpaid as of such date.

“(2) 2-year period.—The 2-year period under subsection (b)(1)(E) or (c)(3)(B) of section 6015 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 shall not expire before the date which is 2 years after the date of the first collection activity after the date of the enactment of this Act [July 22, 1998].”

Separate Form for Applying for Spousal Relief

Pub. L. 105–206, title III, §3201(c), July 22, 1998, 112 Stat. 740, provided that: “Not later than 180 days after the date of the enactment of this Act [July 22, 1998], the Secretary of the Treasury shall develop a separate form with instructions for use by taxpayers in applying for relief under section 6015(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as added by this section.”

[§6016. Repealed. Pub. L. 90–364, title I, §103(a), June 28, 1968, 82 Stat. 260]

Section, acts Aug. 16, 1954, ch. 736, 68A Stat. 738; Feb. 26, 1964, Pub. L. 88–272, title I, §122(d), 78 Stat. 29, Nov. 13, 1966, Pub. L. 89–809, title I, §104(l), 80 Stat. 1563, provided for the declaration of estimated income tax by corporations.

Effective Date of Repeal

Repeal effective with respect to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1967, except as provided by section 104 of Pub. L. 90–364, see section 103(f) of Pub. L. 90–364, set out as an Effective Date of 1968 Amendment note under section 243 of this title.

§6017. Self-employment tax returns

Every individual (other than a nonresident alien individual) having net earnings from self-employment of $400 or more for the taxable year shall make a return with respect to the self-employment tax imposed by chapter 2. In the case of a husband and wife filing a joint return under section 6013, the tax imposed by chapter 2 shall not be computed on the aggregate income but shall be the sum of the taxes computed under such chapter on the separate self-employment income of each spouse.

(Aug. 16, 1954, ch. 736, 68A Stat. 739.)

[§6017A. Repealed. Pub. L. 101–239, title VII, §7711(b)(1), Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2393]

Section, added Pub. L. 92–512, title I, §144(a)(1), Oct. 20, 1972, 86 Stat. 935; amended Pub. L. 94–455, title XIX, §1906(b)(13)(A), Oct. 4, 1976, 90 Stat. 1834, related to place of residence.

Effective Date of Repeal

Repeal applicable to returns and statements the due date for which (determined without regard to extensions) is after Dec. 31, 1989, see section 7711(c) of Pub. L. 101–239, set out as an Effective Date of 1989 Amendment note under section 6721 of this title.

Subpart C—Estate and Gift Tax Returns

Sec.
6018.
Estate tax returns.
6019.
Gift tax returns.

        

Amendment of Analysis

For termination of amendment by section 304 of Pub. L. 111–312, see Effective and Termination Dates of 2010 Amendment note set out under section 121 of this title.

For termination of amendment by section 901 of Pub. L. 107–16, see Effective and Termination Dates of 2001 Amendment note set out under section 1 of this title.

Amendments

2010—Pub. L. 111–312, title III, §§301(a), 304, Dec. 17, 2010, 124 Stat. 3300, 3304, temporarily amended analysis to read as if amendment by Pub. L. 107–16, §542(b)(1), had never been enacted. See 2001 Amendment note below.

2001—Pub. L. 107–16, title V, §542(b)(1), title IX, §901, June 7, 2001, 115 Stat. 81, 150, temporarily substituted “Returns Relating to Transfers During Life or at Death” for “Estate and Gift Tax Returns” in subpart heading and “Returns relating to large transfers at death” for “Estate tax returns” in item 6018.

§6018. Estate tax returns

(a) Returns by executor

(1) Citizens or residents

In all cases where the gross estate at the death of a citizen or resident exceeds the basic exclusion amount in effect under section 2010(c) for the calendar year which includes the date of death, the executor shall make a return with respect to the estate tax imposed by subtitle B.

(2) Nonresidents not citizens of the United States

In the case of the estate of every nonresident not a citizen of the United States if that part of the gross estate which is situated in the United States exceeds $60,000, the executor shall make a return with respect to the estate tax imposed by subtitle B.

(3) Adjustment for certain gifts

The amount applicable under paragraph (1) and the amount set forth in paragraph (2) shall each be reduced (but not below zero) by the sum of—

(A) the amount of the adjusted taxable gifts (within the meaning of section 2001(b)) made by the decedent after December 31, 1976, plus

(B) the aggregate amount allowed as a specific exemption under section 2521 (as in effect before its repeal by the Tax Reform Act of 1976) with respect to gifts made by the decedent after September 8, 1976.

(b) Returns by beneficiaries

If the executor is unable to make a complete return as to any part of the gross estate of the decedent, he shall include in his return a description of such part and the name of every person holding a legal or beneficial interest therein. Upon notice from the Secretary such person shall in like manner make a return as to such part of the gross estate.

(Aug. 16, 1954, ch. 736, 68A Stat. 739; Pub. L. 89–809, title I, §108(g), Nov. 13, 1966, 80 Stat. 1574; Pub. L. 94–455, title XIX, §1906(b)(13)(A), title XX, §2001(c)(1)(J), Oct. 4, 1976, 90 Stat. 1834, 1852; Pub. L. 97–34, title IV, §401(a)(2)(B), Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 299; Pub. L. 98–369, div. A, title V, §544(b)(3), July 18, 1984, 98 Stat. 894; Pub. L. 100–647, title I, §1011A(g)(12), Nov. 10, 1988, 102 Stat. 3482; Pub. L. 101–239, title VII, §7304(b)(2)(B), Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2353; Pub. L. 101–508, title XI, §11801(a)(43), (c)(19)(C), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1388–521, 1388–528; Pub. L. 105–34, title V, §501(a)(1)(C), title X, §1073(b)(4), Aug. 5, 1997, 111 Stat. 845, 948; Pub. L. 107–16, title V, §542(b)(1), June 7, 2001, 115 Stat. 81; Pub. L. 111–312, title III, §§301(a), 303(b)(3), Dec. 17, 2010, 124 Stat. 3300, 3303.)

Amendment of Section

For termination of amendment by section 304 of Pub. L. 111–312, see Effective and Termination Dates of 2010 Amendment note below.

For termination of amendment by section 901 of Pub. L. 107–16, see Effective and Termination Dates of 2001 Amendment note below.

References in Text

Section 2521 of this title, referred to in subsec. (a)(3)(B), was repealed by section 2001(b)(3) of Pub. L. 94–455, applicable to gifts made after Dec. 31, 1976.

The Tax Reform Act of 1976, referred to in subsec. (a)(3)(B), is Pub. L. 94–455, Oct. 4, 1976, 90 Stat. 1520. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title of 1976 Amendments note set out under section 1 of this title and Tables.

Amendments

2010—Pub. L. 111–312, §§301(a), 304, temporarily amended section to read as if amendment by Pub. L. 107–16, §542(b)(1), had never been enacted. See 2001 Amendment note and Effective and Termination Dates of 2010 Amendment note below.

Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 111–312, §§303(b)(3), 304, temporarily substituted “basic exclusion amount” for “applicable exclusion amount”. See Effective and Termination Dates of 2010 Amendment note below.

2001—Pub. L. 107–16, §§542(b)(1), 901, temporarily amended section generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows:

“(a) Returns by Executor.—

“(1) Citizens or residents.—In all cases where the gross estate at the death of a citizen or resident exceeds the applicable exclusion amount in effect under section 2010(c) for the calendar year which includes the date of death, the executor shall make a return with respect to the estate tax imposed by subtitle B.

“(2) Nonresidents not citizens of the united states.—In the case of the estate of every nonresident not a citizen of the United States if that part of the gross estate which is situated in the United States exceeds $60,000, the executor shall make a return with respect to the estate tax imposed by subtitle B.

“(3) Adjustment for certain gifts.—The amount applicable under paragraph (1) and the amount set forth in paragraph (2) shall each be reduced (but not below zero) by the sum of—

“(A) the amount of the adjusted taxable gifts (within the meaning of section 2001(b)) made by the decedent after December 31, 1976, plus

“(B) the aggregate amount allowed as a specific exemption under section 2521 (as in effect before its repeal by the Tax Reform Act of 1976) with respect to gifts made by the decedent after September 8, 1976.

“(b) Returns by Beneficiaries.—If the executor is unable to make a complete return as to any part of the gross estate of the decedent, he shall include in his return a description of such part and the name of every person holding a legal or beneficial interest therein. Upon notice from the Secretary such person shall in like manner make a return as to such part of the gross estate.”

See Effective and Termination Dates of 2001 Amendment note below.

1997—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 105–34, §501(a)(1)(C), substituted “the applicable exclusion amount in effect under section 2010(c) for the calendar year which includes the date of death” for “$600,000”.

Subsec. (a)(4). Pub. L. 105–34, §1073(b)(4), struck out par. (4) which read as follows:

“(4) Return required if excess retirement accumulation tax.—The executor shall make a return with respect to the estate tax imposed by subtitle B in any case where such tax is increased by reason of section 4980A(d).”

1990—Subsec. (a)(3) to (5). Pub. L. 101–508 redesignated pars. (4) and (5) as (3) and (4), respectively, and struck out former par. (3) which provided for phase-in of estate tax return filing requirement amount.

1989—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 101–239 struck out subsec. (c) which read as follows:

Election Under Section 2210.—In all cases in which subsection (a) requires the filing of a return, if an executor elects the applications of section 2210—

“(1) Return by executor.—The return which the executor is required to file under the provisions of subsection (a) shall be made with respect to that portion of estate tax imposed by subtitle B which the executor is required to pay.

“(2) Return by plan administrator.—The plan administrator of an employee stock ownership plan or the eligible worker-owned cooperative, as the case may be, shall make a return with respect to that portion of the tax imposed by section 2001 which such plan or cooperative is required to pay under section 2210(b).”

1988—Subsec. (a)(5). Pub. L. 100–647 added par. (5).

1984—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 98–369 added subsec. (c).

1981—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 97–34, §401(a)(2)(B)(i), substituted “$600,000” for “$175,000”.

Subsec. (a)(3). Pub. L. 97–34, §401(a)(2)(B)(ii), set forth par. (1) substitutions for “$600,000” amount of “$225,000”, “$275,000”, “$325,000”, “$400,000”, and “$500,000” in the case of decedents dying in 1982, 1983, 1984, 1985, and 1986, respectively, and struck out par. (1) substitutions for “$175,000” amount of “$120,000”, “$134,000”, “$147,000”, and “$161,000” in the case of decedents dying during 1977, 1978, 1979, and 1980, respectively.

1976—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 94–455, §2001(c)(1)(J)(i), substituted “$175,000” for “$60,000”.

Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 94–455, §2001(c)(1)(J)(ii), substituted “$60,000” for “$30,000”.

Subsec. (a)(3), (4). Pub. L. 94–455, §2001(c)(1)(J)(iii), added pars. (3) and (4).

Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 94–455, §1906(b)(13)(A), struck out “or his delegate” after “Secretary”.

1966—Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 89–809 substituted “$30,000” for “$2,000”.

Effective and Termination Dates of 2010 Amendment

Amendment by section 301(a) of Pub. L. 111–312 applicable to estates of decedents dying, and transfers made after Dec. 31, 2009, except as otherwise provided, see section 301(e) of Pub. L. 111–312, set out as a note under section 121 of this title.

Amendment by section 303(b)(3) of Pub. L. 111–312 applicable to estates of decedents dying and gifts made after Dec. 31, 2010, see section 303(c)(1) of Pub. L. 111–312, set out as an Effective Date of 2010 Amendment note under section 2010 of this title.

Section 901 of Pub. L. 107–16 applicable to amendments by sections 301(a) and 303(b)(3) of Pub. L. 111–312, see section 304 of Pub. L. 111–312, set out as a note under section 121 of this title.

Effective and Termination Dates of 2001 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 107–16 applicable to estates of decedents dying after Dec. 31, 2009, see section 542(f)(1) of Pub. L. 107–16, set out as a note under section 121 of this title.

Amendment by Pub. L. 107–16 inapplicable to estates of decedents dying, gifts made, or generation skipping transfers, after Dec. 31, 2012, and the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 to be applied and administered to such estates, gifts, and transfers as if such amendment had never been enacted, see section 901 of Pub. L. 107–16, set out as a note under section 1 of this title.

Effective Date of 1997 Amendment

Amendment by section 501(a)(1)(C) of Pub. L. 105–34 applicable to estates of decedents dying, and gifts made, after Dec. 31, 1997, see section 501(f) of Pub. L. 105–34, set out as a note under section 2001 of this title.

Amendment by section 1073(b)(4) of Pub. L. 105–34 applicable to estates of decedents dying after Dec. 31, 1996, see section 1073(c) of Pub. L. 105–34, set out as an Effective Date of Repeal note under section 4980A of this title.

Effective Date of 1989 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 101–239 applicable to estates of decedents dying after July 12, 1989, see section 7304(b)(3) of Pub. L. 101–239, set out as a note under section 2002 of this title.

Effective Date of 1988 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 100–647 effective, except as otherwise provided, as if included in the provision of the Tax Reform Act of 1986, Pub. L. 99–514, to which such amendment relates, see section 1019(a) of Pub. L. 100–647, set out as a note under section 1 of this title.

Effective Date of 1984 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 98–369 applicable to estates of decedents which are required to file returns on a date (including any extensions) after July 18, 1984, see section 544(d) of Pub. L. 98–369, set out as a note under section 2002 of this title.

Effective Date of 1981 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 97–34 applicable to estates of decedents dying after Dec. 31, 1981, see section 401(c)(1) of Pub. L. 97–34, set out as a note under section 2010 of this title.

Effective Date of 1976 Amendment

Amendment by section 2001(c)(1)(J) of Pub. L. 94–455 applicable to estates of decedents dying after Dec. 31, 1976, see section 2001(d)(1) of Pub. L. 94–455, set out as a note under section 2001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1966 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 89–809 applicable with respect to estates of decedents dying after Nov. 13, 1966, see section 108(i) of Pub. L. 89–809, set out as a note under section 2101 of this title.

Savings Provision

For provisions that nothing in amendment by Pub. L. 101–508 be construed to affect treatment of certain transactions occurring, property acquired, or items of income, loss, deduction, or credit taken into account prior to Nov. 5, 1990, for purposes of determining liability for tax for periods ending after Nov. 5, 1990, see section 11821(b) of Pub. L. 101–508, set out as a note under section 45K of this title.

§6019. Gift tax returns

Any individual who in any calendar year makes any transfer by gift other than—

(1) a transfer which under subsection (b) or (e) of section 2503 is not to be included in the total amount of gifts for such year,

(2) a transfer of an interest with respect to which a deduction is allowed under section 2523, or

(3) a transfer with respect to which a deduction is allowed under section 2522 but only if—

(A)(i) such transfer is of the donor's entire interest in the property transferred, and

(ii) no other interest in such property is or has been transferred (for less than adequate and full consideration in money or money's worth) from the donor to a person, or for a use, not described in subsection (a) or (b) of section 2522, or

(B) such transfer is described in section 2522(d),


shall make a return for such year with respect to the gift tax imposed by subtitle B.

(Aug. 16, 1954, ch. 736, 68A Stat. 739; Pub. L. 91–614, title I, §102(d)(3), Dec. 31, 1970, 84 Stat. 1841; Pub. L. 97–34, title IV, §§403(b)(3)(A), (c)(3)(B), 442(d)(2), Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 301, 302, 322; Pub. L. 105–34, title XIII, §1301(a), Aug. 5, 1997, 111 Stat. 1039; Pub. L. 107–16, title V, §542(b)(2), June 7, 2001, 115 Stat. 82; Pub. L. 111–312, title III, §301(a), Dec. 17, 2010, 124 Stat. 3300.)

Amendment of Section

For termination of amendment by section 304 of Pub. L. 111–312, see Effective and Termination Dates of 2010 Amendment note below.

For termination of amendment by section 901 of Pub. L. 107–16, see Effective and Termination Dates of 2001 Amendment note below.

Amendments

2010—Pub. L. 111–312, §§301(a), 304, temporarily amended section to read as if amendment by Pub. L. 107–16, §542(b)(2), had never been enacted. See 2001 Amendment note and Effective and Termination Dates of 2010 Amendment note below.

2001—Pub. L. 107–16, §§542(b)(2), 901, temporarily inserted subsec. (a) designation and heading and added subsec. (b), which related to statements to be furnished to certain persons. See Effective and Termination Dates of 2001 Amendment note below.

1997—Par. (3). Pub. L. 105–34 added par. (3).

1981—Pub. L. 97–34 struck out subsec. “(a) In general” designation, substituted “calendar year” for “calendar quarter” and “year” for “quarter” wherever appearing, inserted in provision designated par. (1) reference to subsec. (e) of section 2503, added par. (2), and deleted provision respecting transfers by gift other than qualified charitable transfers, repealed subsec. (b) setting forth return requirement and definition of qualified charitable transfer, and repealed subsec. (c) setting forth cross reference to section 2515(c) relating to tenancy by the entirety.

1970—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 91–614 substituted “Any individual who in any calendar quarter makes any transfers by gift (other than transfers which under section 2503(b) are not to be included in the total amount of gifts for such quarter and other than qualified charitable transfers) shall make a return for such quarter with respect to the gift tax imposed by subtitle B” for “Any individual who in any calendar year makes any transfers by gift (except those which under section 2503(b) are not to be included in the total amount of gifts for such year) shall make a return with respect to the gift tax imposed by subtitle B”.

Subsecs. (b), (c). Pub. L. 91–614 added subsec. (b) and redesignated former subsec. (b) as (c).

Effective and Termination Dates of 2010 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 111–312 applicable to estates of decedents dying, and transfers made after Dec. 31, 2009, except as otherwise provided, see section 301(e) of Pub. L. 111–312, set out as a note under section 121 of this title.

Section 901 of Pub. L. 107–16 applicable to amendments by section 301(a) of Pub. L. 111–312, see section 304 of Pub. L. 111–312, set out as a note under section 121 of this title.

Effective and Termination Dates of 2001 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 107–16 applicable to estates of decedents dying after Dec. 31, 2009, see section 542(f)(1) of Pub. L. 107–16, set out as a note under section 121 of this title.

Amendment by Pub. L. 107–16 inapplicable to estates of decedents dying, gifts made, or generation skipping transfers, after Dec. 31, 2012, and the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 to be applied and administered to such estates, gifts, and transfers as if such amendment had never been enacted, see section 901 of Pub. L. 107–16, set out as a note under section 1 of this title.

Effective Date of 1997 Amendment

Section 1301(b) of Pub. L. 105–34 provided that: “The amendment made by this section [amending this section] shall apply to gifts made after the date of the enactment of this Act [Aug. 5, 1997].”

Effective Date of 1981 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 97–34 applicable to gifts made after Dec. 31, 1981, see sections 403(e)(2) and 442(e) of Pub. L. 97–34, set out as a note under sections 2056 and 2501 of this title, respectively.

Effective Date of 1970 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 91–614 applicable with respect to gifts made after Dec. 31, 1970, see section 102(e) of Pub. L. 91–614, set out as a note under section 2501 of this title.

Subpart D—Miscellaneous Provisions

Sec.
6020.
Returns prepared for or executed by Secretary.
6021.
Listing by Secretary of taxable objects owned by nonresidents of internal revenue districts.

        

§6020. Returns prepared for or executed by Secretary

(a) Preparation of return by Secretary

If any person shall fail to make a return required by this title or by regulations prescribed thereunder, but shall consent to disclose all information necessary for the preparation thereof, then, and in that case, the Secretary may prepare such return, which, being signed by such person, may be received by the Secretary as the return of such person.

(b) Execution of return by Secretary

(1) Authority of Secretary to execute return

If any person fails to make any return required by any internal revenue law or regulation made thereunder at the time prescribed therefor, or makes, willfully or otherwise, a false or fraudulent return, the Secretary shall make such return from his own knowledge and from such information as he can obtain through testimony or otherwise.

(2) Status of returns

Any return so made and subscribed by the Secretary shall be prima facie good and sufficient for all legal purposes.

(Aug. 16, 1954, ch. 736, 68A Stat. 740; Pub. L. 90–364, title I, §103(e)(3), June 28, 1968, 82 Stat. 264; Pub. L. 94–455, title XIX, §1906(b)(13)(A), Oct. 4, 1976, 90 Stat. 1834; Pub. L. 98–369, div. A, title IV, §412(b)(4), July 18, 1984, 98 Stat. 792.)

Amendments

1984—Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 98–369 struck out “(other than a declaration of estimated tax required under section 6015)” after “make any return”.

1976—Pub. L. 94–455 struck out “or his delegate” after “Secretary” wherever appearing.

1968—Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 90–364 struck out reference to section 6016.

Effective Date of 1984 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 98–369 applicable with respect to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1984, see section 414(a)(1) of Pub. L. 98–369, set out as a note under section 6654 of this title.

Effective Date of 1968 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 90–364 applicable with respect to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1967, except as provided by section 104 of Pub. L. 90–364, see section 103(f) of Pub. L. 90–364, set out as a note under section 243 of this title.

§6021. Listing by Secretary of taxable objects owned by nonresidents of internal revenue districts

Whenever there are in any internal revenue district any articles subject to tax, which are not owned or possessed by or under the care or control of any person within such district, and of which no list has been transmitted to the Secretary, as required by law or by regulations prescribed pursuant to law, the Secretary shall enter the premises where such articles are situated, shall make such inspection of the articles as may be necessary and make lists of the same, according to the forms prescribed. Such lists, being subscribed by the Secretary, shall be sufficient lists of such articles for all purposes.

(Aug. 16, 1954, ch. 736, 68A Stat. 740; Pub. L. 94–455, title XIX, §1906(b)(13)(A), Oct. 4, 1976, 90 Stat. 1834.)

Amendments

1976—Pub. L. 94–455 struck out “or his delegate” after “Secretary” wherever appearing.

PART III—INFORMATION RETURNS

Subpart
A.
Information concerning persons subject to special provisions.
B.
Information concerning transactions with other persons.
C.
Information regarding wages paid employees.
D.
Information regarding health insurance coverage.
E.
Registration of and information concerning pension, etc., plans.
F.
Information concerning tax return preparers.

        

Amendments

2010—Pub. L. 111–148, title I, §1502(d), Mar. 23, 2010, 124 Stat. 251, added item relating to subpart D.

2007—Pub. L. 110–28, title VIII, §8246(a)(2)(A)(v), May 25, 2007, 121 Stat. 201, substituted “tax return preparers” for “income tax return preparers” in item relating to subpart F.

1980—Pub. L. 96–603, §1(e)(2), Dec. 28, 1980, 94 Stat. 3505, struck out item relating to subpart D “Information concerning private foundations”.

1976—Pub. L. 94–455, title XII, §1203(i)(1), Oct. 4, 1976, 90 Stat. 1694, added subpart F heading.

1974—Pub. L. 93–406, title II, §1031(c)(1), Sept. 2, 1974, 88 Stat. 946, added item relating to subpart E.

1969—Pub. L. 91–172, title I, §101(j)(64), Dec. 30, 1969, 82 Stat. 533, added item relating to subpart D.

Information Returns in Electronic Format

Pub. L. 108–7, div. H, title II, §211, Feb. 20, 2003, 117 Stat. 384, provided that:

“(a) Each office in the legislative branch, except the House and the Senate, which is responsible for preparing any written statement furnished under part 3 of subchapter A of chapter 61 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 on behalf of a person shall make the statement available to the person in an electronic format (at the direction of the person) which will enable the person to provide the statement electronically to a tax preparer or other provider of financial services.

“(b) Subsection (a) shall apply with respect to statements prepared for taxable years ending on or after December 31, 2004.”

Subpart A—Information Concerning Persons Subject to Special Provisions

Sec.
6031.
Return of partnership income.
6032.
Returns of banks with respect to common trust funds.
6033.
Returns by exempt organizations.
6034.
Returns by certain trusts.
6034A.
Information to beneficiaries of estates and trusts.
[6035.
Repealed.]
6036.
Notice of qualification as executor or receiver.
6037.
Return of S corporation.
6038.
Information reporting with respect to certain foreign corporations and partnerships.
6038A.
Information with respect to certain foreign-owned corporations.
6038B.
Notice of certain transfers to foreign persons.
6038C.
Information with respect to foreign corporations engaged in U.S. business.
6038D.
Information with respect to foreign financial assets.
6039.
Returns required in connection with certain options.
[6039A, 6039B. Repealed.]
6039C.
Returns with respect to foreign persons holding direct investments in United States real property interests.
6039D.
Returns and records with respect to certain fringe benefit plans.1

        

6039D.
Returns and records with respect to certain fringe benefit plans.1
6039E.
Information concerning resident status.
6039F.
Notice of large gifts received from foreign persons.
6039G.
Information on individuals losing United States citizenship.
6039H.
Information with respect to Alaska Native Settlement Trusts and sponsoring Native Corporations.
6039I.
Returns and records with respect to employer-owned life insurance contracts.
6039J.
Information reporting with respect to Commodity Credit Corporation transactions.
6040.
Cross references.

        

Amendments

2010—Pub. L. 111–147, title V, §511(b), Mar. 18, 2010, 124 Stat. 110, added item 6038D.

2008—Pub. L. 110–234, title XV, §15353(b), May 22, 2008, 122 Stat. 1527, and Pub. L. 110–246, title XV, §15353(b), June 18, 2008, 122 Stat. 2289, made identical amendments, adding item 6039J. The amendment by Pub. L. 110–234 was repealed by Pub. L. 110–246, §4(a), June 18, 2008, 122 Stat. 1664.

2006—Pub. L. 109–432, div. A, title IV, §403(c)(3), Dec. 20, 2006, 120 Stat. 2955, substituted “Returns” for “Information” in item 6039.

Pub. L. 109–280, title XII, §1201(b)(4), Aug. 17, 2006, 120 Stat. 1066, which directed the amendment of the analysis for subpart A of part III of subchapter A of chapter 61 by amending item 6034 to read “Returns by certain trusts” without specifying the act to be amended, was executed to this analysis which is part of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 which is classified to this title, to reflect the probable intent of Congress. Prior to amendment, item 6034 read as follows: “Returns by trusts claiming charitable deductions under section 642(c)”.

Pub. L. 109–280, title VIII, §863(c)(2), Aug. 17, 2006, 120 Stat. 1024, added item 6039I.

2004—Pub. L. 108–357, title IV, §413(c)(33), Oct. 22, 2004, 118 Stat. 1510, struck out item 6035 “Returns of officers, directors, and shareholders of foreign personal holding companies”.

2001—Pub. L. 107–16, title VI, §671(c)(2), June 7, 2001, 115 Stat. 147, added item 6039H.

1997—Pub. L. 105–34, title XI, §1142(e)(5), title XVI, §1602(h)(2), Aug. 5, 1997, 111 Stat. 983, 1096, inserted “reporting” after “Information” and “and partnerships” after “corporations” in item 6038, struck out item 6039F “Information on individuals losing United States citizenship”, and added item 6039G.

1996—Pub. L. 104–191, title V, §512(b), Aug. 21, 1996, 110 Stat. 2102, added item 6039F “Information on individuals losing United States citizenship”.

Pub. L. 104–188, title I, §1905(b), Aug. 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1913, added item 6039F “Notice of large gifts received from foreign persons”.

1990—Pub. L. 101–508, title XI, §11315(b)(2), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1388–457, added item 6038C.

1986—Pub. L. 99–514, title XII, §1234(a)(2), title XIII, §1303(c)(2), Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2565, 2658, struck out item 6039B “Return of general stock ownership corporation”, and added item 6039E.

1984—Pub. L. 98–612, §1(b)(4), Oct. 31, 1984, 98 Stat. 3181, added item 6039D “Returns and records with respect to certain fringe benefit plans”.

Pub. L. 98–611, §1(d)(4), Oct. 31, 1984, 98 Stat. 3178, added item 6039D “Returns and records with respect to certain fringe benefit plans”.

Pub. L. 98–369, div. A, title I, §§129(b)(2), 131(d)(3), title VII, §714(q)(4), July 18, 1984, 98 Stat. 660, 664, 966, added items 6034A and 6038B, and inserted “foreign persons holding direct investments in” in item 6039C.

1982—Pub. L. 97–354, §5(a)(39)(B), Oct. 19, 1982, 96 Stat. 1696, substituted “S corporation” for “electing small business corporation” in item 6037.

Pub. L. 97–248, title III, §339(b), Sept. 3, 1982, 96 Stat. 633, added item 6038A.

1980—Pub. L. 96–603, §1(e)(1), Dec. 28, 1980, 94 Stat. 3505, which directed that item 6034 be amended by substituting “4947(a)(2)” for “4947(a)”, could not be executed because item 6034 does not contain “4947(a)”.

Pub. L. 96–499, title XI, §1123(c), Dec. 5, 1980, 94 Stat. 2690, added item 6039C.

Pub. L. 96–223, title IV, §401(a), Apr. 2, 1980, 94 Stat. 299, repealed Pub. L. 94–455, §2005(a)(3), and the amendment made thereby. See 1976 Amendment note below.

1978—Pub. L. 95–600, title VI, §601(c)(2), Nov. 6, 1978, 92 Stat. 2897, added item 6039B.

1976—Pub. L. 94–455, title XX, §2005(e)(3), Oct. 4, 1976, 90 Stat. 1878, which added item 6039A, was repealed by Pub. L. 96–223, §401(a). See section 401(b), (e) of Pub. L. 96–223, set out as an Effective Date of 1980 Amendments and Revival of Prior Law note under section 1023 of this title.

1964—Pub. L. 88–272, title II, §221(d)(2), Feb. 26, 1964, 78 Stat. 75, added item 6039 and redesignated former item 6039 as 6040.

1960—Pub. L. 86–780, §6(b)(1), Sept. 14, 1960, 74 Stat. 1015, added item 6038 and redesignated former item 6038 as 6039.

1958—Pub. L. 85–866, title I, §64(d)(4), Sept. 2, 1958, 72 Stat. 1657, added item 6037 and redesignated former item 6037 as 6038.

1 So in original. Pub. L. 98–611 and Pub. L. 98–612 enacted identical items designated “6039D”. Pub. L. 99–514, §1879(d)(2), repealed the section 6039D enacted by Pub. L. 98–612 without corresponding amendment of subpart analysis.

§6031. Return of partnership income

(a) General rule

Every partnership (as defined in section 761(a)) shall make a return for each taxable year, stating specifically the items of its gross income and the deductions allowable by subtitle A, and such other information, for the purpose of carrying out the provisions of subtitle A as the Secretary may by forms and regulations prescribe, and shall include in the return the names and addresses of the individuals who would be entitled to share in the taxable income if distributed and the amount of the distributive share of each individual.

(b) Copies to partners

Each partnership required to file a return under subsection (a) for any partnership taxable year shall (on or before the day on which the return for such taxable year was required to be filed) furnish to each person who is a partner or who holds an interest in such partnership as a nominee for another person at any time during such taxable year a copy of such information required to be shown on such return as may be required by regulations. In the case of an electing large partnership (as defined in section 775), such information shall be furnished on or before the first March 15 following the close of such taxable year.

(c) Nominee reporting

Any person who holds an interest in a partnership as a nominee for another person—

(1) shall furnish to the partnership, in the manner prescribed by the Secretary, the name and address of such other person, and any other information for such taxable year as the Secretary may by form and regulation prescribe, and

(2) shall furnish in the manner prescribed by the Secretary such other person the information provided by such partnership under subsection (b).

(d) Separate statement of items of unrelated business taxable income

In the case of any partnership regularly carrying on a trade or business (within the meaning of section 512(c)(1)), the information required under subsection (b) to be furnished to its partners shall include such information as is necessary to enable each partner to compute its distributive share of partnership income or loss from such trade or business in accordance with section 512(a)(1), but without regard to the modifications described in paragraphs (8) through (15) of section 512(b).

(e) Foreign partnerships

(1) Exception for foreign partnership

Except as provided in paragraph (2), the preceding provisions of this section shall not apply to a foreign partnership.

(2) Certain foreign partnerships required to file return

Except as provided in regulations prescribed by the Secretary, this section shall apply to a foreign partnership for any taxable year if for such year, such partnership has—

(A) gross income derived from sources within the United States, or

(B) gross income which is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business within the United States.


The Secretary may provide simplified filing procedures for foreign partnerships to which this section applies.

(f) Electing investment partnerships

In the case of any electing investment partnership (as defined in section 743(e)(6)), the information required under subsection (b) to be furnished to any partner to whom section 743(e)(2) applies shall include such information as is necessary to enable the partner to compute the amount of losses disallowed under section 743(e).

(Aug. 16, 1954, ch. 736, 68A Stat. 741; Pub. L. 94–455, title XIX, §1906(b)(13)(A), Oct. 4, 1976, 90 Stat. 1834; Pub. L. 97–248, title IV, §403, Sept. 3, 1982, 96 Stat. 669; Pub. L. 99–514, title XV, §1501(c)(16), title XVIII, §1811(b)(1)(A), Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2740, 2832; Pub. L. 100–647, title V, §5074(a), Nov. 10, 1988, 102 Stat. 3682; Pub. L. 105–34, title XI, §1141(a), title XII, §1223(a), Aug. 5, 1997, 111 Stat. 980, 1019; Pub. L. 108–357, title VIII, §833(b)(4)(B), Oct. 22, 2004, 118 Stat. 1590.)

Amendments

2004—Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 108–357 added subsec. (f).

1997—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 105–34, §1223(a), inserted at end “In the case of an electing large partnership (as defined in section 775), such information shall be furnished on or before the first March 15 following the close of such taxable year.”

Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 105–34, §1141(a), added subsec. (e).

1988—Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 100–647 added subsec. (d).

1986—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 99–514, §1501(c)(16), substituted “was required to be filed” for “was filed” and “required to be shown on such return” for “shown on such return”.

Pub. L. 99–514, §1811(b)(1)(A)(i), inserted “or who holds an interest in such partnership as a nominee for another person” after “who is a partner”.

Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 99–514, §1811(b)(1)(A)(ii), added subsec. (c).

1982—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 97–248, §403(b), designated existing provisions as subsec. (a) and added subsec. heading.

Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 97–248, §403(a), added subsec. (b).

1976—Pub. L. 94–455 struck out “or his delegate” after “Secretary”.

Effective Date of 2004 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 108–357 applicable to transfers after Oct. 22, 2004, with transition rule in the case of an electing investment partnership which is in existence on June 4, 2004, see section 833(d)(2) of Pub. L. 108–357, set out as a note under section 743 of this title.

Effective Date of 1997 Amendment

Section 1141(c) of Pub. L. 105–34 provided that: “The amendments made by this section [amending this section and section 6231 of this title] shall apply to taxable years beginning after the date of the enactment of this Act [Aug. 5, 1997].”

Amendment by section 1223(a) of Pub. L. 105–34 applicable to partnership taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1997, see section 1226 of Pub. L. 105–34, as amended, set out as a note under section 6011 of this title.

Effective Date of 1988 Amendment

Section 5074(b) of Pub. L. 100–647 provided that: “The amendment made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 1988.”

Effective Date of 1986 Amendment

Amendment by section 1501(c)(16) of Pub. L. 99–514 applicable to returns the due date for which (determined without regard to extensions) is after Dec. 31, 1986, see section 1501(e) of Pub. L. 99–514, set out as an Effective Date note under section 6721 of this title.

Section 1811(b)(1)(B) of Pub. L. 99–514 provided that: “The amendments made by this subsection [amending this section and section 6050K of this title] shall apply to partnership taxable years beginning after the date of the enactment of this Act [Oct. 22, 1986].”

Effective Date of 1982 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 97–248 applicable to partnership taxable years beginning after Sept. 3, 1982, with provision for the applicability of the amendment to any partnership taxable year ending after Sept. 3, 1982, if the partnership, each partner, and each indirect partner requests such application and the Secretary of the Treasury or his delegate consents to such application, see section 407(a)(1), (3) of Pub. L. 97–248, set out as an Effective Date note under section 6221 of this title.

Plan Amendments Not Required Until January 1, 1989

For provisions directing that if any amendments made by subtitle A or subtitle C of title XI [§§1101–1147 and 1171–1177] or title XVIII [§§1800–1899A] of Pub. L. 99–514 require an amendment to any plan, such plan amendment shall not be required to be made before the first plan year beginning on or after Jan. 1, 1989, see section 1140 of Pub. L. 99–514, as amended, set out as a note under section 401 of this title.

Returns Required From All Partnerships With United States Partners

Section 404 of Pub. L. 97–248, as amended by Pub. L. 99–514, §2, Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2095, provided that: “Except as hereafter provided in regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury or his delegate, nothing in section 6031 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 [formerly I.R.C. 1954] shall be treated as excluding any partnership from the filing requirements of such section for any taxable year if the income tax liability under subtitle A of such Code of any United States person is determined in whole or in part by taking into account (directly or indirectly) partnership items of such partnership for such taxable year.”

Special Rule for Certain International Satellite Partnerships

For provision that this section is not applicable to certain international satellite partnerships, see section 406 of Pub. L. 97–248, set out as a note under section 6231 of this title.

§6032. Returns of banks with respect to common trust funds

Every bank (as defined in section 581) maintaining a common trust fund shall make a return for each taxable year, stating specifically, with respect to such fund, the items of gross income and the deductions allowed by subtitle A, and shall include in the return the names and addresses of the participants who would be entitled to share in the taxable income if distributed and the amount of the proportionate share of each participant. The return shall be executed in the same manner as a return made by a corporation pursuant to the requirements of sections 6012 and 6062.

(Aug. 16, 1954, ch. 736, 68A Stat. 741.)

§6033. Returns by exempt organizations

(a) Organizations required to file

(1) In general

Except as provided in paragraph (3), every organization exempt from taxation under section 501(a) shall file an annual return, stating specifically the items of gross income, receipts, and disbursements, and such other information for the purpose of carrying out the internal revenue laws as the Secretary may by forms or regulations prescribe, and shall keep such records, render under oath such statements, make such other returns, and comply with such rules and regulations as the Secretary may from time to time prescribe; except that, in the discretion of the Secretary, any organization described in section 401(a) may be relieved from stating in its return any information which is reported in returns filed by the employer which established such organization.

(2) Being a party to certain reportable transactions

Every tax-exempt entity described in section 4965(c) shall file (in such form and manner and at such time as determined by the Secretary) a disclosure of—

(A) such entity's being a party to any prohibited tax shelter transaction (as defined in section 4965(e)), and

(B) the identity of any other party to such transaction which is known by such tax-exempt entity.

(3) Exceptions from filing

(A) Mandatory exceptions

Paragraph (1) shall not apply to—

(i) churches, their integrated auxiliaries, and conventions or associations of churches,

(ii) any organization (other than a private foundation, as defined in section 509(a)) described in subparagraph (C), the gross receipts of which in each taxable year are normally not more than $5,000, or

(iii) the exclusively religious activities of any religious order.

(B) Discretionary exceptions

The Secretary may relieve any organization required under paragraph (1) (other than an organization described in section 509(a)(3)) to file an information return from filing such a return where he determines that such filing is not necessary to the efficient administration of the internal revenue laws.

(C) Certain organizations

The organizations referred to in subparagraph (A)(ii) are—

(i) a religious organization described in section 501(c)(3);

(ii) an educational organization described in section 170(b)(1)(A)(ii);

(iii) a charitable organization, or an organization for the prevention of cruelty to children or animals, described in section 501(c)(3), if such organization is supported, in whole or in part, by funds contributed by the United States or any State or political subdivision thereof, or is primarily supported by contributions of the general public;

(iv) an organization described in section 501(c)(3), if such organization is operated, supervised, or controlled by or in connection with a religious organization described in clause (i);

(v) an organization described in section 501(c)(8); and

(vi) an organization described in section 501(c)(1), if such organization is a corporation wholly owned by the United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof, or a wholly-owned subsidiary of such a corporation.

(b) Certain organizations described in section 501(c)(3)

Every organization described in section 501(c)(3) which is subject to the requirements of subsection (a) shall furnish annually information, at such time and in such manner as the Secretary may by forms or regulations prescribe, setting forth—

(1) its gross income for the year,

(2) its expenses attributable to such income and incurred within the year,

(3) its disbursements within the year for the purposes for which it is exempt,

(4) a balance sheet showing its assets, liabilities, and net worth as of the beginning of such year,

(5) the total of the contributions and gifts received by it during the year, and the names and addresses of all substantial contributors,

(6) the names and addresses of its foundation managers (within the meaning of section 4946(b)(1)) and highly compensated employees,

(7) the compensation and other payments made during the year to each individual described in paragraph (6),

(8) in the case of an organization with respect to which an election under section 501(h) is effective for the taxable year, the following amounts for such organization for such taxable year:

(A) the lobbying expenditures (as defined in section 4911(c)(1)),

(B) the lobbying nontaxable amount (as defined in section 4911(c)(2)),

(C) the grass roots expenditures (as defined in section 4911(c)(3)), and

(D) the grass roots nontaxable amount (as defined in section 4911(c)(4)),


(9) such other information with respect to direct or indirect transfers to, and other direct or indirect transactions and relationships with, other organizations described in section 501(c) (other than paragraph (3) thereof) or section 527 as the Secretary may require to prevent—

(A) diversion of funds from the organization's exempt purpose, or

(B) misallocation of revenues or expenses,


(10) the respective amounts (if any) of the taxes imposed on the organization, or any organization manager of the organization, during the taxable year under any of the following provisions (and the respective amounts (if any) of reimbursements paid by the organization during the taxable year with respect to taxes imposed on any such organization manager under any of such provisions):

(A) section 4911 (relating to tax on excess expenditures to influence legislation),

(B) section 4912 (relating to tax on disqualifying lobbying expenditures of certain organizations),

(C) section 4955 (relating to taxes on political expenditures of section 501(c)(3) organizations), except to the extent that, by reason of section 4962, the taxes imposed under such section are not required to be paid or are credited or refunded, and

(D) section 4959 (relating to taxes on failures by hospital organizations),


(11) the respective amounts (if any) of—

(A) the taxes imposed with respect to the organization on any organization manager, or any disqualified person, during the taxable year under section 4958 (relating to taxes on private excess benefit from certain charitable organizations), and

(B) reimbursements paid by the organization during the taxable year with respect to taxes imposed under such section,


except to the extent that, by reason of section 4962, the taxes imposed under such section are not required to be paid or are credited or refunded,

(12) such information as the Secretary may require with respect to any excess benefit transaction (as defined in section 4958),

(13) such information with respect to disqualified persons as the Secretary may prescribe,

(14) such information as the Secretary may require with respect to disaster relief activities, including the amount and use of qualified contributions to which section 1400S(a) applies,

(15) in the case of an organization to which the requirements of section 501(r) apply for the taxable year—

(A) a description of how the organization is addressing the needs identified in each community health needs assessment conducted under section 501(r)(3) and a description of any such needs that are not being addressed together with the reasons why such needs are not being addressed, and

(B) the audited financial statements of such organization (or, in the case of an organization the financial statements of which are included in a consolidated financial statement with other organizations, such consolidated financial statement).1


(16) such other information for purposes of carrying out the internal revenue laws as the Secretary may require.


For purposes of paragraph (8), if section 4911(f) applies to the organization for the taxable year, such organization shall furnish the amounts with respect to the affiliated group as well as with respect to such organization.

(c) Additional provisions relating to private foundations

In the case of an organization which is a private foundation (within the meaning of section 509(a))—

(1) the Secretary shall by regulations provide that the private foundation shall include in its annual return under this section such information (not required to be furnished by subsection (b) or the forms or regulations prescribed thereunder) as would have been required to be furnished under section 6056 (relating to annual reports by private foundations) as such section 6056 was in effect on January 1, 1979, and

(2) the foundation managers shall furnish copies of the annual return under this section to such State officials, at such times, and under such conditions, as the Secretary may by regulations prescribe.


Nothing in paragraph (1) shall require the inclusion of the name and address of any recipient (other than a disqualified person within the meaning of section 4946) of 1 or more charitable gifts or grants made by the foundation to such recipient as an indigent or needy person if the aggregate of such gifts or grants made by the foundation to such recipient during the year does not exceed $1,000.

(d) Section to apply to nonexempt charitable trusts and nonexempt private foundations

The following organizations shall comply with the requirements of this section in the same manner as organizations described in section 501(c)(3) which are exempt from tax under section 501(a):

(1) Nonexempt charitable trusts

A trust described in section 4947(a)(1) (relating to nonexempt charitable trusts).

(2) Nonexempt private foundations

A private foundation which is not exempt from tax under section 501(a).

(e) Special rules relating to lobbying activities

(1) Reporting requirements

(A) In general

If this subsection applies to an organization for any taxable year, such organization—

(i) shall include on any return required to be filed under subsection (a) for such year information setting forth the total expenditures of the organization to which section 162(e)(1) applies and the total amount of the dues or other similar amounts paid to the organization to which such expenditures are allocable, and

(ii) except as provided in paragraphs (2)(A)(i) and (3), shall, at the time of assessment or payment of such dues or other similar amounts, provide notice to each person making such payment which contains a reasonable estimate of the portion of such dues or other similar amounts to which such expenditures are so allocable.

(B) Organizations to which subsection applies

(i) In general

This subsection shall apply to any organization which is exempt from taxation under section 501 other than an organization described in section 501(c)(3).

(ii) Special rule for in-house expenditures

This subsection shall not apply to the in-house expenditures (within the meaning of section 162(e)(5)(B)(ii)) of an organization for a taxable year if such expenditures do not exceed $2,000. In determining whether a taxpayer exceeds the $2,000 limit under this clause, there shall not be taken into account overhead costs otherwise allocable to activities described in subparagraphs (A) and (D) of section 162(e)(1).

(iii) Coordination with section 527(f)

This subsection shall not apply to any amount on which tax is imposed by reason of section 527(f).

(C) Allocation

For purposes of this paragraph—

(i) In general

Expenditures to which section 162(e)(1) applies shall be treated as paid out of dues or other similar amounts to the extent thereof.

(ii) Carryover of lobbying expenditures in excess of dues

If expenditures to which section 162(e)(1) applies exceed the dues or other similar amounts for any taxable year, such excess shall be treated as expenditures to which section 162(e)(1) applies which are paid or incurred by the organization during the following taxable year.

(2) Tax imposed where organization does not notify

(A) In general

If an organization—

(i) elects not to provide the notices described in paragraph (1)(A) for any taxable year, or

(ii) fails to include in such notices the amount allocable to expenditures to which section 162(e)(1) applies (determined on the basis of actual amounts rather than the reasonable estimates under paragraph (1)(A)(ii)),


then there is hereby imposed on such organization for such taxable year a tax in an amount equal to the product of the highest rate of tax imposed by section 11 for the taxable year and the aggregate amount not included in such notices by reason of such election or failure.

(B) Waiver where future adjustments made

The Secretary may waive the tax imposed by subparagraph (A)(ii) for any taxable year if the organization agrees to adjust its estimates under paragraph (1)(A)(ii) for the following taxable year to correct any failures.

(C) Tax treated as income tax

For purposes of this title, the tax imposed by subparagraph (A) shall be treated in the same manner as a tax imposed by chapter 1 (relating to income taxes).

(3) Exception where dues generally nondeductible

Paragraph (1)(A) shall not apply to an organization which establishes to the satisfaction of the Secretary that substantially all of the dues or other similar amounts paid by persons to such organization are not deductible without regard to section 162(e).

(f) Certain organizations described in section 501(c)(4)

Every organization described in section 501(c)(4) which is subject to the requirements of subsection (a) shall include on the return required under subsection (a) the information referred to in paragraphs (11), (12) and (13) of subsection (b) with respect to such organization.

(g) Returns required by political organizations

(1) In general

This section shall apply to a political organization (as defined by section 527(e)(1)) which has gross receipts of $25,000 or more for the taxable year. In the case of a political organization which is a qualified State or local political organization (as defined in section 527(e)(5)), the preceding sentence shall be applied by substituting “$100,000” for “$25,000”.

(2) Annual returns

Political organizations described in paragraph (1) shall file an annual return—

(A) containing the information required, and complying with the other requirements, under subsection (a)(1) for organizations exempt from taxation under section 501(a), with such modifications as the Secretary considers appropriate to require only information which is necessary for the purposes of carrying out section 527, and

(B) containing such other information as the Secretary deems necessary to carry out the provisions of this subsection.

(3) Mandatory exceptions from filing

Paragraph (2) shall not apply to an organization—

(A) which is a State or local committee of a political party, or political committee of a State or local candidate,

(B) which is a caucus or association of State or local officials,

(C) which is an authorized committee (as defined in section 301(6) of the Federal Election Campaign Act of 1971) of a candidate for Federal office,

(D) which is a national committee (as defined in section 301(14) of the Federal Election Campaign Act of 1971) of a political party,

(E) which is a United States House of Representatives or United States Senate campaign committee of a political party committee,

(F) which is required to report under the Federal Election Campaign Act of 1971 as a political committee (as defined in section 301(4) of such Act), or

(G) to which section 527 applies for the taxable year solely by reason of subsection (f)(1) of such section.

(4) Discretionary exception

The Secretary may relieve any organization required under paragraph (2) to file an information return from filing such a return if the Secretary determines that such filing is not necessary to the efficient administration of the internal revenue laws.

(h) Controlling organizations

Each controlling organization (within the meaning of section 512(b)(13)) which is subject to the requirements of subsection (a) shall include on the return required under subsection (a)—

(1) any interest, annuities, royalties, or rents received from each controlled entity (within the meaning of section 512(b)(13)),

(2) any loans made to each such controlled entity, and

(3) any transfers of funds between such controlling organization and each such controlled entity.

(i) Additional notification requirements

Any organization the gross receipts of which in any taxable year result in such organization being referred to in subsection (a)(3)(A)(ii) or (a)(3)(B)—

(1) shall furnish annually, in electronic form, and at such time and in such manner as the Secretary may by regulations prescribe, information setting forth—

(A) the legal name of the organization,

(B) any name under which such organization operates or does business,

(C) the organization's mailing address and Internet web site address (if any),

(D) the organization's taxpayer identification number,

(E) the name and address of a principal officer, and

(F) evidence of the continuing basis for the organization's exemption from the filing requirements under subsection (a)(1), and


(2) upon the termination of the existence of the organization, shall furnish notice of such termination.

(j) Loss of exempt status for failure to file return or notice

(1) In general

If an organization described in subsection (a)(1) or (i) fails to file an annual return or notice required under either subsection for 3 consecutive years, such organization's status as an organization exempt from tax under section 501(a) shall be considered revoked on and after the date set by the Secretary for the filing of the third annual return or notice. The Secretary shall publish and maintain a list of any organization the status of which is so revoked.

(2) Application necessary for reinstatement

Any organization the tax-exempt status of which is revoked under paragraph (1) must apply in order to obtain reinstatement of such status regardless of whether such organization was originally required to make such an application.

(3) Retroactive reinstatement if reasonable cause shown for failure

If, upon application for reinstatement of status as an organization exempt from tax under section 501(a), an organization described in paragraph (1) can show to the satisfaction of the Secretary evidence of reasonable cause for the failure described in such paragraph, the organization's exempt status may, in the discretion of the Secretary, be reinstated effective from the date of the revocation under such paragraph.

(k) Additional provisions relating to sponsoring organizations

Every organization described in section 4966(d)(1) shall, on the return required under subsection (a) for the taxable year—

(1) list the total number of donor advised funds (as defined in section 4966(d)(2)) it owns at the end of such taxable year,

(2) indicate the aggregate value of assets held in such funds at the end of such taxable year, and

(3) indicate the aggregate contributions to and grants made from such funds during such taxable year.

(l) Additional provisions relating to supporting organizations

Every organization described in section 509(a)(3) shall, on the return required under subsection (a)—

(1) list the supported organizations (as defined in section 509(f)(3)) with respect to which such organization provides support,

(2) indicate whether the organization meets the requirements of clause (i), (ii), or (iii) of section 509(a)(3)(B), and

(3) certify that the organization meets the requirements of section 509(a)(3)(C).

(m) Additional information required from CO–OP insurers

An organization described in section 501(c)(29) shall include on the return required under subsection (a) the following information:

(1) The amount of the reserves required by each State in which the organization is licensed to issue qualified health plans.

(2) The amount of reserves on hand.

(n) Cross references

For provisions relating to statements, etc., regarding exempt status of organizations, see section 6001.

For reporting requirements as to certain liquidations, dissolutions, terminations, and contractions, see section 6043(b). For provisions relating to penalties for failure to file a return required by this section, see section 6652(c).

For provisions relating to information required in connection with certain plans of deferred compensation, see section 6058.

(Aug. 16, 1954, ch. 736, 68A Stat. 741; Pub. L. 85–866, title I, §75(b), Sept. 2, 1958, 72 Stat. 1661; Pub. L. 91–172, title I, §101(d)(1), (2), (j)(30), (31), Dec. 30, 1969, 83 Stat. 519, 520, 529; Pub. L. 93–406, title II, §1031(c)(2), Sept. 2, 1974, 88 Stat. 946; Pub. L. 94–455, title XIII, §1307(a)(4), title XIX, §1906(b)(13)(A), Oct. 4, 1976, 90 Stat. 1722, 1834; Pub. L. 96–603, §1(a), Dec. 28, 1980, 94 Stat. 3503; Pub. L. 99–514, title XV, §1501(d)(1)(C), Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2740; Pub. L. 100–203, title X, §10703(a), Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1330–460; Pub. L. 103–66, title XIII, §13222(c), Aug. 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 480; Pub. L. 104–168, title XIII, §1312(a), (b), July 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 1479; Pub. L. 104–188, title I, §1703(g), Aug. 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1876; Pub. L. 105–34, title XVI, §1603(b), Aug. 5, 1997, 111 Stat. 1096; Pub. L. 105–277, div. J, title I, §1004(b)(2)(A), Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–889; Pub. L. 106–230, §3(a)(2), July 1, 2000, 114 Stat. 482; Pub. L. 107–276, §3(c), Nov. 2, 2002, 116 Stat. 1931; Pub. L. 109–222, title V, §516(b)(1), May 17, 2006, 120 Stat. 371; Pub. L. 109–280, title XII, §§1205(b)(1), 1223(a), (b), 1235(a)(1), 1245(a), (b), Aug. 17, 2006, 120 Stat. 1067, 1090, 1101, 1108; Pub. L. 110–343, div. C, title VII, §703(a), Oct. 3, 2008, 122 Stat. 3919; Pub. L. 111–148, title I, §1322(h)(2), title IX, §9007(d), Mar. 23, 2010, 124 Stat. 192, 857.)

Inflation Adjusted Items for Certain Years

For inflation adjustment of certain items in this section, see Revenue Procedures listed in a table under section 1 of this title.

References in Text

Section 6056 of this title, referred to in subsec. (c)(1), was repealed by Pub. L. 96–603, §1(c), Dec. 28, 1980, 94 Stat. 3504.

The Federal Election Campaign Act of 1971, referred to in subsec. (g)(3)(F), is Pub. L. 92–225, Feb. 7, 1972, 86 Stat. 3, as amended, which is classified principally to chapter 14 (§431 et seq.) of Title 2, The Congress. Section 301 of the Act is classified to section 431 of Title 2. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 431 of Title 2 and Tables.

Codification

Sections 1205(b)(1), 1223(a), (b), 1235(a)(1), and 1245(a), (b) of Pub. L. 109–280, which directed the amendment of section 6033 without specifying the act to be amended, were executed to this section, which is section 6033 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, to reflect the probable intent of Congress. See 2006 Amendment notes below.

Amendments

2010—Subsec. (b)(10)(D). Pub. L. 111–148, §9007(d)(2), added subpar. (D).

Subsec. (b)(15), (16). Pub. L. 111–148, §9007(d)(1), added par. (15) and redesignated former par. (15) as (16).

Subsecs. (m), (n). Pub. L. 111–148, §1322(h)(2), added subsec. (m) and redesignated former subsec. (m) as (n).

2008—Subsec. (b)(14), (15). Pub. L. 110–343 added par. (14) and redesignated former par. (14) as (15).

2006—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 109–222, §516(b)(1)(B), substituted “paragraph (3)” for “paragraph (2)”.

Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 109–222, §516(b)(1)(A), added par. (2). Former par. (2) redesignated (3).

Subsec. (a)(3). Pub. L. 109–222, §516(b)(1)(A), redesignated par. (2) as (3).

Subsec. (a)(3)(B). Pub. L. 109–280, §1245(a), inserted “(other than an organization described in section 509(a)(3))” after “paragraph (1)”. See Codification note above.

Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 109–280, §1205(b)(1), added subsec. (h). Former subsec. (h) redesignated (i). See Codification note above.

Subsec. (i). Pub. L. 109–280, §1223(a), added subsec. (i). Former subsec. (i) redesignated (j). See Codification note above.

Pub. L. 109–280, §1205(b)(1), redesignated subsec. (h) as (i). See Codification note above.

Subsec. (j). Pub. L. 109–280, §1223(b), added subsec. (j). Former subsec. (j) redesignated (k). See Codification note above.

Pub. L. 109–280, §1223(a), redesignated subsec. (i) as (j). See Codification note above.

Subsec. (k). Pub. L. 109–280, §1235(a)(1), added subsec. (k). Former subsec. (k) redesignated (l). See Codification note above.

Pub. L. 109–280, §1223(b), redesignated subsec. (j) as (k). See Codification note above.

Subsec. (l). Pub. L. 109–280, §1245(b), added subsec. (l). Former subsec. (l) redesignated (m). See Codification note above.

Pub. L. 109–280, §1235(a)(1), redesignated subsec. (k) as (l). See Codification note above.

Subsec. (m). Pub. L. 109–280, §1245(b), redesignated subsec. (l) as (m). See Codification note above.

2002—Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 107–276 reenacted heading without change and amended text generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: “In the case of a political organization required to file a return under section 6012(a)(6)—

“(1) such organization shall file a return—

“(A) containing the information required, and complying with the other requirements, under subsection (a)(1) for organizations exempt from taxation under section 501(a), and

“(B) containing such other information as the Secretary deems necessary to carry out the provisions of this subsection, and

“(2) subsection (a)(2)(B) (relating to discretionary exceptions) shall apply with respect to such return.”

2000—Subsecs. (g), (h). Pub. L. 106–230 added subsec. (g) and redesignated former subsec. (g) as (h).

1998—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 105–277 inserted “and” at end of par. (1), redesignated par. (3) as (2), and struck out former par. (2) which read as follows: “a copy of the notice required by section 6104(d) (relating to public inspection of private foundations’ annual returns), together with proof of publication thereof, shall be filed by the foundation together with the annual return under this section, and”.

1997—Subsec. (b)(10). Pub. L. 105–34, §1603(b)(1)(A), in introductory provisions, substituted “the respective amounts (if any) of the taxes imposed on the organization, or any organization manager of the organization, during the taxable year under any of the following provisions (and the respective amounts (if any) of reimbursements paid by the organization during the taxable year with respect to taxes imposed on any such organization manager under any of such provisions):” for “the respective amounts (if any) of the taxes paid by the organization during the taxable year under the following provisions:”.

Subsec. (b)(10)(C). Pub. L. 105–34, §1603(b)(1)(B), inserted at end “except to the extent that, by reason of section 4962, the taxes imposed under such section are not required to be paid or are credited or refunded,”.

Subsec. (b)(11). Pub. L. 105–34, §1603(b)(2), amended par. (11) generally. Prior to amendment, par. (11) read as follows: “the respective amounts (if any) of the taxes paid by the organization, or any disqualified person with respect to such organization, during the taxable year under section 4958 (relating to taxes on private excess benefit from certain charitable organizations),”.

1996—Subsec. (b)(10) to (14). Pub. L. 104–168, §1312(a), added pars. (10) to (13) and redesignated former par. (10) as (14).

Subsec. (e)(1)(B)(i). Pub. L. 104–188, §1703(g)(2), substituted “section 501” for “this subtitle”.

Subsec. (e)(1)(B)(iii). Pub. L. 104–188, §1703(g)(1), added subcl. (iii).

Subsecs. (f), (g). Pub. L. 104–168, §1312(b), added subsec. (f) and redesignated former subsec. (f) as (g).

1993—Subsecs. (e), (f). Pub. L. 103–66 added subsec. (e) and redesignated former subsec. (e) as (f).

1987—Subsec. (b)(9), (10). Pub. L. 100–203 added pars. (9) and (10).

1986—Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 99–514 substituted “section 6652(c)” for “section 6652(d)”.

1980—Subsecs. (c) to (e). Pub. L. 96–603 added subsecs. (c) and (d) and redesignated former subsec. (c) as (e).

1976—Subsec. (a)(1), (2). Pub. L. 94–455, §1906(b)(13)(A), struck out “or his delegate” after “Secretary” wherever appearing.

Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 94–455, §§1307(a)(4), 1906(b)(13)(A), struck out in provisions preceding par. (1) “or his delegate” after “Secretary” and added par. (8) and sentence at end.

1974—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 93–406 inserted reference to section 6058 covering provisions relating to information required in connection with certain plans of deferred compensation.

1969—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 91–172, §101(d)(1), added churches, their integrated auxiliaries, conventions or associations of churches, religious activities of religious orders, and organizations that normally have gross yearly receipts of not more than $5,000, to list of exempt organizations that were excepted from filing information returns, gave the Secretary or his delegate discretion to so except any such organization, and shortened list of educational organizations so excepted.

Subsec. (b)(3). Pub. L. 91–172, §101(d)(2)(A), struck out “out of income” after “its disbursements”.

Subsec. (b)(4). Pub. L. 91–172, §101(d)(2)(B), (j)(30), redesignated par. (7) as (4) and struck out “and” at end. Former par. (4), making accumulation of income within year as an item of information to be furnished, was struck out.

Subsec. (b)(5). Pub. L. 91–172, §101(d)(2)(B), (C), substituted total of contributions and gifts received during year and contributors’ names and addresses for aggregate accumulation of income at beginning of year as item of information to be furnished.

Subsec. (b)(6). Pub. L. 91–172, §101(d)(2)(B), (C), substituted names and addresses of foundation managers for disbursements out of principal in current and prior years as item of information to be furnished.

Subsec. (b)(7). Pub. L. 91–172, §101(d)(2)(B), (C), added par. (7) and redesignated former par. (7) as (4).

Subsec. (b)(8). Pub. L. 91–172, §101(d)(2)(B), struck out par. (8) which made total of contributions and gifts received during year as item of information to be furnished.

Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 91–172, §101(j)(31), inserted cross references to section 6043(b) and 6652(d).

1958—Subsec. (b)(8). Pub. L. 85–866 added par. (8).

Effective Date of 2010 Amendment

Amendment by section 9007(d) of Pub. L. 111–148 applicable to taxable years beginning after Mar. 23, 2010, see section 9007(f)(1) of Pub. L. 111–148, set out as a note under section 501 of this title.

Effective Date of 2008 Amendment

Pub. L. 110–343, div. C, title VII, §703(b), Oct. 3, 2008, 122 Stat. 3919, provided that: “The amendments made by this section [amending this section] shall apply to returns the due date for which (determined without regard to any extension) occurs after December 31, 2008.”

Effective Date of 2006 Amendment

Pub. L. 109–280, title XII, §1205(c)(2), Aug. 17, 2006, 120 Stat. 1068, provided that: “The amendments made by subsection (b) [amending this section] shall apply to returns the due date (determined without regard to extensions) of which is after the date of the enactment of this Act [Aug. 17, 2006].”

Pub. L. 109–280, title XII, §1223(f), Aug. 17, 2006, 120 Stat. 1091, provided that: “The amendments made by this section [amending this section and sections 6652 and 7428 of this title] shall apply to notices and returns with respect to annual periods beginning after 2006.”

Pub. L. 109–280, title XII, §1235(a)(2), Aug. 17, 2006, 120 Stat. 1101, provided that: “The amendments made by this subsection [amending this section] shall apply to returns filed for taxable years ending after the date of the enactment of this Act [Aug. 17, 2006].”

Pub. L. 109–280, title XII, §1245(c), Aug. 17, 2006, 120 Stat. 1108, provided that: “The amendments made by this section [amending this section] shall apply to returns filed for taxable years ending after the date of the enactment of this Act [Aug. 17, 2006].”

Amendment by Pub. L. 109–222 applicable to disclosures the due date for which are after May 17, 2006, see section 516(d)(2) of Pub. L. 109–222, set out as an Effective Date note under section 4965 of this title.

Effective Date of 2002 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 107–276 effective as if included in the amendments made by Pub. L. 106–230, see section 3(d) of Pub. L. 107–276, set out as a note under section 6012 of this title.

Effective Date of 2000 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 106–230 applicable to returns for taxable years beginning after June 30, 2000, see section 3(d) of Pub. L. 106–230, set out as a note under section 6012 of this title.

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–277 applicable to requests made after the later of Dec. 31, 1998, or the 60th day after the Secretary of the Treasury first issues the regulations referred to in section 6104(d)(4) of this title, see section 1004(b)(3) of Pub. L. 105–277, set out as a note under section 6104 of this title.

Effective Date of 1997 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–34 effective as if included in the provisions of the Taxpayer Bill of Rights 2, Pub. L. 104–168, to which such amendment relates, see section 1603(c) of Pub. L. 105–34, set out as a note under section 4962 of this title.

Effective Date of 1996 Amendments

Amendment by Pub. L. 104–188 effective as if included in the provision of the Revenue Reconciliation Act of 1993, Pub. L. 103–66, §§13001–13444, to which such amendment relates, see section 1703(o) of Pub. L. 104–188, set out as a note under section 39 of this title.

Section 1312(c) of Pub. L. 104–168 provided that: “The amendments made by this section [amending this section] shall apply to returns for taxable years beginning after the date of the enactment of this Act [July 30, 1996].”

Effective Date of 1993 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 103–66 applicable to amounts paid or incurred after Dec. 31, 1993, see section 13222(e) of Pub. L. 103–66, set out as a note under section 162 of this title.

Effective Date of 1987 Amendment

Section 10703(b) of Pub. L. 100–203 provided that: “The amendments made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall apply to returns for years beginning after December 31, 1987.”

Effective Date of 1986 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 99–514 applicable to returns the due date for which (determined without regard to extensions) is after Dec. 31, 1986, see section 1501(e) of Pub. L. 99–514, set out as an Effective Date note under section 6721 of this title.

Effective Date of 1980 Amendment

Section 1(f) of Pub. L. 96–603 provided that: “The amendments made by this section [amending this section and sections 6034, 6104, 6652, 6685, and 7207 of this title and repealing section 6056 of this title] shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 1980.”

Effective Date of 1976 Amendment

Amendment by section 1307(a)(4) of Pub. L. 94–455 effective on or after Oct. 4, 1976, see section 1307(e)(6) of Pub. L. 94–455, set out as a note under section 501 of this title.

Effective Date of 1974 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 93–406 effective Sept. 2, 1974, see section 1034 of Pub. L. 93–406, set out as an Effective Date note under section 6057 of this title.

Effective Date of 1969 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 91–172 applicable to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1969, see section 101(k)(2)(B) of Pub. L. 91–172, set out as a note under section 4940 of this title.

Effective Date of 1958 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 85–866 applicable to taxable years ending on or after Dec. 31, 1958, see section 75(c) of Pub. L. 85–866, set out as a note under section 6104 of this title.

Secretarial Outreach Requirements

Pub. L. 109–280, title XII, §1223(e), Aug. 17, 2006, 120 Stat. 1091, provided that:

“(1) Notice requirement.—The Secretary of the Treasury shall notify in a timely manner every organization described in section 6033(i) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (as added by this section) of the requirement under such section 6033(i) and of the penalty established under section 6033(j) of such Code—

“(A) by mail, in the case of any organization the identity and address of which is included in the list of exempt organizations maintained by the Secretary, and

“(B) by Internet or other means of outreach, in the case of any other organization.

“(2) Loss of status penalty for failure to file return.—The Secretary of the Treasury shall publicize, in a timely manner in appropriate forms and instructions and through other appropriate means, the penalty established under section 6033(j) of such Code for the failure to file a return under subsection (a)(1) or (i) of section 6033 of such Code.”

1 So in original. The period probably should be “, and”.

§6034. Returns by certain trusts

(a) Split-interest trusts

Every trust described in section 4947(a)(2) shall furnish such information with respect to the taxable year as the Secretary may by forms or regulations require.

(b) Trusts claiming certain charitable deductions

(1) In general

Every trust not required to file a return under subsection (a) but claiming a deduction under section 642(c) for the taxable year shall furnish such information with respect to such taxable year as the Secretary may by forms or regulations prescribe, including—

(A) the amount of the deduction taken under section 642(c) within such year,

(B) the amount paid out within such year which represents amounts for which deductions under section 642(c) have been taken in prior years,

(C) the amount for which such deductions have been taken in prior years but which has not been paid out at the beginning of such year,

(D) the amount paid out of principal in the current and prior years for the purposes described in section 642(c),

(E) the total income of the trust within such year and the expenses attributable thereto, and

(F) a balance sheet showing the assets, liabilities, and net worth of the trust as of the beginning of such year.

(2) Exceptions

Paragraph (1) shall not apply to a trust for any taxable year if—

(A) all the net income for such year, determined under the applicable principles of the law of trusts, is required to be distributed currently to the beneficiaries, or

(B) the trust is described in section 4947(a)(1).

(Aug. 16, 1954, ch. 736, 68A Stat. 742; Pub. L. 91–172, title I, §101(j)(32)–(34), Dec. 30, 1969, 83 Stat. 529; Pub. L. 94–455, title XIX, §1906(b)(13)(A), Oct. 4, 1976, 90 Stat. 1834; Pub. L. 96–603, §1(d)(1), Dec. 28, 1980, 94 Stat. 3504; Pub. L. 99–514, title XV, §1501(d)(1)(C), Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2740; Pub. L. 109–280, title XII, §1201(b)(1), Aug. 17, 2006, 120 Stat. 1064.)

Amendments

2006—Pub. L. 109–280, which directed the general amendment of section 6034 without specifying the act to be amended, was executed to this section, which is section 6034 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, to reflect the probable intent of Congress. Prior to amendment, this section consisted of subsecs. (a) to (c) stating a general rule requiring certain trusts to furnish information as the Secretary may by forms and regulations prescribe, allowing for exceptions to the rule, and providing a cross reference relating to penalties for failure to file a return.

1986—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 99–514 substituted “section 6652(c)” for “section 6652(d)”.

1980—Pub. L. 96–603, §1(d)(1)(D), substituted “section 4947(a)(2)” for “section 4947(a)” in section catchline.

Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 96–603, §1(d)(1)(A), substituted “section 4947(a)(2)” for “section 4947(a)”.

Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 96–603, §1(d)(1)(B), (C), substituted in heading “Exceptions” for “Exception” and in text inserted provision that this section not apply in the case of a trust described in section 4947(a)(1).

1976—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 94–455 struck out “or his delegate” after “Secretary”.

1969—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 91–172, §101(j)(32), (33), inserted, in section catchline and in subsec. (a), reference to trusts described in section 4947(a), and, in par. (1), struck out provisions requiring the separate showing of the amount of deduction paid out, and the amount permanently set aside for charitable, etc., purposes.

Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 91–172, §101(j)(34), added subsec. (c).

Effective Date of 2006 Amendment

Pub. L. 109–280, title XII, §1201(c)(2), Aug. 17, 2006, 120 Stat. 1066, provided that: “The amendments made by subsection (b) [amending this section and sections 6104 and 6652 of this title] shall apply to returns for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2006.”

Effective Date of 1986 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 99–514 applicable to returns the due date for which (determined without regard to extensions) is after Dec. 31, 1986, see section 1501(e) of Pub. L. 99–514, set out as an Effective Date note under section 6721 of this title.

Effective Date of 1980 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 96–603 applicable to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1980, see section 1(f) of Pub. L. 96–603, set out as a note under section 6033 of this title.

Effective Date of 1969 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 91–172 applicable to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1969, see section 101(k)(2)(B) of Pub. L. 91–172, set out as an Effective Date note under section 4940 of this title.

§6034A. Information to beneficiaries of estates and trusts

(a) General rule

The fiduciary of any estate or trust required to file a return under section 6012(a) for any taxable year shall, on or before the date on which such return was required to be filed, furnish to each beneficiary (or nominee thereof)—

(1) who receives a distribution from such estate or trust with respect to such taxable year, or

(2) to whom any item with respect to such taxable year is allocated,


a statement containing such information required to be shown on such return as the Secretary may prescribe.

(b) Nominee reporting

Any person who holds an interest in an estate or trust as a nominee for another person—

(1) shall furnish to the estate or trust, in the manner prescribed by the Secretary, the name and address of such other person, and any other information for the taxable year as the Secretary may by form and regulations prescribe, and

(2) shall furnish in the manner prescribed by the Secretary to such other person the information provided by the estate or trust under subsection (a).

(c) Beneficiary's return must be consistent with estate or trust return or Secretary notified of inconsistency

(1) In general

A beneficiary of any estate or trust to which subsection (a) applies shall, on such beneficiary's return, treat any reported item in a manner which is consistent with the treatment of such item on the applicable entity's return.

(2) Notification of inconsistent treatment

(A) In general

In the case of any reported item, if—

(i)(I) the applicable entity has filed a return but the beneficiary's treatment on such beneficiary's return is (or may be) inconsistent with the treatment of the item on the applicable entity's return, or

(II) the applicable entity has not filed a return, and

(ii) the beneficiary files with the Secretary a statement identifying the inconsistency,


paragraph (1) shall not apply to such item.

(B) Beneficiary receiving incorrect information

A beneficiary shall be treated as having complied with clause (ii) of subparagraph (A) with respect to a reported item if the beneficiary—

(i) demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Secretary that the treatment of the reported item on the beneficiary's return is consistent with the treatment of the item on the statement furnished under subsection (a) to the beneficiary by the applicable entity, and

(ii) elects to have this paragraph apply with respect to that item.

(3) Effect of failure to notify

In any case—

(A) described in subparagraph (A)(i)(I) of paragraph (2), and

(B) in which the beneficiary does not comply with subparagraph (A)(ii) of paragraph (2),


any adjustment required to make the treatment of the items by such beneficiary consistent with the treatment of the items on the applicable entity's return shall be treated as arising out of mathematical or clerical errors and assessed according to section 6213(b)(1). Paragraph (2) of section 6213(b) shall not apply to any assessment referred to in the preceding sentence.

(4) Definitions

For purposes of this subsection—

(A) Reported item

The term “reported item” means any item for which information is required to be furnished under subsection (a).

(B) Applicable entity

The term “applicable entity” means the estate or trust of which the taxpayer is the beneficiary.

(5) Addition to tax for failure to comply with section

For addition to tax in the case of a beneficiary's negligence in connection with, or disregard of, the requirements of this section, see part II of subchapter A of chapter 68.

(Added Pub. L. 98–369, div. A, title VII, §714(q)(1), July 18, 1984, 98 Stat. 965; amended Pub. L. 99–514, title XV, §1501(c)(15), title XVIII, §1875(d)(3)(A), Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2740, 2896; Pub. L. 105–34, title X, §1027(a), Aug. 5, 1997, 111 Stat. 925.)

Amendments

1997—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 105–34 added subsec. (c).

1986—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 99–514, §1501(c)(15), in introductory provisions, substituted “required to file a return” for “making the return required to be filed” and “was required to be filed” for “was filed”, and in concluding provisions, substituted “required to be shown on such return” for “shown on such return”.

Pub. L. 99–514, §1875(d)(3)(A)(i), (ii), designated existing provisions as subsec. (a), inserted heading “General rule”, and substituted “each beneficiary (or nominee thereof)” for “each beneficiary” in text.

Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 99–514, §1875(d)(3)(A)(iii), added subsec. (b).

Effective Date of 1997 Amendment

Section 1027(c) of Pub. L. 105–34 provided that: “The amendments made by this section [amending this section and section 6048 of this title] shall apply to returns of beneficiaries and owners filed after the date of the enactment of this Act [Aug. 5, 1997].”

Effective Date of 1986 Amendment

Amendment by section 1501(c)(15) of Pub. L. 99–514 applicable to returns the due date for which (determined without regard to extensions) is after Dec. 31, 1986, see section 1501(e) of Pub. L. 99–514, set out as an Effective Date note under section 6721 of this title.

Section 1875(d)(3)(B) of Pub. L. 99–514 provided that: “The amendments made by this paragraph [amending this section] shall apply to taxable years of estates and trusts beginning after the date of the enactment of this Act [Oct. 22, 1986].”

Effective Date

Section 714(q)(5) of Pub. L. 98–369 provided that: “The amendments made by this subsection [enacting this section and amending sections 6037 and 6678 of this title] shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 1984.”

Plan Amendments Not Required Until January 1, 1989

For provisions directing that if any amendments made by subtitle A or subtitle C of title XI [§§1101–1147 and 1171–1177] or title XVIII [§§1800–1899A] of Pub. L. 99–514 require an amendment to any plan, such plan amendment shall not be required to be made before the first plan year beginning on or after Jan. 1, 1989, see section 1140 of Pub. L. 99–514, as amended, set out as a note under section 401 of this title.

[§6035. Repealed. Pub. L. 108–357, title IV, §413(c)(26), Oct. 22, 2004, 118 Stat. 1509]

Section, Aug. 16, 1954, ch. 736, 68A Stat. 743; Pub. L. 94–455, title XIX, §1906(b)(13)(A), Oct. 4, 1976, 90 Stat. 1834; Pub. L. 97–248, title III, §340(a), Sept. 3, 1982, 96 Stat. 633, related to information returns of officers, directors, and shareholders of foreign personal holding companies.

Effective Date of Repeal

Repeal applicable to taxable years of foreign corporations beginning after Dec. 31, 2004, and to taxable years of United States shareholders with or within which such taxable years of foreign corporations end, see section 413(d)(1) of Pub. L. 108–357, set out as an Effective and Termination Dates of 2004 Amendments note under section 1 of this title.

§6036. Notice of qualification as executor or receiver

Every receiver, trustee in a case under title 11 of the United States Code, assignee for benefit of creditors, or other like fiduciary, and every executor (as defined in section 2203), shall give notice of his qualification as such to the Secretary in such manner and at such time as may be required by regulations of the Secretary. The Secretary may be regulation provide such exemptions from the requirements of this section as the Secretary deems proper.

(Aug. 16, 1954, ch. 736, 68A Stat. 744; Pub. L. 94–455, title XIX, §1906(b)(13)(A), Oct. 4, 1976, 90 Stat. 1834; Pub. L. 96–589, §6(i)(6), Dec. 24, 1980, 94 Stat. 3410.)

Amendments

1980—Pub. L. 96–589 substituted “trustee in a case under title 11 of the United States Code” for “trustee in bankruptcy”.

1976—Pub. L. 94–455 struck out “or his delegate” after “Secretary” wherever appearing.

Effective Date of 1980 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 96–589 effective Oct. 1, 1979, but not applicable to proceedings under Title 11, Bankruptcy, commenced before Oct. 1, 1979, see section 7(e) of Pub. L. 96–589, set out as a note under section 108 of this title.

§6037. Return of S corporation

(a) In general

Every S corporation shall make a return for each taxable year, stating specifically the items of its gross income and the deductions allowable by subtitle A, the names and addresses of all persons owning stock in the corporation at any time during the taxable year, the number of shares of stock owned by each shareholder at all times during the taxable year, the amount of money and other property distributed by the corporation during the taxable year to each shareholder, the date of each such distribution, each shareholder's pro rata share of each item of the corporation for the taxable year, and such other information, for the purpose of carrying out the provisions of subchapter S of chapter 1, as the Secretary may by forms and regulations prescribe. Any return filed pursuant to this section shall, for purposes of chapter 66 (relating to limitations), be treated as a return filed by the corporation under section 6012.

(b) Copies to shareholders

Each S corporation required to file a return under subsection (a) for any taxable year shall (on or before the day on which the return for such taxable year was filed) furnish to each person who is a shareholder at any time during such taxable year a copy of such information shown on such return as may be required by regulations.

(c) Shareholder's return must be consistent with corporate return or Secretary notified of inconsistency

(1) In general

A shareholder of an S corporation shall, on such shareholder's return, treat a subchapter S item in a manner which is consistent with the treatment of such item on the corporate return.

(2) Notification of inconsistent treatment

(A) In general

In the case of any subchapter S item, if—

(i)(I) the corporation has filed a return but the shareholder's treatment on his return is (or may be) inconsistent with the treatment of the item on the corporate return, or

(II) the corporation has not filed a return, and

(ii) the shareholder files with the Secretary a statement identifying the inconsistency,


paragraph (1) shall not apply to such item.

(B) Shareholder receiving incorrect information

A shareholder shall be treated as having complied with clause (ii) of subparagraph (A) with respect to a subchapter S item if the shareholder—

(i) demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Secretary that the treatment of the subchapter S item on the shareholder's return is consistent with the treatment of the item on the schedule furnished to the shareholder by the corporation, and

(ii) elects to have this paragraph apply with respect to that item.

(3) Effect of failure to notify

In any case—

(A) described in subparagraph (A)(i)(I) of paragraph (2), and

(B) in which the shareholder does not comply with subparagraph (A)(ii) of paragraph (2),


any adjustment required to make the treatment of the items by such shareholder consistent with the treatment of the items on the corporate return shall be treated as arising out of mathematical or clerical errors and assessed according to section 6213(b)(1). Paragraph (2) of section 6213(b) shall not apply to any assessment referred to in the preceding sentence.

(4) Subchapter S item

For purposes of this subsection, the term “subchapter S item” means any item of an S corporation to the extent that regulations prescribed by the Secretary provide that, for purposes of this subtitle, such item is more appropriately determined at the corporation level than at the shareholder level.

(5) Addition to tax for failure to comply with section

For addition to tax in the case of a shareholder's negligence in connection with, or disregard of, the requirements of this section, see part II of subchapter A of chapter 68.

(Added Pub. L. 85–866, title I, §64(c), Sept. 2, 1958, 72 Stat. 1656; amended Pub. L. 94–455, title XIX, §1906(a)(3), (b)(13)(A), Oct. 4, 1976, 90 Stat. 1824, 1834; Pub. L. 97–354, §5(a)(39)(A), Oct. 19, 1982, 96 Stat. 1696; Pub. L. 98–369, div. A, title VII, §714(q)(2), July 18, 1984, 98 Stat. 965; Pub. L. 104–188, title I, §1307(c)(2), Aug. 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1781.)

Prior Provisions

A prior section 6037 was renumbered section 6040 of this title.

Amendments

1996—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 104–188 added subsec. (c).

1984—Pub. L. 98–369 designated existing provisions as subsec. (a) and added subsec. (a) heading and subsec. (b).

1982—Pub. L. 97–354 substituted “S corporation” for “electing small business corporation” in section catchline, substituted “Every S corporation” for “Every electing small business corporation (as defined in section 1371(b))”, and substituted “each shareholder's pro rata share of each item of the corporation for the taxable year, and such other information” for “and such other information”.

1976—Pub. L. 94–455 substituted “section 1371(b)” for “section 1371(a)(2)” and struck out “or his delegate” after “Secretary”.

Effective Date of 1996 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 104–188 applicable to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1996, see section 1317(a) of Pub. L. 104–188, set out as a note under section 641 of this title.

Effective Date of 1984 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 98–369 applicable to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1984, see section 714(q)(5) of Pub. L. 98–369, set out as an Effective Date note under section 6034A of this title.

Effective Date of 1982 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 97–354 applicable to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1982, see section 6(a) of Pub. L. 97–354, set out as an Effective Date note under section 1361 of this title.

Effective Date

Section applicable only with respect to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1957, see section 64(e) of Pub. L. 85–866, set out as an Effective Date of 1958 Amendment note under section 172 of this title.

§6038. Information reporting with respect to certain foreign corporations and partnerships

(a) Requirement

(1) In general

Every United States person shall furnish, with respect to any foreign business entity which such person controls, such information as the Secretary may prescribe relating to—

(A) the name, the principal place of business, and the nature of business of such entity, and the country under whose laws such entity is incorporated (or organized in the case of a partnership);

(B) in the case of a foreign corporation, its post-1986 undistributed earnings (as defined in section 902(c));

(C) a balance sheet for such entity listing assets, liabilities, and capital;

(D) transactions between such entity and—

(i) such person,

(ii) any corporation or partnership which such person controls, and

(iii) any United States person owning, at the time the transaction takes place—

(I) in the case of a foreign corporation, 10 percent or more of the value of any class of stock outstanding of such corporation, and

(II) in the case of a foreign partnership, at least a 10-percent interest in such partnership; and


(E)(i) in the case of a foreign corporation, a description of the various classes of stock outstanding, and a list showing the name and address of, and number of shares held by, each United States person who is a shareholder of record owning at any time during the annual accounting period 5 percent or more in value of any class of stock outstanding of such foreign corporation, and

(ii) information comparable to the information described in clause (i) in the case of a foreign partnership.


The Secretary may also require the furnishing of any other information which is similar or related in nature to that specified in the preceding sentence or which the Secretary determines to be appropriate to carry out the provisions of this title.

(2) Period for which information is to be furnished, etc.

The information required under paragraph (1) shall be furnished for the annual accounting period of the foreign business entity ending with or within the United States person's taxable year. The information so required shall be furnished at such time and in such manner as the Secretary shall prescribe.

(3) Limitation

No information shall be required to be furnished under this subsection with respect to any foreign business entity for any annual accounting period unless the Secretary has prescribed the furnishing of such information on or before the first day of such annual accounting period.

(4) Information required from certain shareholders in certain cases

If any foreign corporation is treated as a controlled foreign corporation for any purpose under subpart F of part III of subchapter N of chapter 1, the Secretary may require any United States person treated as a United States shareholder of such corporation for any purpose under subpart F to furnish the information required under paragraph (1).

(5) Information required from 10-percent partner of controlled foreign partnership

In the case of a foreign partnership which is controlled by United States persons holding at least 10-percent interests (but not by any one United States person), the Secretary may require each United States person who holds a 10-percent interest in such partnership to furnish information relating to such partnership, including information relating to such partner's ownership interests in the partnership and allocations to such partner of partnership items.

(b) Dollar penalty for failure to furnish information

(1) In general

If any person fails to furnish, within the time prescribed under paragraph (2) of subsection (a), any information with respect to any foreign business entity required under paragraph (1) of subsection (a), such person shall pay a penalty of $10,000 for each annual accounting period with respect to which such failure exists.

(2) Increase in penalty where failure continues after notification

If any failure described in paragraph (1) continues for more than 90 days after the day on which the Secretary mails notice of such failure to the United States person, such person shall pay a penalty (in addition to the amount required under paragraph (1)) of $10,000 for each 30-day period (or fraction thereof) during which such failure continues with respect to any annual accounting period after the expiration of such 90-day period. The increase in any penalty under this paragraph shall not exceed $50,000.

(c) Penalty of reducing foreign tax credit

(1) In general

If a United States person fails to furnish, within the time prescribed under paragraph (2) of subsection (a), any information with respect to any foreign business entity required under paragraph (1) of subsection (a), then—

(A) in applying section 901 (relating to taxes of foreign countries and possessions of the United States) to such United States person for the taxable year, the amount of taxes (other than taxes reduced under subparagraph (B)) paid or deemed paid (other than those deemed paid under section 904(c)) to any foreign country or possession of the United States for the taxable year shall be reduced by 10 percent, and

(B) in the case of a foreign business entity which is a foreign corporation, in applying sections 902 (relating to foreign tax credit for corporate stockholder in foreign corporation) and 960 (relating to special rules for foreign tax credit) to any such United States person which is a corporation (or to any person who acquires from any other person any portion of the interest of such other person in any such foreign corporation, but only to the extent of such portion) for any taxable year, the amount of taxes paid or deemed paid by each foreign corporation with respect to which such person is required to furnish information during the annual accounting period or periods with respect to which such information is required under paragraph (2) of subsection (a) shall be reduced by 10 percent.


If such failure continues 90 days or more after notice of such failure by the Secretary to the United States person, then the amount of the reduction under this paragraph shall be 10 percent plus an additional 5 percent for each 3-month period, or fraction thereof, during which such failure to furnish information continues after the expiration of such 90-day period.

(2) Limitation

The amount of the reduction under paragraph (1) for each failure to furnish information with respect to a foreign business entity required under subsection (a)(1) shall not exceed whichever of the following amounts is the greater:

(A) $10,000, or

(B) the income of the foreign business entity for its annual accounting period with respect to which the failure occurs.

(3) Coordination with subsection (b)

The amount of the reduction which (but for this paragraph) would be made under paragraph (1) with respect to any annual accounting period shall be reduced by the amount of the penalty imposed by subsection (b) with respect to such period.

(4) Special rules

(A) No taxes shall be reduced under this subsection more than once for the same failure.

(B) For purposes of this subsection and subsection (b), the time prescribed under paragraph (2) of subsection (a) to furnish information (and the beginning of the 90-day period after notice by the Secretary) shall be treated as being not earlier than the last day on which (as shown to the satisfaction of the Secretary) reasonable cause existed for failure to furnish such information.

(C) In applying subsections (a) and (b) of section 902, and in applying subsection (a) of section 960, the reduction provided by this subsection shall not apply for purposes of determining the amount of post-1986 undistributed earnings.

(d) Two or more persons required to furnish information with respect to same foreign corporation

Where, but for this subsection, two or more United States persons would be required to furnish information under subsection (a) with respect to the same foreign business entity for the same period, the Secretary may by regulations provide that such information shall be required only from one person. To the extent practicable, the determination of which person shall furnish the information shall be made on the basis of actual ownership of stock.

(e) Definitions

For purposes of this section—

(1) Foreign business entity

The term “foreign business entity” means a foreign corporation and a foreign partnership.

(2) Control of corporation

A person is in control of a corporation if such person owns stock possessing more than 50 percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote, or more than 50 percent of the total value of shares of all classes of stock, of a corporation. If a person is in control (within the meaning of the preceding sentence) of a corporation which in turn owns more than 50 percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote of another corporation, or owns more than 50 percent of the total value of the shares of all classes of stock of another corporation, then such person shall be treated as in control of such other corporation. For purposes of this paragraph, the rules prescribed by section 318(a) for determining ownership of stock shall apply; except that—

(A) subparagraphs (A), (B), and (C) of section 318(a)(3) shall not be applied so as to consider a United States person as owning stock which is owned by a person who is not a United States person, and

(B) in applying subparagraph (C) of section 318(a)(2), the phrase “10 percent” shall be substituted for the phrase “50 percent” used in subparagraph (C).

(3) Partnership-related definitions

(A) Control

A person is in control of a partnership if such person owns directly or indirectly more than a 50 percent interest in such partnership.

(B) 50-percent interest

For purposes of subparagraph (A), a 50-percent interest in a partnership is—

(i) an interest equal to 50 percent of the capital interest, or 50 percent of the profits interest, in such partnership, or

(ii) to the extent provided in regulations, an interest to which 50 percent of the deductions or losses of such partnership are allocated.


For purposes of the preceding sentence, rules similar to the rules of section 267(c) (other than paragraph (3)) shall apply.

(C) 10-percent interest

A 10-percent interest in a partnership is an interest which would be described in subparagraph (B) if “10 percent” were substituted for “50 percent” each place it appears.

(4) Annual accounting period

The annual accounting period of a foreign business entity is the annual period on the basis of which such foreign business entity regularly computes its income in keeping its books. In the case of a specified foreign business entity (as defined in section 898), the taxable year of such foreign business entity shall be treated as its annual accounting period.

(f) Cross references

(1) For provisions relating to penalties for violations of this section, see section 7203.

(2) For definition of the term “United States person”, see section 7701(a)(30).

(Added Pub. L. 86–780, §6(a), Sept. 14, 1960, 74 Stat. 1014; amended Pub. L. 87–834, §20(a), Oct. 16, 1962, 76 Stat. 1059; Pub. L. 88–554, §4(b)(6), Aug. 31, 1964, 78 Stat. 764; Pub. L. 94–455, title X, §1031(b)(5), title XIX, §1906(b)(13)(A), Oct. 4, 1976, 90 Stat. 1623, 1834; Pub. L. 97–248, title III, §338(a)–(c), Sept. 3, 1982, 96 Stat. 631; Pub. L. 99–514, title XII, §§1202(c), 1245(b)(5), Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2530, 2581; Pub. L. 101–239, title VII, §7712(a), Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2393; Pub. L. 101–508, title XI, §11701(f), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1388–508; Pub. L. 104–188, title I, §1704(f)(5)(A), (t)(40), (46), Aug. 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1880, 1889; Pub. L. 105–34, title XI, §1142(a)–(e)(2), Aug. 5, 1997, 111 Stat. 981–983; Pub. L. 105–206, title VI, §6011(f), July 22, 1998, 112 Stat. 818.)

Prior Provisions

A prior section 6038 was renumbered section 6040 of this title.

Amendments

1998—Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 105–206, §6011(f)(1), struck out “by regulations” before “prescribe”.

Subsec. (a)(3). Pub. L. 105–206, §6011(f)(2), substituted “the Secretary has prescribed the furnishing of such information on or before the first day of such annual accounting period.” for “such information was required to be furnished under regulations in effect on the first day of such annual accounting period.”

Subsec. (e)(4). Pub. L. 105–206, §6011(f)(3), substituted “such foreign business entity” for “such corporation” in two places.

1997—Pub. L. 105–34, §1142(a), inserted “reporting” after “Information” and “and partnerships” after “corporations” in section catchline.

Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 105–34, §1142(a), reenacted heading without change.

Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 105–34, §1142(a), reenacted heading without change and amended text generally. Prior to amendment, par. (1) consisted of subpars. (A) to (E) relating to general requirements of information with respect to foreign corporations.

Subsec. (a)(2), (3). Pub. L. 105–34, §1142(e)(1)(A), substituted “foreign business entity” for “foreign corporation” in pars. (2) and (3).

Subsec. (a)(5). Pub. L. 105–34, §1142(d), added par. (5).

Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 105–34, §1142(c), (e)(1)(B), substituted “foreign business entity” for “foreign corporation” in par. (1), substituted “$10,000” for “$1,000” in pars. (1) and (2), and substituted “$50,000” for “$24,000” in par. (2).

Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 105–34, §1142(e)(1)(C), (2), substituted “foreign business entity” for “foreign corporation” in introductory provisions and inserted “in the case of a foreign business entity which is a foreign corporation,” after “(B)” in subpar. (B).

Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 105–34, §1142(e)(1)(C), substituted “foreign business entity” for “foreign corporation” in introductory provisions and in subpar. (B).

Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 105–34, §1142(e)(1)(D), substituted “foreign business entity” for “foreign corporation”.

Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 105–34, §1142(b), added pars. (1) and (3), redesignated former pars. (1) and (2) as (2) and (4), respectively, inserted “of corporation” after “Control” in par. (2) heading, and substituted “foreign business entity” for “foreign corporation” in two places in par. (4).

1996—Subsec. (a)(1)(E), (F). Pub. L. 104–188, §1704(f)(5)(A), substituted period for “, and” at end of subpar. (E) and struck out subpar. (F) which read as follows: “such information as the Secretary may require for purposes of carrying out the provisions of section 453C.”

Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 104–188, §1704(t)(40), redesignated subsec. (e), relating to cross references, as (f).

Subsec. (e)(2). Pub. L. 104–188, §1704(t)(46), made technical amendment to directory language of Pub. L. 101–508. See 1990 Amendment note below.

Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 104–188, §1704(t)(40), redesignated subsec. (e), relating to cross references, as (f).

1990—Subsec. (e)(2). Pub. L. 101–508, as amended by Pub. L. 104–188, §1704(t)(46), in subsec. (e) relating to definitions, inserted at end of par. (2) “In the case of a specified foreign corporation (as defined in section 898), the taxable year of such corporation shall be treated as its annual accounting period.”

1989—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 101–239, §7712(a)(2), inserted before period at end “or which the Secretary determines to be appropriate to carry out the provisions of this title.”

Subsec. (a)(4). Pub. L. 101–239, §7712(a)(1), added par. (4).

1986—Subsec. (a)(1)(B). Pub. L. 99–514, §1202(c)(1), amended subpar. (B) generally. Prior to amendment, subpar. (B) read as follows: “the accumulated profits (as defined in section 902(c)) of such foreign corporation, including the items of income (whether or not included in gross income under chapter 1), deductions (whether or not allowed in computing taxable income under chapter 1), and any other items taken into account in computing such accumulated profits;”.

Subsec. (a)(1)(F). Pub. L. 99–514, §1245(b)(5), added subpar. (F).

Subsec. (c)(4)(C). Pub. L. 99–514, §1202(c)(2), substituted “post-1986 undistributed earnings” for “accumulated profits in excess of income, war profits, and excess profits taxes”.

1982—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 97–248, §338(c)(2), substituted “subsection (e)(1)” for “subsection (d)(1)”.

Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 97–248, §338(a), added subsec. (b). Former subsec. (b) redesignated (c).

Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 97–248, §338(a), (b), (c)(1), (3), redesignated former subsec. (b) as (c), substituted “Penalty of reducing foreign tax credit” for “Effect of failure to furnish information” in heading, inserted “of such failure” after “90 days or more after notice” in par. (1), added par. (3), redesignated former par. (3) as (4), and in par. (4) inserted reference to subsection (b) in subpar. (B). Former subsec. (c) redesignated (d).

Subsecs. (d), (e). Pub. L. 97–248, §338(a), redesignated former subsec. (c) as (d). Former subsec. (d), relating to definitions, redesignated (e).

1976—Subsecs. (a), (b). Pub. L. 94–455, §1906(b)(13)(A), struck out “or his delegate” after “Secretary” wherever appearing.

Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 94–455, §1031(b)(5), substituted in subpar. (A) “section 904(c)” for “section 904(d)”.

Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 94–455, §1906(b)(13)(A), struck out “or his delegate” after “Secretary”.

1964—Subsec. (d)(1). Pub. L. 88–554 substituted “subparagraphs (A), (B), and (C) of section 318(a)(3)” for “the second sentence of subparagraphs (A) and (B), and clause (ii) of subparagraph (C), of section 318(a)(2)” in subpar. (A), and deleted “clause (i) of” after “in applying” in subpar. (B).

1962—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 87–834, among other changes, substituted in introductory provisions “Every United States person shall furnish” for “A domestic corporation shall furnish”, in subpar. (D)(i) “such person” for “any foreign corporation controlled by the domestic corporation”, in subpar. (D)(ii) “any other corporation which such person controls” for “any foreign subsidiary of a foreign corporation controlled by the domestic corporation”, in subpar. (D)(iii) “any United States person owning, at the time the transaction takes place, 10 percent or more of the value of any class of stock outstanding of such foreign corporation” for “the domestic corporation or any shareholder of the domestic corporation owning at the time the transaction takes place 10 percent or more of the value of any class of stock outstanding of the domestic corporation”, and in subpar. (E) “each United States person who is a shareholder” for “each citizen or resident of the United States and each domestic corporation who is a shareholder”, and struck out provisions throughout the subsection which related to foreign subsidiaries.

Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 87–834 substituted provisions requiring the information to be furnished for the annual accounting period ending with or within the United States person's taxable year for provisions which required such information to be furnished for the annual accounting period ending with or within the domestic corporation's taxable year, and struck out provisions which related to the furnishing of information in the case of foreign subsidiaries.

Subsec. (a)(3). Pub. L. 87–834 struck out provisions which related to foreign subsidiaries.

Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 87–834, among other changes, substituted “If a United States person fails to furnish” for “If a domestic corporation fails to furnish” in the opening provisions, inserted provisions relating to reduction of taxes in applying sections 901 and 960 of this title, to the maximum amount of reduction under par. (1) for each failure to furnish information with respect to a foreign corporation required under subsec. (a)(1), and making the reduction provided by subsec. (b) inapplicable, in applying subsecs. (a) and (b) of section 902 and subsec. (a) of section 960, for purposes of determining the amount of accumulated profits in excess of income, war profits, and excess profits taxes, and eliminated provisions which related to the furnishing of information with respect to foreign subsidiaries.

Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 87–834 substituted provisions empowering the Secretary to provide for the furnishing of information by only one person where two or more persons would be required to furnish information under subsec. (a) with respect to the same foreign corporation for the same period for provisions which required a domestic corporation if at any time during its taxable year owned more than 50 percent of the voting stock of a foreign corporation to be deemed to be in control of such foreign corporation, and in the case of a foreign corporation if at any time during its annual accounting period owned more than 50 percent of the voting stock of another foreign corporation, that such other corporation shall be considered a foreign subsidiary of the corporation owning such stock. The provisions relating to control are now contained in subsec. (d) of this section.

Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 87–834 added par. (1) which was formerly covered in part by subsec. (c) of this section, designated existing provisions as par. (2), and eliminated from par. (2) provisions which related to the annual accounting period of a foreign subsidiary.

Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 87–834 designated existing provisions as par. (1) and added par. (2).

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–206 effective, except as otherwise provided, as if included in the provisions of the Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997, Pub. L. 105–34, to which such amendment relates, see section 6024 of Pub. L. 105–206, set out as a note under section 1 of this title.

Effective Date of 1997 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–34 applicable to annual accounting periods beginning after Aug. 5, 1997, see section 1142(f) of Pub. L. 105–34, set out as a note under section 318 of this title.

Effective Date of 1990 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 101–508 effective, except as otherwise provided, as if included in the provision of the Revenue Reconciliation Act of 1989, Pub. L. 101–239, title VII, to which such amendment relates, see section 11701(n) of Pub. L. 101–508, set out as a note under section 42 of this title.

Effective Date of 1989 Amendment

Section 7712(b) of Pub. L. 101–239 provided that: “The amendments made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall apply to returns and statements the due date for which (determined without regard to extensions) is after December 31, 1989.”

Effective Date of 1986 Amendment

Amendment by section 1202(c) of Pub. L. 99–514 applicable to distributions by foreign corporations out of, and to inclusions under section 951(a) of this title attributable to, earnings and profits for taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1986, see section 1202(e) of Pub. L. 99–514, set out as a note under section 902 of this title.

Amendment by section 1245(b)(5) of Pub. L. 99–514 applicable to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1986, see section 1245(c) of Pub. L. 99–514, set out as a note under section 6038A of this title.

Effective Date of 1982 Amendment

Section 338(d) of Pub. L. 97–248 provided that: “The amendments made by this section [amending this section] shall apply with respect to information for annual accounting periods ending after the date of the enactment of this Act [Sept. 3, 1982].”

Effective Date of 1964 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 88–554 effective Aug. 31, 1964, except that for purposes of sections 302 and 304 of this title, such amendments shall not apply to distributions in payment for stock acquisitions or redemptions, if such acquisitions or redemptions occurred before Aug. 31, 1964, see section 4(c) of Pub. L. 88–554, set out as a note under section 318 of this title.

Effective Date of 1962 Amendment

Section 20(e)(1) of Pub. L. 87–834 provided that: “The amendments made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall apply with respect to annual accounting periods of foreign corporations beginning after December 31, 1962.”

Effective Date

Section 6(c) of Pub. L. 86–780, as amended by Pub. L. 99–514, §2, Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2095, provided that: “The amendments made by subsection (a) [enacting this section and amending section 902 of this title] shall apply to taxable years of domestic corporations beginning after December 31, 1960, with respect to information relating to a foreign corporation or a foreign subsidiary described in section 6038(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 [formerly I.R.C. 1954] (as added by subsection (a)) for its annual accounting periods beginning after December 31, 1960.”

§6038A. Information with respect to certain foreign-owned corporations

(a) Requirement

If, at any time during a taxable year, a corporation (hereinafter in this section referred to as the “reporting corporation”)—

(1) is a domestic corporation, and

(2) is 25-percent foreign-owned,


such corporation shall furnish, at such time and in such manner as the Secretary shall by regulations prescribe, the information described in subsection (b) and such corporation shall maintain (in the location, in the manner, and to the extent prescribed in regulations) such records as may be appropriate to determine the correct treatment of transactions with related parties as the Secretary shall by regulations prescribe (or shall cause another person to so maintain such records).

(b) Required information

For purposes of subsection (a), the information described in this subsection is such information as the Secretary may prescribe by regulations relating to—

(1) the name, principal place of business, nature of business, and country or countries in which organized or resident, of each person which—

(A) is a related party to the reporting corporation, and

(B) had any transaction with the reporting corporation during its taxable year,


(2) the manner in which the reporting corporation is related to each person referred to in paragraph (1), and

(3) transactions between the reporting corporation and each foreign person which is a related party to the reporting corporation.

(c) Definitions

For purposes of this section—

(1) 25-percent foreign-owned

A corporation is 25-percent foreign-owned if at least 25 percent of—

(A) the total voting power of all classes of stock of such corporation entitled to vote, or

(B) the total value of all classes of stock of such corporation,


is owned at any time during the taxable year by 1 foreign person (hereinafter in this section referred to as a “25-percent foreign shareholder”).

(2) Related party

The term “related party” means—

(A) any 25-percent foreign shareholder of the reporting corporation,

(B) any person who is related (within the meaning of section 267(b) or 707(b)(1)) to the reporting corporation or to a 25-percent foreign shareholder of the reporting corporation, and

(C) any other person who is related (within the meaning of section 482) to the reporting corporation.

(3) Foreign person

The term “foreign person” means any person who is not a United States person. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the term “United States person” has the meaning given to such term by section 7701(a)(30), except that any individual who is a citizen of any possession of the United States (but not otherwise a citizen of the United States) and who is not a resident of the United States shall not be treated as a United States person.

(4) Records

The term “records” includes any books, papers, or other data.

(5) Section 318 to apply

Section 318 shall apply for purposes of paragraphs (1) and (2), except that—

(A) “10 percent” shall be substituted for “50 percent” in section 318(a)(2)(C), and

(B) subparagraphs (A), (B), and (C) of section 318(a)(3) shall not be applied so as to consider a United States person as owning stock which is owned by a person who is not a United States person.

(d) Penalty for failure to furnish information or maintain records

(1) In general

If a reporting corporation—

(A) fails to furnish (within the time prescribed by regulations) any information described in subsection (b), or

(B) fails to maintain (or cause another to maintain) records as required by subsection (a),


such corporation shall pay a penalty of $10,000 for each taxable year with respect to which such failure occurs.

(2) Increase in penalty where failure continues after notification

If any failure described in paragraph (1) continues for more than 90 days after the day on which the Secretary mails notice of such failure to the reporting corporation, such corporation shall pay a penalty (in addition to the amount required under paragraph (1)) of $10,000 for each 30-day period (or fraction thereof) during which such failure continues after the expiration of such 90-day period.

(3) Reasonable cause

For purposes of this subsection, the time prescribed by regulations to furnish information or maintain records (and the beginning of the 90-day period after notice by the Secretary) shall be treated as not earlier than the last day on which (as shown to the satisfaction of the Secretary) reasonable cause existed for failure to furnish the information or maintain the records.

(e) Enforcement of requests for certain records

(1) Agreement to treat corporation as agent

The rules of paragraph (3) shall apply to any transaction between the reporting corporation and any related party who is a foreign person unless such related party agrees (in such manner and at such time as the Secretary shall prescribe) to authorize the reporting corporation to act as such related party's limited agent solely for purposes of applying sections 7602, 7603, and 7604 with respect to any request by the Secretary to examine records or produce testimony related to any such transaction or with respect to any summons by the Secretary for such records or testimony. The appearance of persons or production of records by reason of the reporting corporation being such an agent shall not subject such persons or records to legal process for any purpose other than determining the correct treatment under this title of any transaction between the reporting corporation and such related party.

(2) Rules where information not furnished

If—

(A) for purposes of determining the correct treatment under this title of any transaction between the reporting corporation and a related party who is a foreign person, the Secretary issues a summons to such corporation to produce (either directly or as agent for such related party) any records or testimony,

(B) such summons is not quashed in a proceeding begun under paragraph (4) and is not determined to be invalid in a proceeding begun under section 7604(b) to enforce such summons, and

(C) the reporting corporation does not substantially comply in a timely manner with such summons and the Secretary has sent by certified or registered mail a notice to such reporting corporation that such reporting corporation has not so substantially complied,


the Secretary may apply the rules of paragraph (3) with respect to such transaction (whether or not the Secretary begins a proceeding to enforce such summons). If the reporting corporation fails to maintain (or cause another to maintain) records as required by subsection (a), and by reason of that failure, the summons is quashed in a proceeding described in subparagraph (B) or the reporting corporation is not able to provide the records requested in the summons, the Secretary may apply the rules of paragraph (3) with respect to any transaction to which the records relate.

(3) Applicable rules in cases of noncompliance

If the rules of this paragraph apply to any transaction—

(A) the amount of the deduction allowed under subtitle A for any amount paid or incurred by the reporting corporation to the related party in connection with such transaction, and

(B) the cost to the reporting corporation of any property acquired in such transaction from the related party (or transferred by such corporation in such transaction to the related party),


shall be the amount determined by the Secretary in the Secretary's sole discretion from the Secretary's own knowledge or from such information as the Secretary may obtain through testimony or otherwise.

(4) Judicial proceedings

(A) Proceedings to quash

Notwithstanding any law or rule of law, any reporting corporation to which the Secretary issues a summons referred to in paragraph (2)(A) shall have the right to begin a proceeding to quash such summons not later than the 90th day after such summons was issued. In any such proceeding, the Secretary may seek to compel compliance with such summons.

(B) Review of secretarial determination of noncompliance

Notwithstanding any law or rule of law, any reporting corporation which has been notified by the Secretary that the Secretary has determined that such corporation has not substantially complied with a summons referred to in paragraph (2) shall have the right to begin a proceeding to review such determination not later than the 90th day after the day on which the notice referred to in paragraph (2)(C) was mailed. If such a proceeding is not begun on or before such 90th day, such determination by the Secretary shall be binding and shall not be reviewed by any court.

(C) Jurisdiction

The United States district court for the district in which the person (to whom the summons is issued) resides or is found shall have jurisdiction to hear any proceeding brought under subparagraph (A) or (B). Any order or other determination in such a proceeding shall be treated as a final order which may be appealed.

(D) Suspension of statute of limitations

If the reporting corporation brings an action under subparagraph (A) or (B), the running of any period of limitations under section 6501 (relating to assessment and collection of tax) or under section 6531 (relating to criminal prosecutions) with respect to any affected taxable year shall be suspended for the period during which such proceeding, and appeals therein, are pending. In no event shall any such period expire before the 90th day after the day on which there is a final determination in such proceeding. For purposes of this subparagraph, the term “affected taxable year” means any taxable year if the determination of the amount of tax imposed for such taxable year is affected by the treatment of the transaction to which the summons relates.

(f) Cross reference

For provisions relating to criminal penalties for violation of this section, see section 7203.

(Added Pub. L. 97–248, title III, §339(a), Sept. 3, 1982, 96 Stat. 632; amended Pub. L. 97–448, title III, §306(b)(4), Jan. 12, 1983, 96 Stat. 2406; Pub. L. 98–369, div. A, title VII, §714(l), July 18, 1984, 98 Stat. 963; Pub. L. 99–514, title XII, §1245(a), (b)(1)–(4), Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2581; Pub. L. 101–239, title VII, §7403(a)–(d), Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2358, 2359; Pub. L. 101–508, title XI, §§11315(b)(1), 11704(a)(23), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1388–457, 1388–519; Pub. L. 104–188, title I, §§1702(c)(5), 1704(f)(5)(B), Aug. 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1869, 1880.)

Amendments

1996—Subsec. (b)(2) to (4). Pub. L. 104–188, §1704(f)(5)(B), inserted “and” at end of par. (2), substituted a period for “, and” at end of par. (3), and struck out par. (4) which read as follows: “such information as the Secretary may require for purposes of carrying out the provisions of section 453C.”

Subsec. (e)(4)(D). Pub. L. 104–188, §1702(c)(5), substituted “any affected taxable year” for “any transaction to which the summons relates” and inserted at end “For purposes of this subparagraph, the term ‘affected taxable year’ means any taxable year if the determination of the amount of tax imposed for such taxable year is affected by the treatment of the transaction to which the summons relates.”

1990—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 101–508, §11315(b)(1), struck out “or is a foreign corporation engaged in trade or business within the United States” after “corporation”.

Subsec. (c)(3) to (6). Pub. L. 101–508, §11704(a)(23), redesignated pars. (4) to (6) as (3) to (5), respectively.

1989—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 101–239, §7403(b), inserted before period at end “and such corporation shall maintain (in the location, in the manner, and to the extent prescribed in regulations) such records as may be appropriate to determine the correct treatment of transactions with related parties as the Secretary shall by regulations prescribe (or shall cause another person to so maintain such records)”.

Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 101–239, §7403(a)(1), amended par. (2) generally, substituting “is 25-percent foreign-owned,” for “is controlled by a foreign person,”.

Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 101–239, §7403(a)(2), amended subsec. (c) generally, substituting pars. (1) to (6) for former pars. (1) to (3) defining “control”, “related party”, and “foreign person”.

Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 101–239, §7403(c), inserted “or maintain records” after “information” in heading and amended text generally, making changes in substance and structure of pars. (1) to (3).

Subsecs. (e), (f). Pub. L. 101–239, §7403(d), added subsec. (e) and redesignated former subsec. (e) as (f).

1986—Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 99–514, §1245(a), substituted “each person” for “each corporation” in introductory provisions and amended subpar. (A) generally, substituting “related party to the reporting corporation” for “member of the same controlled group as the reporting corporation”.

Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 99–514, §1245(b)(1), substituted “each person” for “each corporation”.

Subsec. (b)(3). Pub. L. 99–514, §1245(b)(2), (3), amended par. (3) generally, substituting “foreign person which is a related party to the reporting corporation, and” for “foreign corporation which is a member of the same controlled group as the reporting corporation.”

Subsec. (b)(4). Pub. L. 99–514, §1245(b)(3), added par. (4).

Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 99–514, §1245(b)(4), amended par. (2) generally. Prior to amendment, par. (2), controlled group, read as follows: “The term ‘controlled group’ means any controlled group of corporations within the meaning of section 1563(a); except that—

“(A) ‘at least 50 percent’ shall be substituted—

“(i) for ‘at least 80 percent’ each place it appears in section 1563(a)(1), and

“(ii) for ‘more than 50 percent’ each place it appears in section 1563(a)(2)(B), and

“(B) the determination shall be made without regard to subsections (a)(4), (b)(2)(C), and (e)(3)(C) of section 1563.”

1984—Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 98–369 substituted section “6038(e)(1)” for “6038(d)(1)”.

1983—Subsec. (c)(2)(B). Pub. L. 97–448 inserted “, (b)(2)(C),” after “(a)(4)”.

Effective Date of 1996 Amendment

Amendment by section 1702(c)(5) of Pub. L. 104–188 effective, except as otherwise expressly provided, as if included in the provision of the Revenue Reconciliation Act of 1990, Pub. L. 101–508, title XI, to which such amendment relates, see section 1702(i) of Pub. L. 104–188, set out as a note under section 38 of this title.

Effective Date of 1990 Amendment

Section 11315(c) of Pub. L. 101–508 provided that: “The amendments made by this section [enacting section 6038C of this title and amending this section] shall apply to—

“(1) any requirement to furnish information under section 6038C(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (as added by this section) if the time for furnishing such information under such section is after the date of the enactment of this Act [Nov. 5, 1990],

“(2) any requirement under such section 6038C(a) to maintain records which were in existence on or after March 20, 1990,

“(3) any requirement to authorize a corporation to act as a limited agent under section 6038C(d)(1) of such Code (as so added) if the time for authorizing such action is after the date of the enactment of this Act, and

“(4) any summons issued after such date of enactment,

without regard to when the taxable year (to which the information, records, authorization, or summons relates) began.”

Effective Date of 1989 Amendment

Section 7403(e) of Pub. L. 101–239 provided that: “The amendments made by this section [amending this section] shall apply to taxable years beginning after July 10, 1989.”

Effective Date of 1986 Amendment

Section 1245(c) of Pub. L. 99–514 provided that: “The amendments made by this section [amending this section and section 6038 of this title] shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 1986.”

Effective Date of 1984 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 98–369 effective as if included in the provision of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982, Pub. L. 97–248, to which such amendment relates, see section 715 of Pub. L. 98–369, set out as a note under section 31 of this title.

Effective Date of 1983 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 97–448 effective as if included in the provisions of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982, Pub. L. 97–248, to which such amendment relates, see section 311(d) of Pub. L. 97–448, set out as a note under section 31 of this title.

Effective Date

Section 339(c) of Pub. L. 97–248 provided that: “The amendments made by this section [enacting this section] shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 1982.”

Applicability of 1989 Amendment

Section 11314 of Pub. L. 101–508 provided that:

“(a) General Rule.—The amendments made by section 7403 of the Revenue Reconciliation Act of 1989 [Pub. L. 101–239, amending this section] shall apply to—

“(1) any requirement to furnish information under section 6038A(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (as amended by such section 7403) if the time for furnishing such information under such section is after the date of the enactment of this Act [Nov. 5, 1990],

“(2) any requirement under such section 6038A(a) to maintain records which were in existence on or after March 20, 1990,

“(3) any requirement to authorize a corporation to act as a limited agent under section 6038A(e)(1) of such Code (as so amended) if the time for authorizing such action is after the date of the enactment of this Act, and

“(4) any summons issued after such date of enactment,

without regard to when the taxable year (to which the information, records, authorization, or summons relates) began. Such amendments shall also apply in any case to which they would apply without regard to this section.

“(b) Continuation of Old Failures.—In the case of any failure with respect to a taxable year beginning on or before July 10, 1989, which first occurs on or before the date of the enactment of this Act [Nov. 5, 1990] but which continues after such date of enactment, section 6038A(d)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (as amended by subsection (c) of such section 7403) shall apply for purposes of determining the amount of the penalty imposed for 30-day periods referred to in such section 6038A(d)(2) which begin after the date of the enactment of this Act.”

§6038B. Notice of certain transfers to foreign persons

(a) In general

Each United States person who—

(1) transfers property to—

(A) a foreign corporation in an exchange described in section 332, 351, 354, 355, 356, or 361, or

(B) a foreign partnership in a contribution described in section 721 or in any other contribution described in regulations prescribed by the Secretary, or


(2) makes a distribution described in section 336 to a person who is not a United States person,


shall furnish to the Secretary, at such time and in such manner as the Secretary shall by regulations prescribe, such information with respect to such exchange or distribution as the Secretary may require in such regulations.

(b) Exceptions for certain transfers to foreign partnerships; special rule

(1) Exceptions

Subsection (a)(1)(B) shall apply to a transfer by a United States person to a foreign partnership only if—

(A) the United States person holds (immediately after the transfer) directly or indirectly at least a 10-percent interest (as defined in section 6046A(d)) in the partnership, or

(B) the value of the property transferred (when added to the value of the property transferred by such person or any related person to such partnership or a related partnership during the 12-month period ending on the date of the transfer) exceeds $100,000.


For purposes of the preceding sentence, the value of any transferred property is its fair market value at the time of its transfer.

(2) Special rule

If by reason of an adjustment under section 482 or otherwise, a contribution described in subsection (a)(1) is deemed to have been made, such contribution shall be treated for purposes of this section as having been made not earlier than the date specified by the Secretary.

(c) Penalty for failure to furnish information

(1) In general

If any United States person fails to furnish the information described in subsection (a) at the time and in the manner required by regulations, such person shall pay a penalty equal to 10 percent of the fair market value of the property at the time of the exchange (and, in the case of a contribution described in subsection (a)(1)(B), such person shall recognize gain as if the contributed property had been sold for such value at the time of such contribution).

(2) Reasonable cause exception

Paragraph (1) shall not apply to any failure if the United States person shows such failure is due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect.

(3) Limit on penalty

The penalty under paragraph (1) with respect to any exchange shall not exceed $100,000 unless the failure with respect to such exchange was due to intentional disregard.

(Added Pub. L. 98–369, div. A, title I, §131(d)(1), July 18, 1984, 98 Stat. 664; amended Pub. L. 105–34, title XI, §1144(a)–(c), Aug. 5, 1997, 111 Stat. 984, 985; Pub. L. 105–206, title VI, §6011(g), July 22, 1998, 112 Stat. 818; Pub. L. 109–135, title IV, §409(c), Dec. 21, 2005, 119 Stat. 2636.)

Amendments

2005—Subsec. (a)(1)(B). Pub. L. 109–135 inserted “or” at end.

1998—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 105–206, §6011(g), made technical amendment to directory language of Pub. L. 105–206, §1144(c). See 1997 Amendment note below.

1997—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 105–34, §1144(a), amended par. (1) generally. Prior to amendment, par. (1) read as follows: “transfers property to a foreign corporation in an exchange described in section 332, 351, 354, 355, 356, or 361, or”.

Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 105–34, §1144(b), added subsec. (b). Former subsec. (b) redesignated (c).

Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 105–34, §1144(c), as amended by Pub. L. 105–206, §6011(g), substituted “equal to 10 percent of the fair market value of the property at the time of the exchange (and, in the case of a contribution described in subsection (a)(1)(B), such person shall recognize gain as if the contributed property had been sold for such value at the time of such contribution)” for “equal to 25 percent of the amount of the gain realized on the exchange” in par. (1) and added par. (3).

Pub. L. 105–34, §1144(b), redesignated subsec. (b) as (c).

Effective Date of 2005 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 109–135 effective as if included in the provisions of the Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997, Pub. L. 105–34, to which such amendment relates, see section 409(d) of Pub. L. 109–135, set out as a note under section 961 of this title.

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–206 effective, except as otherwise provided, as if included in the provisions of the Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997, Pub. L. 105–34, to which such amendment relates, see section 6024 of Pub. L. 105–206, set out as a note under section 1 of this title.

Effective Date of 1997 Amendment

Section 1144(d)(1) of Pub. L. 105–34 provided that: “The amendments made by this section [amending this section] shall apply to transfers made after the date of the enactment of this Act [Aug. 5, 1997].”

Effective Date

Section applicable to transfers or exchanges after Dec. 31, 1984, in taxable years ending after such date, with special rules for certain transfers and ruling requests before Mar. 1, 1984, see section 131(g) of Pub. L. 98–369, set out as an Effective Date of 1984 Amendment note under section 367 of this title.

Election of Retroactive Effect

Section 1141(d)(2) of Pub. L. 105–34 provided that: “Section 1494(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 shall not apply to any transfer after August 20, 1996, if all applicable reporting requirements under section 6038B of such Code (as amended by this section) are satisfied. The Secretary of the Treasury or his delegate may prescribe simplified reporting requirements under the preceding sentence.”

§6038C. Information with respect to foreign corporations engaged in U.S. business

(a) Requirement

If a foreign corporation (hereinafter in this section referred to as the “reporting corporation”) is engaged in a trade or business within the United States at any time during a taxable year—

(1) such corporation shall furnish (at such time and in such manner as the Secretary shall by regulations prescribe) the information described in subsection (b), and

(2) such corporation shall maintain (at the location, in the manner, and to the extent prescribed in regulations) such records as may be appropriate to determine the liability of such corporation for tax under this title as the Secretary shall by regulations prescribe (or shall cause another person to so maintain such records).

(b) Required information

For purposes of subsection (a), the information described in this subsection is—

(1) the information described in section 6038A(b), and

(2) such other information as the Secretary may prescribe by regulations relating to any item not directly connected with a transaction for which information is required under paragraph (1).

(c) Penalty for failure to furnish information or maintain records

The provisions of subsection (d) of section 6038A shall apply to—

(1) any failure to furnish (within the time prescribed by regulations) any information described in subsection (b), and

(2) any failure to maintain (or cause another to maintain) records as required by subsection (a),


in the same manner as if such failure were a failure to comply with the provisions of section 6038A.

(d) Enforcement of requests for certain records

(1) Agreement to treat corporation as agent

The rules of paragraph (3) shall apply to any transaction between the reporting corporation and any related party who is a foreign person unless such related party agrees (in such manner and at such time as the Secretary shall prescribe) to authorize the reporting corporation to act as such related party's limited agent solely for purposes of applying sections 7602, 7603, and 7604 with respect to any request by the Secretary to examine records or produce testimony related to any such transaction or with respect to any summons by the Secretary for such records or testimony. The appearance of persons or production of records by reason of the reporting corporation being such an agent shall not subject such persons or records to legal process for any purpose other than determining the correct treatment under this title of any transaction between the reporting corporation and such related party.

(2) Rules where information not furnished

If—

(A) for purposes of determining the amount of the reporting corporation's liability for tax under this title, the Secretary issues a summons to such corporation to produce (either directly or as an agent for a related party who is a foreign person) any records or testimony,

(B) such summons is not quashed in a proceeding begun under paragraph (4) of section 6038A(e) (as made applicable by paragraph (4) of this subsection) and is not determined to be invalid in a proceeding begun under section 7604(b) to enforce such summons, and

(C) the reporting corporation does not substantially comply in a timely manner with such summons and the Secretary has sent by certified or registered mail a notice to such reporting corporation that such reporting corporation has not so substantially complied,


the Secretary may apply the rules of paragraph (3) with respect to any transaction or item to which such summons relates (whether or not the Secretary begins a proceeding to enforce such summons). If the reporting corporation fails to maintain (or cause another to maintain) records as required by subsection (a), and by reason of that failure, the summons is quashed in a proceeding described in subparagraph (B) or the reporting corporation is not able to provide the records requested in the summons, the Secretary may apply the rules of paragraph (3) with respect to any transaction or item to which the records relate.

(3) Applicable rules

If the rules of this paragraph apply to any transaction or item, the treatment of such transaction (or the amount and treatment of any such item) shall be determined by the Secretary in the Secretary's sole discretion from the Secretary's own knowledge or from such information as the Secretary may obtain through testimony or otherwise.

(4) Judicial proceedings

The provisions of section 6038A(e)(4) shall apply with respect to any summons referred to in paragraph (2)(A); except that subparagraph (D) of such section shall be applied by substituting “transaction or item” for “transaction”.

(e) Definitions

For purposes of this section, the terms “related party”, “foreign person”, and “records” have the respective meanings given to such terms by section 6038A(c).

(Added Pub. L. 101–508, title XI, §11315(a), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1388–456.)

Effective Date

Section applicable to (1) any requirement to furnish information under this section if the time for furnishing such information is after Nov. 5, 1990, (2) any requirement under subsec. (a) of this section to maintain records which were in existence on or after Mar. 20, 1990, (3) any requirement to authorize a corporation to act as a limited agent under subsec. (d)(1) of this section if the time for authorizing such action is after Nov. 5, 1990, and (4) any summons issued after Nov. 5, 1990, without regard to when the taxable year (to which the information, records, authorization, or summons relates) began, see section 11315(c) of Pub. L. 101–508, set out as an Effective Date of 1990 Amendment note under section 6038A of this title.

§6038D. Information with respect to foreign financial assets

(a) In general

Any individual who, during any taxable year, holds any interest in a specified foreign financial asset shall attach to such person's return of tax imposed by subtitle A for such taxable year the information described in subsection (c) with respect to each such asset if the aggregate value of all such assets exceeds $50,000 (or such higher dollar amount as the Secretary may prescribe).

(b) Specified foreign financial assets

For purposes of this section, the term “specified foreign financial asset” means—

(1) any financial account (as defined in section 1471(d)(2)) maintained by a foreign financial institution (as defined in section 1471(d)(4)), and

(2) any of the following assets which are not held in an account maintained by a financial institution (as defined in section 1471(d)(5))—

(A) any stock or security issued by a person other than a United States person,

(B) any financial instrument or contract held for investment that has an issuer or counterparty which is other than a United States person, and

(C) any interest in a foreign entity (as defined in section 1473).

(c) Required information

The information described in this subsection with respect to any asset is:

(1) In the case of any account, the name and address of the financial institution in which such account is maintained and the number of such account.

(2) In the case of any stock or security, the name and address of the issuer and such information as is necessary to identify the class or issue of which such stock or security is a part.

(3) In the case of any other instrument, contract, or interest—

(A) such information as is necessary to identify such instrument, contract, or interest, and

(B) the names and addresses of all issuers and counterparties with respect to such instrument, contract, or interest.


(4) The maximum value of the asset during the taxable year.

(d) Penalty for failure to disclose

(1) In general

If any individual fails to furnish the information described in subsection (c) with respect to any taxable year at the time and in the manner described in subsection (a), such person shall pay a penalty of $10,000.

(2) Increase in penalty where failure continues after notification

If any failure described in paragraph (1) continues for more than 90 days after the day on which the Secretary mails notice of such failure to the individual, such individual shall pay a penalty (in addition to the penalties under paragraph (1)) of $10,000 for each 30-day period (or fraction thereof) during which such failure continues after the expiration of such 90-day period. The penalty imposed under this paragraph with respect to any failure shall not exceed $50,000.

(e) Presumption that value of specified foreign financial assets exceeds dollar threshold

If—

(1) the Secretary determines that an individual has an interest in one or more specified foreign financial assets, and

(2) such individual does not provide sufficient information to demonstrate the aggregate value of such assets,


then the aggregate value of such assets shall be treated as being in excess of $50,000 (or such higher dollar amount as the Secretary prescribes for purposes of subsection (a)) for purposes of assessing the penalties imposed under this section.

(f) Application to certain entities

To the extent provided by the Secretary in regulations or other guidance, the provisions of this section shall apply to any domestic entity which is formed or availed of for purposes of holding, directly or indirectly, specified foreign financial assets, in the same manner as if such entity were an individual.

(g) Reasonable cause exception

No penalty shall be imposed by this section on any failure which is shown to be due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect. The fact that a foreign jurisdiction would impose a civil or criminal penalty on the taxpayer (or any other person) for disclosing the required information is not reasonable cause.

(h) Regulations

The Secretary shall prescribe such regulations or other guidance as may be necessary or appropriate to carry out the purposes of this section, including regulations or other guidance which provide appropriate exceptions from the application of this section in the case of—

(1) classes of assets identified by the Secretary, including any assets with respect to which the Secretary determines that disclosure under this section would be duplicative of other disclosures,

(2) nonresident aliens, and

(3) bona fide residents of any possession of the United States.

(Added Pub. L. 111–147, title V, §511(a), Mar. 18, 2010, 124 Stat. 109.)

Effective Date

Pub. L. 111–147, title V, §511(c), Mar. 18, 2010, 124 Stat. 110, provided that: “The amendments made by this section [enacting this section] shall apply to taxable years beginning after the date of the enactment of this Act [Mar. 18, 2010].”

§6039. Returns required in connection with certain options

(a) Requirement of reporting

Every corporation—

(1) which in any calendar year transfers to any person a share of stock pursuant to such person's exercise of an incentive stock option, or

(2) which in any calendar year records (or has by its agent recorded) a transfer of the legal title of a share of stock acquired by the transferor pursuant to his exercise of an option described in section 423(c) (relating to special rule where option price is between 85 percent and 100 percent of value of stock),


shall, for such calendar year, make a return at such time and in such manner, and setting forth such information, as the Secretary may by regulations prescribe.

(b) Statements to be furnished to persons with respect to whom information is reported

Every corporation making a return under subsection (a) shall furnish to each person whose name is set forth in such return a written statement setting forth such information as the Secretary may by regulations prescribe. The written statement required under the preceding sentence shall be furnished to such person on or before January 31 of the year following the calendar year for which the return under subsection (a) was made.

(c) Special rules

For purposes of this section—

(1) Treatment by employer to be determinative

Any option which the corporation treats as an incentive stock option or an option granted under an employee stock purchase plan shall be deemed to be such an option.

(2) Subsection (a)(2) applies only to first transfer described therein

A statement is required by reason of a transfer described in subsection (a)(2) of a share only with respect to the first transfer of such share by the person who exercised the option.

(3) Identification of stock

Any corporation which transfers any share of stock pursuant to the exercise of any option described in subsection (a)(2) shall identify such stock in a manner adequate to carry out the purposes of this section.

(d) Cross references

For definition of—

(1) the term “incentive stock option”, see section 422(b), and

(2) the term “employee stock purchase plan” 1 see section 423(b).

(Added Pub. L. 88–272, title II, §221(b)(1), Feb. 26, 1964, 78 Stat. 73; amended Pub. L. 94–455, title XIX, §1906(b)(13)(A), Oct. 4, 1976, 90 Stat. 1834; Pub. L. 96–167, §7(a), Dec. 29, 1979, 93 Stat. 1276; Pub. L. 97–34, title II, §251(b)(5), Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 259; Pub. L. 101–508, title XI, §11801(c)(9)(J), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1388–526; Pub. L. 105–206, title VI, §6023(20), July 22, 1998, 112 Stat. 825; Pub. L. 109–432, div. A, title IV, §403(a), (b), (c)(3), (4), Dec. 20, 2006, 120 Stat. 2954, 2955.)

Prior Provisions

A prior section 6039 was renumbered section 6040 of this title.

Amendments

2006—Pub. L. 109–432, §403(c)(3), substituted “Returns” for “Information” in section catchline.

Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 109–432, §403(a), (c)(4), substituted “Requirement of reporting” for “Furnishing of information” in heading and amended concluding provisions generally. Prior to amendment, concluding provisions read as follows: “shall (on or before January 31 of the following calendar year) furnish to such person a written statement in such manner and setting forth such information as the Secretary may by regulations prescribe.”

Subsecs. (b) to (d). Pub. L. 109–432, §403(b), added subsec. (b) and redesignated former subsecs. (b) and (c) as (c) and (d), respectively.

1998—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 105–206 inserted “to any person” after “transfers”.

1990—Subsec. (a)(1), (2). Pub. L. 101–508, §11801(c)(9)(J)(i), added pars. (1) and (2) and struck out former pars. (1) and (2) which read as follows:

“(1) which in any calendar year transfers a share of stock to any person pursuant to such person's exercise of a qualified stock option, an incentive stock option, or a restricted stock option, or

“(2) which in any calendar year records (or has by its agent recorded) a transfer of the legal title of a share of stock—

“(A) acquired by the transfer or pursuant to his exercise of an option described in section 423(c) (relating to special rule where option price is between 85 percent and 100 percent of value of stock), or

“(B) acquired by the transferor pursuant to his exercise of a restricted stock option described in section 424(c)(1) (relating to options under which option price is between 85 percent and 95 percent of value of stock),”.

Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 101–508, §11801(c)(9)(J)(ii), substituted “an incentive stock option or an” for “a qualified stock option, incentive stock option, a restricted stock option, or an”.

Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 101–508, §11801(c)(9)(J)(iii), amended subsec. (c) generally, striking out references for definitions of “qualified stock option” and “restricted stock option”.

1981—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 97–34, §251(b)(5)(A), inserted “, an incentive stock option,” after “qualified stock option”.

Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 97–34, §251(b)(5)(B), inserted “incentive stock option,” after “qualified stock option,”.

Subsec. (c)(4). Pub. L. 97–34, §251(b)(5)(C), added par. (4).

1979—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 96–167 substituted “Furnishing of information” for “Requirement of reporting” in heading, and in closing par. substituted provisions relating to the furnishing, on or before Jan. 31 of the following calendar year, a written statement in such manner and setting forth such information, as prescribed by regulation for provisions prescribing the making of a return at such time and in such manner as prescribed by regulation, determining qualified stock options, restricted stock options or options granted under an employee stock purchase plan to be options under the provisions of this section, and restricting the necessity of a return only to the first transfer of such share.

Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 96–167 added subsec. (b). Former subsec. (b), requiring every corporation making a return to furnish each person named in the return a written statement setting forth such information as prescribed by regulation, and requiring such statement to be furnished before January 31 of the year following the calendar year for which the return was made, was struck out.

Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 96–167 redesignated subsec. (d) as (c). Former subsec. (c), requiring any corporation transferring any share of stock pursuant to the exercise of an option described in subsec. (a)(2) to identify such stock, was struck out.

Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 96–167 redesignated subsec. (d) as (c).

1976—Subsecs. (a), (b). Pub. L. 94–455 struck out “or his delegate” after “Secretary”.

Effective Date of 2006 Amendment

Pub. L. 109–432, div. A, title IV, §403(d), Dec. 20, 2006, 120 Stat. 2955, provided that: “The amendments made by this section [amending this section and section 6724 of this title] shall apply to calendar years beginning after the date of the enactment of this Act [Dec. 20, 2006].”

Effective Date of 1981 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 97–34 applicable with respect to options granted on or after Jan. 1, 1976, and exercised on or after Jan. 1, 1981, or outstanding on Jan. 1, 1981, or granted on or after Jan. 1, 1976, and outstanding Aug. 13, 1981, see section 251(c) of Pub. L. 97–34, set out as an Effective Date note under section 422 of this title.

Effective Date of 1979 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 96–167 applicable with respect to calendar years beginning after 1979, see section 7(c) of Pub. L. 96–167, set out as a note under section 6652 of this title.

Effective Date

Section applicable to stock transferred pursuant to options exercised on or after Jan. 1, 1964, See section 221(e) of Pub. L. 88–272, set out as an Effective Date of 1964 Amendment note under section 421 of this title.

Savings Provision

For provisions that nothing in amendment by Pub. L. 101–508 be construed to affect treatment of certain transactions occurring, property acquired, or items of income, loss, deduction, or credit taken into account prior to Nov. 5, 1990, for purposes of determining liability for tax for periods ending after Nov. 5, 1990, see section 11821(b) of Pub. L. 101–508, set out as a note under section 45K of this title.

1 So in original. Probably should be followed by a comma.

[§6039A. Repealed. Pub. L. 96–223, title IV, §401(a), Apr. 2, 1980, 94 Stat. 299]

Section, added Pub. L. 94–455, title XX, §2005(d)(1), Oct. 4, 1976, 90 Stat. 1877, related to information regarding carryover basis property acquired from a decedent. Repeal was achieved by repealing section 2005(d)(1) of Pub. L. 94–455 and the amendments made by that section.

Effective Date of Repeal and Revival of Prior Law

Repeal applicable in respect of decedents dying after Dec. 31, 1976, and, except for certain elections, this title to be applied and administered as if this section had not been enacted, see section 401(b), (e) of Pub. L. 96–223, set out as an Effective Date of 1980 Amendment and Revival of Prior Law note under section 1023 of this title.

[§6039B. Repealed. Pub. L. 99–514, title XIII, §1303(b)(5), Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2658]

Section, added Pub. L. 95–600, title VI, §601(b)(4), Nov. 6, 1978, 92 Stat. 2896; amended Pub. L. 96–595, §3(b), Dec. 24, 1980, 94 Stat. 3466, related to returns of general stock ownership corporations.

Effective Date of Repeal

Repeal effective Oct. 22, 1986, see section 1311(f) of Pub. L. 99–514, as amended, set out as an Effective Date; Transitional Rules note under section 141 of this title.

§6039C. Returns with respect to foreign persons holding direct investments in United States real property interests

(a) General rule

To the extent provided in regulations, any foreign person holding direct investments in United States real property interests for the calendar year shall make a return setting forth—

(1) the name and address of such person,

(2) a description of all United States real property interests held by such person at any time during the calendar year, and

(3) such other information as the Secretary may by regulations prescribe.

(b) Definition of foreign persons holding direct investments in United States real property interests

For purposes of this section, a foreign person shall be treated as holding direct investments in United States real property interests during any calendar year if—

(1) such person did not engage in a trade or business in the United States at any time during such calendar year, and

(2) the fair market value of the United States real property interests held directly by such person at any time during such year equals or exceeds $50,000.

(c) Definitions and special rules

For purposes of this section—

(1) United States real property interest

The term “United States real property interest” has the meaning given to such term by section 897(c).

(2) Foreign person

The term “foreign person” means any person who is not a United States person.

(3) Attribution of ownership

For purposes of subsection (b)(2)—

(A) Interests held by partnerships, etc.

United States real property interests held by a partnership, trust, or estate shall be treated as owned proportionately by its partners or beneficiaries.

(B) Interests held by family members

United States real property interests held by the spouse or any minor child of an individual shall be treated as owned by such individual.

(4) Time and manner of filing return

All returns required to be made under this section shall be made at such time and in such manner as the Secretary shall by regulations prescribe.

(d) Special rule for United States interest and Virgin Islands interest

A nonresident alien individual or foreign corporation subject to tax under section 897(a) (and any person required to withhold tax under section 1445) shall pay any tax and file any return required by this title—

(1) to the United States, in the case of any interest in real property located in the United States and an interest (other than an interest solely as a creditor) in a domestic corporation (with respect to the United States) described in section 897(c)(1)(A)(ii), and

(2) to the Virgin Islands, in the case of any interest in real property located in the Virgin Islands and an interest (other than an interest solely as a creditor) in a domestic corporation (with respect to the Virgin Islands) described in section 897(c)(1)(A)(ii).

(Added Pub. L. 96–499, title XI, §1123(a), Dec. 5, 1980, 94 Stat. 2687; amended Pub. L. 97–34, title VIII, §831(a)(3), (e), Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 352, 354; Pub. L. 98–369, div. A, title I, §129(b)(1), July 18, 1984, 98 Stat. 659; Pub. L. 99–514, title XVIII, §1810(f)(7), Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2828.)

Amendments

1986—Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 99–514 inserted “(and any person required to withhold tax under section 1445)” after “section 897(a)”.

1984—Pub. L. 98–369 amended section generally, inserting in section catchline “foreign persons holding direct investments in” and substituting in text provisions concerning returns with respect to foreign persons holding direct investments in United States real property for provisions concerning returns with respect to United States real property interests.

1981—Subsec. (b)(4)(C). Pub. L. 97–34, §831(e), substituted “For purposes of determining whether an entity to which this subsection applies has a substantial investor in United States real property, the assets of any person shall include the person's pro rata share of the United States real property interest held by any corporation (whether domestic or foreign) if the person's pro rata share of the United States real property interests exceeded $50,000” for “The assets of any entity to which this subsection applies shall include its pro rata share of the United States real property interests held by any corporation in which the entity is a substantial investor in United States real property”.

Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 97–34, §831(a)(3), added subsec. (f).

Effective Date of 1986 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 99–514 effective, except as otherwise provided, as if included in the provisions of the Tax Reform Act of 1984, Pub. L. 98–369, div. A, to which such amendment relates, see section 1881 of Pub. L. 99–514, set out as a note under section 48 of this title.

Effective Date of 1984 Amendment

Section 129(c)(2) of Pub. L. 98–369 provided that: “The amendments made by subsection (b) [amending this section] shall apply to calendar year 1980 and subsequent calendar years.”

Effective Date of 1981 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 97–34 applicable to dispositions after June 18, 1980, in taxable years ending after such date, see section 831(i) of Pub. L. 97–34, set out as a note under section 897 of this title.

Effective Date

Section applicable to 1980 and subsequent calendar years, with 1980 being treated as beginning on June 19, 1980, and ending on Dec. 31, 1980, see section 1125(b) of Pub. L. 96–499, set out as a note under section 897 of this title.

§6039D. Returns and records with respect to certain fringe benefit plans

(a) In general

Every employer maintaining a specified fringe benefit plan during any year beginning after December 31, 1984, for any portion of which the applicable exclusion applies, shall file a return (at such time and in such manner as the Secretary shall by regulations prescribe) with respect to such plan showing for such year—

(1) the number of employees of the employer,

(2) the number of employees of the employer eligible to participate under the plan,

(3) the number of employees participating under the plan,

(4) the total cost of the plan during the year,

(5) the name, address, and taxpayer identification number of the employer and the type of business in which the employer is engaged, and

(6) the number of highly compensated employees among the employees described in paragraphs (1), (2), and (3).

(b) Recordkeeping requirement

Each employer maintaining a specified fringe benefit plan during any year shall keep such records as may be necessary for purposes of determining whether the requirements of the applicable exclusion are met.

(c) Additional information when required by the Secretary

Any employer—

(1) who maintains a specified fringe benefit plan during any year for which a return is required under subsection (a), and

(2) who is required by the Secretary to file an additional return for such year,


shall file such additional return. Such additional return shall be filed at such time and in such manner as the Secretary shall prescribe and shall contain such information as the Secretary shall prescribe. The Secretary may require returns under this subsection only from a representative group of employers.

(d) Definitions and special rules

For purposes of this section—

(1) Specified fringe benefit plan

The term “specified fringe benefit plan” means any plan under section 79, 105, 106, 120, 125, 127, 129, or 137.

(2) Applicable exclusion

The term “applicable exclusion” means, with respect to any specified fringe benefit plan, the section specified under paragraph (1) under which benefits under such plan are excludable from gross income.

(3) Special rule for multiemployer plans

In the case of a multiemployer plan, the plan shall be required to provide any information required by this section which the Secretary determines, on the basis of the agreement between the plan and employer, is held by the plan (and not the employer).

(Added Pub. L. 98–611, §1(d)(1), Oct. 31, 1984, 98 Stat. 3176; amended Pub. L. 99–514, title XI, §1151(h), title XVIII, §1879(d)(1), Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2507, 2906; Pub. L. 100–647, title I, §1011B(a)(24), title III, §3021(a)(15)(A), Nov. 10, 1988, 102 Stat. 3486, 3631; Pub. L. 101–508, title XI, §11704(a)(24), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1388–519; Pub. L. 105–34, title XVI, §1601(h)(2)(D)(iii), Aug. 5, 1997, 111 Stat. 1092.)

Codification

Another section 6039D, added Pub. L. 98–612, §1(b)(1), Oct. 31, 1984, 98 Stat. 3180, also related to returns and records with respect to certain fringe benefits, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 99–514, title XVIII, §1879(d)(2), Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2906, effective, except as otherwise provided, as if included in the provisions of the Tax Reform Act of 1984, Pub. L. 98–369, div. A, to which such repeal relates, see section 1881 of Pub. L. 99–514, set out as a note under section 48 of this title.

Amendments

1997—Subsec. (d)(1). Pub. L. 105–34 substituted “129, or 137” for “or 129”.

1990—Subsec. (d)(3). Pub. L. 101–508 substituted “the employer).” for “the employer)”.

1988—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 100–647, §1011B(a)(24), amended directory language of Pub. L. 99–514, §1151(h)(3), see 1986 Amendment note below.

Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 100–647, §3021(a)(15)(A)(ii), inserted “and special rules” after “Definitions” in heading.

Subsec. (d)(3). Pub. L. 100–647, §3021(a)(15)(A)(i), added par. (3).

1986—Subsec. (a)(6). Pub. L. 99–514, §1151(h)(2), added par. (6).

Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 99–514, §1151(h)(3), as amended by Pub. L. 100–647, §1011B(a)(24), inserted at end “The Secretary may require returns under this subsection only from a representative group of employers.”

Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 99–514, §1151(h)(1), amended subsec. (d) generally. Prior to amendment, par. (1) defined a specified fringe benefit plan as (A) any qualified group legal services plan (as defined in section 120), (B) any cafeteria plan (as defined in section 125), and (C) any educational assistance plan (as defined in section 127), and par. (2) defined “applicable exclusion” as meaning (A) section 120 in the case of a qualified legal group services plan, (B) section 125 in the case of a cafeteria plan, and (C) section 127 in the case of an educational assistance plan.

Pub. L. 99–514, §1879(d)(1), in amending subsec. (d) generally, added subpars. (1)(A) and (2)(A). Former subpars. (1)(A) and (B) and (2)(A) and (B) were redesignated as subpars. (1)(B) and (C) and (2)(B) and (C), respectively.

Effective Date of 1997 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–34 effective as if included in the provisions of the Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996, Pub. L. 104–188, to which it relates, see section 1601(j) of Pub. L. 105–34, set out as a note under section 23 of this title.

Effective Date of 1988 Amendment

Amendment by section 1011B(a)(24) of Pub. L. 100–647 effective, except as otherwise provided, as if included in the provision of the Tax Reform Act of 1986, Pub. L. 99–514, to which such amendment relates, see section 1019(a) of Pub. L. 100–647, set out as a note under section 1 of this title.

Section 3021(a)(15)(B) of Pub. L. 100–647 provided that: “The amendments made by this paragraph [amending this section] shall apply to years beginning after 1984.”

Effective Date of 1986 Amendment

Amendment by section 1151(h) of Pub. L. 99–514 applicable to years beginning after Dec. 31, 1988, with certain qualifications and exceptions, see section 1151(k) of Pub. L. 99–514, as amended, set out as a note under section 79 of this title.

Amendment by section 1879(d)(1) of Pub. L. 99–514 effective, except as otherwise provided, as if included in the provisions of the Tax Reform Act of 1984, Pub. L. 98–369, div. A, to which such amendment relates, see section 1881 of Pub. L. 99–514, set out as a note under section 48 of this title.

Effective Date

Section effective Jan. 1, 1985, see section 1(g)(2) of Pub. L. 98–611, set out as an Effective Date of 1984 Amendment note under section 127 of this title.

Nonenforcement of Amendment Made by Section 1151 of Pub. L. 99–514 for Fiscal Year 1990

No monies appropriated by Pub. L. 101–136 to be used to implement or enforce section 1151 of Pub. L. 99–514 or the amendments made by such section, see section 528 of Pub. L. 101–136, set out as a note under section 89 of this title.

Plan Amendments Not Required Until January 1, 1989

For provisions directing that if any amendments made by subtitle A or subtitle C of title XI [§§1101–1147 and 1171–1177] or title XVIII [§§1800–1899A] of Pub. L. 99–514 require an amendment to any plan, such plan amendment shall not be required to be made before the first plan year beginning on or after Jan. 1, 1989, see section 1140 of Pub. L. 99–514, as amended, set out as a note under section 401 of this title.

§6039E. Information concerning resident status

(a) General rule

Notwithstanding any other provision of law, any individual who—

(1) applies for a United States passport (or a renewal thereof), or

(2) applies to be lawfully accorded the privilege of residing permanently in the United States as an immigrant in accordance with the immigration laws,


shall include with any such application a statement which includes the information described in subsection (b).

(b) Information to be provided

Information required under subsection (a) shall include—

(1) the taxpayer's TIN (if any),

(2) in the case of a passport applicant, any foreign country in which such individual is residing,

(3) in the case of an individual seeking permanent residence, information with respect to whether such individual is required to file a return of the tax imposed by chapter 1 for such individual's most recent 3 taxable years, and

(4) such other information as the Secretary may prescribe.

(c) Penalty

Any individual failing to provide a statement required under subsection (a) shall be subject to a penalty equal to $500 for each such failure, unless it is shown that such failure is due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect.

(d) Information to be provided to Secretary

Notwithstanding any other provision of law, any agency of the United States which collects (or is required to collect) the statement under subsection (a) shall—

(1) provide any such statement to the Secretary, and

(2) provide to the Secretary the name (and any other identifying information) of any individual refusing to comply with the provisions of subsection (a).


Nothing in the preceding sentence shall be construed to require the disclosure of information which is subject to section 245A of the Immigration and Nationality Act (as in effect on the date of the enactment of this sentence).

(e) Exemption

The Secretary may by regulations exempt any class of individuals from the requirements of this section if he determines that applying this section to such individuals is not necessary to carry out the purposes of this section.

(Added Pub. L. 99–514, title XII, §1234(a)(1), Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2565; amended Pub. L. 100–647, title I, §1012(o), Nov. 10, 1988, 102 Stat. 3515.)

References in Text

Section 245A of the Immigration and Nationality Act, referred to in subsec. (d), is classified to section 1255a of Title 8, Aliens and Nationality.

The date of the enactment of this sentence, referred to in subsec. (d), is the date of enactment of Pub. L. 100–647, which was approved Nov. 10, 1988.

Amendments

1988—Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 100–647 inserted sentence at end relating to disclosure of information subject to section 245A of the Immigration and Nationality Act.

Effective Date of 1988 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 100–647 effective, except as otherwise provided, as if included in the provision of the Tax Reform Act of 1986, Pub. L. 99–514, to which such amendment relates, see section 1019(a) of Pub. L. 100–647, set out as a note under section 1 of this title.

Effective Date

Section 1234(a)(3) of Pub. L. 99–514 provided that: “The amendments made by this subsection [enacting this section] shall apply to applications submitted after December 31, 1987 (or, if earlier, the effective date which shall not be earlier than January 1, 1987) of the initial regulations issued under section 6039E of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as added by this subsection).”

§6039F. Notice of large gifts received from foreign persons

(a) In general

If the value of the aggregate foreign gifts received by a United States person (other than an organization described in section 501(c) and exempt from tax under section 501(a)) during any taxable year exceeds $10,000, such United States person shall furnish (at such time and in such manner as the Secretary shall prescribe) such information as the Secretary may prescribe regarding each foreign gift received during such year.

(b) Foreign gift

For purposes of this section, the term “foreign gift” means any amount received from a person other than a United States person which the recipient treats as a gift or bequest. Such term shall not include any qualified transfer (within the meaning of section 2503(e)(2)) or any distribution properly disclosed in a return under section 6048(c).

(c) Penalty for failure to file information

(1) In general

If a United States person fails to furnish the information required by subsection (a) with respect to any foreign gift within the time prescribed therefor (including extensions)—

(A) the tax consequences of the receipt of such gift shall be determined by the Secretary, and

(B) such United States person shall pay (upon notice and demand by the Secretary and in the same manner as tax) an amount equal to 5 percent of the amount of such foreign gift for each month for which the failure continues (not to exceed 25 percent of such amount in the aggregate).

(2) Reasonable cause exception

Paragraph (1) shall not apply to any failure to report a foreign gift if the United States person shows that the failure is due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect.

(d) Cost-of-living adjustment

In the case of any taxable year beginning after December 31, 1996, the $10,000 amount under subsection (a) shall be increased by an amount equal to the product of such amount and the cost-of-living adjustment for such taxable year under section 1(f)(3), except that subparagraph (B) thereof shall be applied by substituting “1995” for “1992”.

(e) Regulations

The Secretary shall prescribe such regulations as may be necessary or appropriate to carry out the purposes of this section.

(Added Pub. L. 104–188, title I, §1905(a), Aug. 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1913.)

Inflation Adjusted Items for Certain Years

For inflation adjustment of certain items in this section, see Revenue Procedures listed in a table under section 1 of this title.

Codification

Another section 6039F was renumbered section 6039G of this title.

Effective Date

Section 1905(c) of Pub. L. 104–188 provided that: “The amendments made by this section [enacting this section] shall apply to amounts received after the date of the enactment of this Act [Aug. 20, 1996] in taxable years ending after such date.”

§6039G. Information on individuals losing United States citizenship

(a) In general

Notwithstanding any other provision of law, any individual to whom section 877(b) or 877A applies for any taxable year shall provide a statement for such taxable year which includes the information described in subsection (b).

(b) Information to be provided

Information required under subsection (a) shall include—

(1) the taxpayer's TIN,

(2) the mailing address of such individual's principal foreign residence,

(3) the foreign country in which such individual is residing,

(4) the foreign country of which such individual is a citizen,

(5) information detailing the income, assets, and liabilities of such individual,

(6) the number of days during any portion of which that the individual was physically present in the United States during the taxable year, and

(7) such other information as the Secretary may prescribe.

(c) Penalty

If—

(1) an individual is required to file a statement under subsection (a) for any taxable year, and

(2) fails to file such a statement with the Secretary on or before the date such statement is required to be filed or fails to include all the information required to be shown on the statement or includes incorrect information,


such individual shall pay a penalty of $10,000 unless it is shown that such failure is due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect.

(d) Information to be provided to Secretary

Notwithstanding any other provision of law—

(1) any Federal agency or court which collects (or is required to collect) the statement under subsection (a) shall provide to the Secretary—

(A) a copy of any such statement, and

(B) the name (and any other identifying information) of any individual refusing to comply with the provisions of subsection (a),


(2) the Secretary of State shall provide to the Secretary a copy of each certificate as to the loss of American nationality under section 358 of the Immigration and Nationality Act which is approved by the Secretary of State, and

(3) the Federal agency primarily responsible for administering the immigration laws shall provide to the Secretary the name of each lawful permanent resident of the United States (within the meaning of section 7701(b)(6)) whose status as such has been revoked or has been administratively or judicially determined to have been abandoned.


Notwithstanding any other provision of law, not later than 30 days after the close of each calendar quarter, the Secretary shall publish in the Federal Register the name of each individual losing United States citizenship (within the meaning of section 877(a) or 877A) with respect to whom the Secretary receives information under the preceding sentence during such quarter.

(Added Pub. L. 104–191, title V, §512(a), Aug. 21, 1996, 110 Stat. 2100, §6039F; renumbered §6039G, Pub. L. 105–34, title XVI, §1602(h)(1), Aug. 5, 1997, 111 Stat. 1096; amended Pub. L. 108–357, title VIII, §804(e), Oct. 22, 2004, 118 Stat. 1572; Pub. L. 110–245, title III, §301(e), June 17, 2008, 122 Stat. 1646.)

References in Text

Section 358 of the Immigration and Nationality Act, referred to in subsec. (d)(2), is classified to section 1501 of Title 8, Aliens and Nationality.

Amendments

2008—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 110–245, §301(e)(1), inserted “or 877A” after “section 877(b)”.

Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 110–245, §301(e)(2), inserted “or 877A” after “section 877(a)” in concluding provisions.

2004—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 108–357, §804(e)(1), reenacted heading without change and amended text of subsec. (a) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: “Notwithstanding any other provision of law, any individual who loses United States citizenship (within the meaning of section 877(a)) shall provide a statement which includes the information described in subsection (b). Such statement shall be—

“(1) provided not later than the earliest date of any act referred to in subsection (c), and

“(2) provided to the person or court referred to in subsection (c) with respect to such act.”

Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 108–357, §804(e)(2), reenacted heading, introductory provisions, and pars. (1) to (4) without change, in par. (5), substituted “information detailing the income, assets, and liabilities of such individual,” for “in the case of an individual having a net worth of at least the dollar amount applicable under section 877(a)(2)(B), information detailing the assets and liabilities of such individual, and”, added par. (6), and redesignated former par. (6) as (7).

Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 108–357, §804(e)(4), redesignated subsec. (d) as (c) and struck out heading and text of former subsec. (c). Text read as follows: “For purposes of this section, the acts referred to in this subsection are—

“(1) the individual's renunciation of his United States nationality before a diplomatic or consular officer of the United States pursuant to paragraph (5) of section 349(a) of the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. 1481(a)(5)),

“(2) the individual's furnishing to the United States Department of State a signed statement of voluntary relinquishment of United States nationality confirming the performance of an act of expatriation specified in paragraph (1), (2), (3), or (4) of section 349(a) of the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. 1481(a)(1)–(4)),

“(3) the issuance by the United States Department of State of a certificate of loss of nationality to the individual, or

“(4) the cancellation by a court of the United States of a naturalized citizen's certificate of naturalization.”

Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 108–357, §804(e)(4), redesignated subsec. (e) as (d). Former subsec. (d) redesignated (c).

Pub. L. 108–357, §804(e)(3), reenacted heading without change and amended text of subsec. (d) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: “Any individual failing to provide a statement required under subsection (a) shall be subject to a penalty for each year (of the 10-year period beginning on the date of loss of United States citizenship) during any portion of which such failure continues in an amount equal to the greater of—

“(1) 5 percent of the tax required to be paid under section 877 for the taxable year ending during such year, or

“(2) $1,000,

unless it is shown that such failure is due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect.”

Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 108–357, §804(e)(4), redesignated subsec. (e) as (d).

Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 108–357, §804(e)(4), struck out heading and text of subsec. (f). Text read as follows: “In lieu of applying the last sentence of subsection (a), any individual who is required to provide a statement under this section by reason of section 877(e)(1) shall provide such statement with the return of tax imposed by chapter 1 for the taxable year during which the event described in such section occurs.”

Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 108–357, §804(e)(4), struck out heading and text of subsec. (g). Text read as follows: “The Secretary may by regulations exempt any class of individuals from the requirements of this section if he determines that applying this section to such individuals is not necessary to carry out the purposes of this section.”

1997—Pub. L. 105–34 renumbered section 6039F as this section.

Effective Date of 2008 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 110–245 applicable to any individual whose expatriation date is on or after June 17, 2008, see section 301(g)(1) of Pub. L. 110–245, set out as an Effective Date note under section 2801 of this title.

Effective Date of 2004 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 108–357 applicable to individuals who expatriate after June 3, 2004, see section 804(f) of Pub. L. 108–357, set out as a note under section 877 of this title.

Effective Date

For special rule relating to application of this section to certain individuals who performed an act of expatriation specified in section 1481(a)(1)–(4) of Title 8, Aliens and Nationality, before Feb. 6, 1995, see section 511(g)(3) of Pub. L. 104–191, set out as an Effective Date of 1996 Amendment note under section 877 of this title.

Section 512(c) of Pub. L. 104–191 provided that: “The amendments made by this section [enacting this section] shall apply to—

“(1) individuals losing United States citizenship (within the meaning of section 877 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986) on or after February 6, 1995, and

“(2) long-term residents of the United States with respect to whom an event described in [former] subparagraph (A) or (B) of section 877(e)(1) of such Code occurs on or after such date.

In no event shall any statement required by such amendments be due before the 90th day after the date of the enactment of this Act [Aug. 21, 1996].”

§6039H. Information with respect to Alaska Native Settlement Trusts and sponsoring Native Corporations

(a) Requirement

The fiduciary of an electing Settlement Trust (as defined in section 646(h)(1)) shall include with the return of income of the trust a statement containing the information required under subsection (c).

(b) Application with other requirements

The filing of any statement under this section shall be in lieu of the reporting requirements under section 6034A to furnish any statement to a beneficiary regarding amounts distributed to such beneficiary (and such other reporting rules as the Secretary deems appropriate).

(c) Required information

The information required under this subsection shall include—

(1) the amount of distributions made during the taxable year to each beneficiary,

(2) the treatment of such distribution under the applicable provision of section 646, including the amount that is excludable from the recipient beneficiary's gross income under section 646, and

(3) the amount (if any) of any distribution during such year that is deemed to have been made by the sponsoring Native Corporation (as defined in section 646(h)(5)).

(d) Sponsoring Native Corporation

(1) In general

The electing Settlement Trust shall, on or before the date on which the statement under subsection (a) is required to be filed, furnish such statement to the sponsoring Native Corporation (as so defined).

(2) Distributees

The sponsoring Native Corporation shall furnish each recipient of a distribution described in section 646(e)(3) a statement containing the amount deemed to have been distributed to such recipient by such corporation for the taxable year.

(Added Pub. L. 107–16, title VI, §671(b), June 7, 2001, 115 Stat. 147.)

Termination of Section

For termination of section by section 901 of Pub. L. 107–16, see Effective and Termination Dates note below.

Effective and Termination Dates

Section applicable to taxable years ending after June 7, 2001, and to contributions made to electing Settlement Trusts for such year or any subsequent year, see section 671(d) of Pub. L. 107–16, set out as a note under section 646 of this title.

Section inapplicable to taxable, plan, or limitation years beginning after Dec. 31, 2012, and the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 to be applied and administered to such years as if it had never been enacted, see section 901 of Pub. L. 107–16, set out as an Effective and Termination Dates of 2001 Amendment note under section 1 of this title.

§6039I. Returns and records with respect to employer-owned life insurance contracts

(a) In general

Every applicable policyholder owning 1 or more employer-owned life insurance contracts issued after the date of the enactment of this section shall file a return (at such time and in such manner as the Secretary shall by regulations prescribe) showing for each year such contracts are owned—

(1) the number of employees of the applicable policyholder at the end of the year,

(2) the number of such employees insured under such contracts at the end of the year,

(3) the total amount of insurance in force at the end of the year under such contracts,

(4) the name, address, and taxpayer identification number of the applicable policyholder and the type of business in which the policyholder is engaged, and

(5) that the applicable policyholder has a valid consent for each insured employee (or, if all such consents are not obtained, the number of insured employees for whom such consent was not obtained).

(b) Recordkeeping requirement

Each applicable policyholder owning 1 or more employer-owned life insurance contracts during any year shall keep such records as may be necessary for purposes of determining whether the requirements of this section and section 101(j) are met.

(c) Definitions

Any term used in this section which is used in section 101(j) shall have the same meaning given such term by section 101(j).

(Added Pub. L. 109–280, title VIII, §863(b), Aug. 17, 2006, 120 Stat. 1023.)

References in Text

The date of the enactment of this section, referred to in subsec. (a), is the date of enactment of Pub. L. 109–280, which was approved Aug. 17, 2006.

Effective Date

Section applicable to life insurance contracts issued after Aug. 17, 2006, except for a contract issued after such date pursuant to an exchange described in section 1035 of this title for a contract issued on or prior to that date, and any material change to cause the contract to be treated as a new contract, with exception in the case of a master contract, see section 863(d) of Pub. L. 109–280, set out as an Effective Date of 2006 Amendment note under section 101 of this title.

§6039J. Information reporting with respect to Commodity Credit Corporation transactions

(a) Requirement of reporting

The Commodity Credit Corporation, through the Secretary of Agriculture, shall make a return, according to the forms and regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury, setting forth any market gain realized by a taxpayer during the taxable year in relation to the repayment of a loan issued by the Commodity Credit Corporation, without regard to the manner in which such loan was repaid.

(b) Statements to be furnished to persons with respect to whom information is required

The Secretary of Agriculture shall furnish to each person whose name is required to be set forth in a return required under subsection (a) a written statement showing the amount of market gain reported in such return.

(Added Pub. L. 110–234, title XV, §15353(a), May 22, 2008, 122 Stat. 1526, and Pub. L. 110–246, §4(a), title XV, §15353(a), June 18, 2008, 122 Stat. 1664, 2288.)

Codification

Pub. L. 110–234 and Pub. L. 110–246 enacted identical sections. Pub. L. 110–234 was repealed by section 4(a) of Pub. L. 110–246.

Effective Date

Enactment of this section and repeal of Pub. L. 110–234 by Pub. L. 110–246 effective May 22, 2008, the date of enactment of Pub. L. 110–234, except as otherwise provided, see section 4 of Pub. L. 110–246, set out as a note under section 8701 of Title 7, Agriculture.

Pub. L. 110–234, title XV, §15353(c), May 22, 2008, 122 Stat. 1527, and Pub. L. 110–246, §4(a), title XV, §15353(c), June 18, 2008, 122 Stat. 1664, 2289, provided that: “The amendments made by this section [enacting this section] shall apply to loans repaid on or after January 1, 2007.”

[Pub. L. 110–234 and Pub. L. 110–246 enacted identical provisions. Pub. L. 110–234 was repealed by section 4(a) of Pub. L. 110–246, set out as a note under section 8701 of Title 7, Agriculture.]

§6040. Cross references

(1) For the notice required of persons acting in a fiduciary capacity for taxpayers or for transferees, see sections 6212, 6901(g), and 6903.

(2) For application by fiduciary for determination of tax and discharge from personal liability therefor, see section 2204.

(3) For the notice required of taxpayers for redetermination of taxes claimed as credits, see sections 905(c) and 2016.

(4) For exemption certificates required to be furnished to employers by employees, see section 3402(f)(2), (3), (4), and (5).

(5) For receipts, constituting information returns, required to be furnished to employees, see section 6051.

[(6) Repealed. Pub. L. 89–44, title III, §305(b), June 21, 1965, 79 Stat. 148]

(7) For information required with respect to the redemption of stamps, see section 6805.

(8) For the statement required to be filed by a corporation expecting a net operating loss carryback or unused excess profits credit carryback, see section 6164.

(9) For the application, which a taxpayer may file for a tentative carryback adjustment of income taxes, see section 6411.

(Aug. 16, 1954, ch. 736, 68A Stat. 744, §6037; renumbered §6038, Pub. L. 85–866, title I, §64(c), Sept. 2, 1958, 72 Stat. 1656; renumbered §6039, Pub. L. 86–780, §6(a), Sept. 14, 1960, 74 Stat. 1014; renumbered §6040, Pub. L. 88–272, title II, §221(b)(1), Feb. 26, 1964, 78 Stat. 73; amended Pub. L. 89–44, title III, §305(b), June 21, 1965, 79 Stat. 148; Pub. L. 91–614, title I, §101(d)(2), Dec. 31, 1970, 84 Stat. 1837.)

Amendments

1970—Par. (2). Pub. L. 91–614 substituted “fiduciary” for “executor”.

1965—Par. (6). Pub. L. 89–44 struck out par. (6) which cross referred to section 4234 of this title.

Effective Date of 1970 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 91–614 applicable with respect to decedents dying after Dec. 31, 1970, see section 101(j) of Pub. L. 91–614, set out as a note under section 2032 of this title.

Effective Date of 1965 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 89–44 applicable with respect to admissions, services, and uses after noon, Dec. 31, 1965, see section 701(b)(1) of Pub. L. 89–44, set out as a note under section 4291 of this title.

Subpart B—Information Concerning Transactions With Other Persons

Sec.
6041.
Information at source.
6041A.
Returns regarding payments of remuneration for services and direct sales.1

        

6042.
Returns regarding payments of dividends and corporate earnings and profits.
6043.
Liquidating, etc., transactions.
6043A.
Returns relating to taxable mergers and acquisitions.
6044.
Returns regarding payments of patronage dividends.
6045.
Returns of brokers.
6045A.
Information required in connection with transfers of covered securities to brokers.
6045B.
Returns relating to actions affecting basis of specified securities.
6046.
Returns as to organization or reorganization of foreign corporations and as to acquisitions of their stock.
6046A.
Returns as to interests in foreign partnerships.
6047.
Information relating to certain trusts and annuity plans.
6048.
Information with respect to certain foreign trusts.
6049.
Returns regarding payments of interest.
[6050.
Repealed.]
6050A.
Reporting requirements of certain fishing boat operators.
6050B.
Returns relating to unemployment compensation.
[6050C.
Repealed.]
6050D.
Returns relating to energy grants and financing.
6050E.
State and local income tax refunds.
6050F.
Returns relating to social security benefits.
6050G.
Returns relating to certain railroad retirement benefits.
6050H.
Returns relating to mortgage interest received in trade or business from individuals.
6050I.
Returns relating to cash received in trade or business, etc..2

        

6050J.
Returns relating to foreclosures and abandonments of security.
6050K.
Returns relating to exchanges of certain partnership interests.
6050L.
Returns relating to certain donated property.
6050M.
Returns relating to persons receiving contracts from Federal executive agencies.
6050N.
Returns regarding payments of royalties.
6050P.
Returns relating to the cancellation of indebtedness by certain entities.
6050Q.
Certain long-term care benefits.
6050R.
Returns relating to certain purchases of fish.
6050S.
Returns relating to higher education tuition and related expenses.
6050T.
Returns relating to credit for health insurance costs of eligible individuals.
6050U.
Charges or payments for qualified long-term care insurance contracts under combined arrangements.
6050V.
Returns relating to applicable insurance contracts in which certain exempt organizations hold interests.
6050W.
Returns relating to payments made in settlement of payment card transactions.3

        

Amendments

2008—Pub. L. 110–343, div. B, title IV, §403(c)(3), (d)(3), Oct. 3, 2008, 122 Stat. 3858, 3860, added items 6045A and 6045B.

Pub. L. 110–289, div. C, title III, §3091(d), July 30, 2008, 122 Stat. 2911, added item 6050W.

2006—Pub. L. 109–280, title XII, §1211(a)(2), Aug. 17, 2006, 120 Stat. 1073, which directed the amendment of the analysis for subpart B of part III of subchapter A of chapter 61 by adding item 6050V, without specifying the act to be amended, was executed by adding item 6050V to this analysis, which is part of chapter 61 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, to reflect the probable intent of Congress.

Pub. L. 109–280, title VIII, §844(d)(3), Aug. 17, 2006, 120 Stat. 1013, added item 6050U.

2004—Pub. L. 108–357, title VIII, §882(c)(2), Oct. 22, 2004, 118 Stat. 1630, which directed amendment of the analysis for subpart A of part II of subchapter A of chapter 61 of this title by substituting “Returns relating to certain donated property” for “Returns relating to certain dispositions of donated property” in item 6050L, was executed by making the substitution in item 6050L in the analysis for this subpart, to reflect the probable intent of Congress.

Pub. L. 108–357, title VIII, §805(c), Oct. 22, 2004, 118 Stat. 1574, added item 6043A.

2002—Pub. L. 107–210, div. A, title II, §202(d)(2), Aug. 6, 2002, 116 Stat. 963, added item 6050T.

1998—Pub. L. 105–206, title VI, §6018(a), July 22, 1998, 112 Stat. 822, amended directory language of Pub. L. 104–188, §1116(b)(2). See 1996 Amendment note below.

1997—Pub. L. 105–34, title II, §201(c)(3), Aug. 5, 1997, 111 Stat. 805, added item 6050S.

Pub. L. 105–34, title XVI, §1601(a)(2), Aug. 5, 1997, 111 Stat. 1086, provided that amendment made by section 1116(b)(2)(C) of Pub. L. 104–188 shall be applied as if the reference to chapter 68 were a reference to chapter 61. See 1996 Amendment note below.

1996—Pub. L. 104–191, title III, §323(c), Aug. 21, 1996, 110 Stat. 2063, added item 6050Q.

Pub. L. 104–188, title I, §1116(b)(2)(C), Aug. 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1764, as amended by Pub. L. 105–206, title VI, §6018(a), July 22, 1998, 112 Stat. 822, added item 6050R. See 1997 Amendment note above.

Pub. L. 104–188, title I, §§1704(t)(18), 1901(c)(2), Aug. 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1764, 1888, 1908, substituted “Liquidating,” for “Liquidating;” in item 6043 and “Information with respect” for “Returns as” in item 6048 and added item 6050R.

Pub. L. 104–134, title III, §31001(m)(2)(D)(iii), Apr. 26, 1996, 110 Stat. 1321–369, struck out “financial” before “entities” in item 6050P.

1994—Pub. L. 103–322, title II, §20415(b)(4), Sept. 13, 1994, 108 Stat. 1833, substituted “business, etc.” for “business” in item 6050I.

1993—Pub. L. 103–66, title XIII, §13252(c), Aug. 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 532, added item 6050P.

1989—Pub. L. 101–239, title VII, §7208(b)(3)(C), Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2338, substituted “Liquidating; etc., transactions” for “Return regarding corporate dissolution or liquidation” in item 6043.

1988—Pub. L. 100–418, title I, §1941(b)(3)(B), Aug. 23, 1988, 102 Stat. 1324, struck out item 6050C “Information regarding windfall profit tax on domestic crude oil”.

1986—Pub. L. 99–514, title XV, §§1522(b), 1523(c), Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2747, 2748, added items 6050M and 6050N.

1984—Pub. L. 98–369, div. A, title I, §§145(c), 146(c), 148(c), 149(c), 155(b)(3), title IV, §491(d)(58), July 18, 1984, 98 Stat. 685, 687, 689, 690, 693, 852, struck out “and bond purchase” after “trust and annuity” in item 6047 and added items 6050H to 6050L.

1983—Pub. L. 98–76, title II, §224(b)(2), Aug. 12, 1983, 97 Stat. 423, added item 6050G.

Pub. L. 98–21, title I, §121(f)(4), Apr. 20, 1983, 97 Stat. 84, added item 6050F.

1982—Pub. L. 97–248, title III, §313(b), title IV, §405(c)(1), Sept. 3, 1982, 96 Stat. 603, 670, added items 6046A and 6050E.

1980—Pub. L. 96–223, title I, §101(d)(2)(B), title II, §203(b)(2), Apr. 2, 1980, 94 Stat. 251, 259, added items 6050C and 6050D.

1979—Pub. L. 96–167, §5(b), Dec. 29, 1979, 93 Stat. 1276, struck out item 6050 “Returns relating to certain transfers to exempt organizations”.

1978—Pub. L. 95–600, title I, §112(c)(2), Nov. 6, 1978, 92 Stat. 2778, added item 6050B.

1976—Pub. L. 94–455, title X, §1013(e)(5), Oct. 4, 1976, 90 Stat. 1616, substituted “as to certain foreign trusts” for “as to creation of or transfer to certain foreign trusts” in item 6048.

1969—Pub. L. 91–172, title I, §121(e)(2), Dec. 30, 1969, 83 Stat. 548, added item 6050.

1962—Pub. L. 87–834, §§7(i)(2), 19(g)(1), 20(d)(2), Oct. 16, 1962, 76 Stat. 989, 1058, 1063, substituted “payments of dividends and corporate earnings and profits” for “corporate dividends, earnings and profits” in item 6042, substituted “organization or reorganization of foreign corporations and as to acquisitions of their stock” for “creation or organization, or reorganization, of foreign corporations” in item 6046, inserted “payments of” in item 6044, and added items 6048 and 6049.

Pub. L. 87–792, §7(m)(2), Oct. 10, 1962, 76 Stat. 831, added item 6047.

1960—Pub. L. 86–780, §7(b), Sept. 14, 1960, 74 Stat. 1016, substituted “Returns as to creation or organization, or reorganization, of foreign corporations” for “Returns as to formation or reorganization of foreign corporations,” in item 6046.

1 Editorially supplied. Section 6041A added by Pub. L. 97–248 without corresponding amendment of subpart analysis.

2 So in original.

3 So in original. Does not conform to section catchline.

§6041. Information at source

(a) Payments of $600 or more

All persons engaged in a trade or business and making payment in the course of such trade or business to another person, of rent, salaries, wages, premiums, annuities, compensations, remunerations, emoluments, or other fixed or determinable gains, profits, and income (other than payments to which section 6042(a)(1), 6044(a)(1), 6047(e), 6049(a), or 6050N(a) applies, and other than payments with respect to which a statement is required under the authority of section 6042(a)(2), 6044(a)(2), or 6045), of $600 or more in any taxable year, or, in the case of such payments made by the United States, the officers or employees of the United States having information as to such payments and required to make returns in regard thereto by the regulations hereinafter provided for, shall render a true and accurate return to the Secretary, under such regulations and in such form and manner and to such extent as may be prescribed by the Secretary, setting forth the amount of such gains, profits, and income, and the name and address of the recipient of such payment.

(b) Collection of foreign items

In the case of collections of items (not payable in the United States) of interest upon the bonds of foreign countries and interest upon the bonds of and dividends from foreign corporations by any person undertaking as a matter of business or for profit the collection of foreign payments of such interest or dividends by means of coupons, checks, or bills of exchange, such person shall make a return according to the forms or regulations prescribed by the Secretary, setting forth the amount paid and the name and address of the recipient of each such payment.

(c) Recipient to furnish name and address

When necessary to make effective the provisions of this section, the name and address of the recipient of income shall be furnished upon demand of the person paying the income.

(d) Statements to be furnished to persons with respect to whom information is required

Every person required to make a return under subsection (a) shall furnish to each person with respect to whom such a return is required a written statement showing—

(1) the name, address, and phone number of the information contact of the person required to make such return, and

(2) the aggregate amount of payments to the person required to be shown on the return.


The written statement required under the preceding sentence shall be furnished to the person on or before January 31 of the year following the calendar year for which the return under subsection (a) was required to be made. To the extent provided in regulations prescribed by the Secretary, this subsection shall also apply to persons required to make returns under subsection (b).

(e) Section does not apply to certain tips

This section shall not apply to tips with respect to which section 6053(a) (relating to reporting of tips) applies.

(f) Section does not apply to certain health arrangements

This section shall not apply to any payment for medical care (as defined in section 213(d)) made under—

(1) a flexible spending arrangement (as defined in section 106(c)(2)), or

(2) a health reimbursement arrangement which is treated as employer-provided coverage under an accident or health plan for purposes of section 106.

(g) Nonqualified deferred compensation

Subsection (a) shall apply to—

(1) any deferrals for the year under a nonqualified deferred compensation plan (within the meaning of section 409A(d)), whether or not paid, except that this paragraph shall not apply to deferrals which are required to be reported under section 6051(a)(13) (without regard to any de minimis exception), and

(2) any amount includible under section 409A and which is not treated as wages under section 3401(a).

(Aug. 16, 1954, ch. 736, 68A Stat. 745; Pub. L. 87–834, §19(f), Oct. 16, 1962, 76 Stat. 1058; Pub. L. 94–455, title XIX, §1906(b)(13)(A), Oct. 4, 1976, 90 Stat. 1834; Pub. L. 95–600, title V, §501(b), Nov. 6, 1978, 92 Stat. 2878; Pub. L. 97–34, title VII, §723(b)(1), Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 344; Pub. L. 97–248, title III, §309(b)(1), Sept. 3, 1982, 96 Stat. 595; Pub. L. 98–369, div. A, title VII, §722(h)(4)(B), July 18, 1984, 98 Stat. 976; Pub. L. 99–514, title XV, §§1501(c)(1), 1523(b)(2), Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2736, 2748; Pub. L. 104–168, title XII, §1201(a)(1), July 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 1469; Pub. L. 108–173, title XII, §1203(a), Dec. 8, 2003, 117 Stat. 2480; Pub. L. 108–357, title VIII, §885(b)(3), Oct. 22, 2004, 118 Stat. 1640; Pub. L. 111–148, title IX, §9006(a), (b), Mar. 23, 2010, 124 Stat. 855; Pub. L. 111–240, title II, §2101(a), Sept. 27, 2010, 124 Stat. 2561; Pub. L. 112–9, §§2(a), (b), 3(a), Apr. 14, 2011, 125 Stat. 36.)

Amendments

2011—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 112–9, §2(b), struck out “amounts in consideration for property,” after “salaries, wages,”, “gross proceeds,” after “emoluments, or other”, and “gross proceeds,” after “setting forth the amount of such”.

Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 112–9, §3(a), struck out subsec. (h) which related to treatment of rental property expense payments.

Subsecs. (i), (j). Pub. L. 112–9, §2(a), struck out subsecs. (i) and (j) which read as follows:

“(i) Application to corporations.—“Notwithstanding any regulation prescribed by the Secretary before the date of the enactment of this subsection, for purposes of this section the term ‘person’ includes any corporation that is not an organization exempt from tax under section 501(a).

“(j) Regulations.—“The Secretary may prescribe such regulations and other guidance as may be appropriate or necessary to carry out the purposes of this section, including rules to prevent duplicative reporting of transactions.”

2010—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 111–148, §9006(b), inserted “amounts in consideration for property,” after “salaries, wages,”, “gross proceeds,” after “emoluments, or other”, and “gross proceeds,” after “setting forth the amount of such”.

Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 111–240 added subsec. (h). Former subsec. (h) redesignated (i).

Pub. L. 111–148, §9006(a), added subsec. (h).

Subsec. (i). Pub. L. 111–240 redesignated subsec. (h) as (i). Former subsec. (i) redesignated (j).

Pub. L. 111–148, §9006(a), added subsec. (i).

Subsec. (j). Pub. L. 111–240 redesignated subsec. (i) as (j).

2004—Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 108–357 added subsec. (g).

2003—Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 108–173 added subsec. (f).

1996—Subsec. (d)(1). Pub. L. 104–168 substituted “name, address, and phone number of the information contact” for “name and address”.

1986—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 99–514, §1523(b)(2), substituted “6049(a), or 6050N(a)” for “or 6049(a)”.

Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 99–514, §1501(c)(1), in amending subsec. (d) generally, substituted “information is required” for “information is furnished” in heading and, in text, substituted references to persons required to make returns for former references to persons making returns.

1984—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 98–369 inserted “6047(e),”.

1982—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 97–248 substituted “6049(a)” for “6049(a)(1)”, and “or 6045” for “6045, 6049(a)(2), or 6049(a)(3)”.

1981—Subsecs. (d), (e). Pub. L. 97–34 added subsec. (d) and redesignated former subsec. (d) as (e).

1978—Subsecs. (c), (d). Pub. L. 95–600 added subsec. (d) and redesignated subsec. (d) as (c).

1976—Subsecs. (a), (b). Pub. L. 94–455 struck out “or his delegate” after “Secretary”.

1962—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 87–834, §19(f)(1), substituted “(other than payments to which section 6042(a)(1), 6044(a)(1), or 6049(a)(1) applies, and other than payments with respect to which a statement is required under the authority of section 6042(a)(2), 6044(a)(2), 6045, 6049(a)(2), or 6049(a)(3))” for “other than payments described in section 6042(1) or section 6045)”.

Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 87–834, §19(f)(2), repealed subsec. (c) which related to returns of payments of interest by corporations.

Effective Date of 2011 Amendment

Pub. L. 112–9, §2(c), Apr. 14, 2011, 125 Stat. 36, provided that: “The amendments made by this section [amending this section] shall apply to payments made after December 31, 2011.”

Pub. L. 112–9, §3(b), Apr. 14, 2011, 125 Stat. 36, provided that: “The amendment made by this section [amending this section] shall apply to payments made after December 31, 2010.”

Effective Date of 2010 Amendment

Pub. L. 111–240, title II, §2101(b), Sept. 27, 2010, 124 Stat. 2561, provided that: “The amendments made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall apply to payments made after December 31, 2010.”

Pub. L. 111–148, title IX, §9006(c), Mar. 23, 2010, 124 Stat. 855, provided that: “The amendments made by this section [amending this section] shall apply to payments made after December 31, 2011.”

Effective Date of 2004 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 108–357 applicable to amounts deferred after Dec. 31, 2004, with special rules relating to earnings and material modifications and exception for nonelective deferred compensation, see section 885(d) of Pub. L. 108–357, set out as an Effective Date note under section 409A of this title.

Effective Date of 2003 Amendment

Pub. L. 108–173, title XII, §1203(b), Dec. 8, 2003, 117 Stat. 2480, provided that: “The amendment made by this section [amending this section] shall apply to payments made after December 31, 2002.”

Effective Date of 1996 Amendment

Section 1201(b) of Pub. L. 104–168 provided that: “The amendments made by subsection (a) [amending this section and sections 6041A, 6042, 6044, 6045, 6049, 6050B, 6050H to 6050K, and 6050N of this title] shall apply to statements required to be furnished after December 31, 1996 (determined without regard to any extension).”

Effective Date of 1986 Amendment

Amendment by section 1501(c)(1) of Pub. L. 99–514 applicable to returns the due date for which (determined without regard to extensions) is after Dec. 31, 1986, see section 1501(e) of Pub. L. 99–514, set out as an Effective Date note under section 6721 of this title.

Amendment by section 1523(b)(2) of Pub. L. 99–514 applicable to payments made after Dec. 31, 1986, see section 1523(d) of Pub. L. 99–514, set out as an Effective Date note under section 6050N of this title.

Effective Date of 1984 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 98–369 applicable to payments or distributions after Dec. 31, 1984, unless the payor elects to have such amendment apply to payments or distributions before Jan. 1, 1985, see section 722(h)(5)(B) of Pub. L. 98–369, set out as a note under section 643 of this title.

Effective Date of 1982 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 97–248 applicable to amounts paid (or treated as paid) after Dec. 31, 1982, see section 309(c) of Pub. L. 97–248, set out as a note under section 6049 of this title.

Effective Date of 1981 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 97–34 applicable to returns and statements required to be furnished after Dec. 31, 1981, see section 723(c) of Pub. L. 97–34, set out as a note under section 6652 of this title.

Effective Date of 1978 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 95–600 applicable to payments made after Dec. 31, 1978, see section 501(c) of Pub. L. 95–600, set out as a note under section 6001 of this title.

Effective Date of 1962 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 87–834 applicable to payments of dividends and interest made on or after Jan. 1, 1963, and to payments of amounts described in section 6044(b) of this title made on or after Jan. 1, 1963. with respect to patronage occurring on or after the first day of the first taxable year of the cooperative beginning on or after Jan. 1, 1963, see section 19(h) of Pub. L. 87–834, set out as a note under section 6042 of this title.

Allowance of Electronic 1099's

Pub. L. 107–147, title IV, §401, Mar. 9, 2002, 116 Stat. 40, provided that: “Any person required to furnish a statement under any section of subpart B of part III of subchapter A of chapter 61 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 for any taxable year ending after the date of the enactment of this Act [Mar. 9, 2002], may electronically furnish such statement (without regard to any first class mailing requirement) to any recipient who has consented to the electronic provision of the statement in a manner similar to the one permitted under regulations issued under section 6051 of such Code or in such other manner as provided by the Secretary.”

Employer's Duties in Connection With Recording and Reporting of Tips

Pub. L. 94–455, title XXI, §2211, Oct. 4, 1976, 90 Stat. 1905, as amended by Pub. L. 99–514, §2, Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2095, provided that:

“(a) Suspension of Rulings.—Until January 1, 1979, the law with respect to the duty of an employer under section 6041(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 [formerly I.R.C. 1954] to report charge account tips of employees to the Internal Revenue Service (other than charge account tips included in statements furnished to the employer under section 6053(a) of such Code) shall be administered—

“(1) without regard to Revenue Rulings 75–400 and 76–231, and

“(2) in accordance with the manner in which such law was administered before the issuance of such rulings.

“(b) Effective Date.—This section shall take effect on January 1, 1976.”

§6041A. Returns regarding payments of remuneration for services and direct sales

(a) Returns regarding remuneration for services

If—

(1) any service-recipient engaged in a trade or business pays in the course of such trade or business during any calendar year remuneration to any person for services performed by such person, and

(2) the aggregate of such remuneration paid to such person during such calendar year is $600 or more,


then the service-recipient shall make a return, according to the forms or regulations prescribed by the Secretary, setting forth the aggregate amount of such payments and the name and address of the recipient of such payments. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the term “service-recipient” means the person for whom the service is performed.

(b) Direct sales of $5,000 or more

(1) In general

If—

(A) any person engaged in a trade or business in the course of such trade or business during any calendar year sells consumer products to any buyer on a buy-sell basis, a deposit-commission basis, or any similar basis which the Secretary prescribes by regulations, for resale (by the buyer or any other person) in the home or otherwise than in a permanent retail establishment, and

(B) the aggregate amount of the sales to such buyer during such calendar year is $5,000 or more,


then such person shall make a return, according to the forms or regulations prescribed by the Secretary, setting forth the name and address of the buyer to whom such sales are made.

(2) Definitions

For purposes of paragraph (1)—

(A) Buy-sell basis

A transaction is on a buy-sell basis if the buyer performing the services is entitled to retain part or all of the difference between the price at which the buyer purchases the product and the price at which the buyer sells the product as part or all of the buyer's remuneration for the services, and

(B) Deposit-commission basis

A transaction is on a deposit-commission basis if the buyer performing the services is entitled to retain part or all of a purchase deposit paid by the consumer in connection with the transaction as part or all of the buyer's remuneration for the services.

(c) Certain services not included

No return shall be required under subsection (a) or (b) if a statement with respect to the services is required to be furnished under section 6051, 6052, or 6053.

(d) Applications to governmental units

(1) Treated as persons

The term “person” includes any governmental unit (and any agency or instrumentality thereof).

(2) Special rules

In the case of any payment by a governmental entity or any agency or instrumentality thereof—

(A) subsection (a) shall be applied without regard to the trade or business requirement contained therein, and

(B) any return under this section shall be made by the officer or employee having control of the payment or appropriately designated for the purpose of making such return.

(3) Payments to corporations by Federal executive agencies

(A) In general

Notwithstanding any regulation prescribed by the Secretary before the date of the enactment of this paragraph, subsection (a) shall apply to remuneration paid to a corporation by any Federal executive agency (as defined in section 6050M(b)).

(B) Exception

Subparagraph (A) shall not apply to—

(i) services under contracts described in section 6050M(e)(3) with respect to which the requirements of section 6050M(e)(2) are met, and

(ii) such other services as the Secretary may specify in regulations prescribed after the date of the enactment of this paragraph.

(e) Statements to be furnished to persons with respect to whom information is required to be furnished

Every person required to make a return under subsection (a) or (b) shall furnish to each person whose name is required to be set forth in such return a written statement showing—

(1) the name, address, and phone number of the information contact of the person required to make such return, and

(2) in the case of subsection (a), the aggregate amount of payments to the person required to be shown on such return.


The written statement required under the preceding sentence shall be furnished to the person on or before January 31 of the year following the calendar year for which the return under subsection (a) was made.

(f) Recipient to furnish name, address, and identification number; inclusion on return

(1) Furnishing of information

Any person with respect to whom a return or statement is required under this section to be made by another person shall furnish to such other person his name, address, and identification number at such time and in such manner as the Secretary may prescribe by regulations.

(2) Inclusion on return

The person to whom an identification number is furnished under paragraph (1) shall include such number on any return which such person is required to file under this section and to which such identification number relates.

(Added Pub. L. 97–248, title III, §312(a), Sept. 3, 1982, 96 Stat. 601; amended Pub. L. 104–168, title XII, §1201(a)(2), July 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 1469; Pub. L. 105–34, title X, §1022(a), Aug. 5, 1997, 111 Stat. 923.)

References in Text

The date of the enactment of this paragraph, referred to in subsec. (d)(3), is the date of enactment of Pub. L. 105–34, which was approved Aug. 5, 1997.

Amendments

1997—Subsec. (d)(3). Pub. L. 105–34 added par. (3).

1996—Subsec. (e)(1). Pub. L. 104–168 substituted “name, address, and phone number of the information contact” for “name and address”.

Effective Date of 1997 Amendment

Section 1022(b) of Pub. L. 105–34 provided that: “The amendment made by this section [amending this section] shall apply to returns the due date for which (determined without regard to any extension) is more than 90 days after the date of the enactment of this Act [Aug. 5, 1997].”

Effective Date of 1996 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 104–168 applicable to statements required to be furnished after Dec. 31, 1996 (determined without regard to any extension), see section 1201(b) of Pub. L. 104–168, set out as a note under section 6041 of this title.

Effective Date

Section 312(c) of Pub. L. 97–248 provided that: “The amendments made by this section [enacting this section and amending section 6678 of this title] shall apply to payments and sales made after December 31, 1982.”

§6042. Returns regarding payments of dividends and corporate earnings and profits

(a) Requirement of reporting

(1) In general

Every person—

(A) who makes payments of dividends aggregating $10 or more to any other person during any calendar year, or

(B) who receives payments of dividends as a nominee and who makes payments aggregating $10 or more during any calendar year to any other person with respect to the dividends so received,


shall make a return according to the forms or regulations prescribed by the Secretary, setting forth the aggregate amount of such payments and the name and address of the person to whom paid.

(2) Returns required by the Secretary

Every person who makes payments of dividends aggregating less than $10 to any other person during any calendar year shall, when required by the Secretary, make a return setting forth the aggregate amount of such payments, and the name and address of the person to whom paid.

(b) Dividend defined

(1) General rule

For purposes of this section, the term “dividend” means—

(A) any distribution by a corporation which is a dividend (as defined in section 316); and

(B) any payment made by a stockbroker to any person as a substitute for a dividend (as so defined).

(2) Exceptions

For purposes of this section, the term “dividend” does not include any distribution or payment—

(A) to the extent provided in regulations prescribed by the Secretary—

(i) by a foreign corporation, or

(ii) to a foreign corporation, a nonresident alien, or a partnership not engaged in a trade or business in the United States and composed in whole or in part of nonresident aliens, or


(B) except to the extent otherwise provided in regulations prescribed by the Secretary, to any person described in section 6049(b)(4).

(3) Special rule

If the person making any payment described in subsection (a)(1)(A) or (B) is unable to determine the portion of such payment which is a dividend or is paid with respect to a dividend, he shall, for purposes of subsection (a)(1), treat the entire amount of such payment as a dividend or as an amount paid with respect to a dividend.

(c) Statements to be furnished to persons with respect to whom information is required

Every person required to make a return under subsection (a) shall furnish to each person whose name is required to be set forth in such return a written statement showing—

(1) the name, address, and phone number of the information contact of the person required to make such return, and

(2) the aggregate amount of payments to the person required to be shown on the return.


The written statement required under the preceding sentence shall be furnished (either in person or in a statement mailing by first-class mail which includes adequate notice that the statement is enclosed) to the person on or before January 31 of the year following the calendar year for which the return under subsection (a) was required to be made and shall be in such form as the Secretary may prescribe by regulations.

(d) Statements to be furnished by corporations to Secretary

Every corporation shall, when required by the Secretary—

(1) furnish to the Secretary a statement stating the name and address of each shareholder, and the number of shares owned by each shareholder;

(2) furnish to the Secretary a statement of such facts as will enable him to determine the portion of the earnings and profits of the corporation (including gains, profits, and income not taxed) accumulated during such periods as the Secretary may specify, which have been distributed or ordered to be distributed, respectively, to its shareholders during such taxable years as the Secretary may specify; and

(3) furnish to the Secretary a statement of its accumulated earnings and profits and the names and addresses of the individuals or shareholders who would be entitled to such accumulated earnings and profits if divided or distributed, and of the amounts that would be payable to each.

(Aug. 16, 1954, ch. 736, 68A Stat. 746; Pub. L. 87–834, §19(a), Oct. 16, 1962, 76 Stat. 1053; Pub. L. 94–455, title XIX, §1906(b)(13)(A), Oct. 4, 1976, 90 Stat. 1834; Pub. L. 97–248, title III, §§303(a), 308(a), Sept. 3, 1982, 96 Stat. 587, 591; Pub. L. 97–354, §5(a)(40), Oct. 19, 1982, 96 Stat. 1696; Pub. L. 98–67, title I, §§102(a), 108(b), Aug. 5, 1983, 97 Stat. 369, 383; Pub. L. 98–369, div. A, title VII, §714(d), July 18, 1984, 98 Stat. 961; Pub. L. 99–514, title XV, §1501(c)(2), Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2736; Pub. L. 104–168, title XII, §1201(a)(3), July 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 1469.)

Amendments

1996—Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 104–168 substituted “name, address, and phone number of the information contact” for “name and address”.

1986—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 99–514, in amending subsec. (c) generally, substituted “information is required” for “information is furnished” in heading and, in text, substituted references to persons required to make returns for former references to persons making returns and struck out provisions directing that no statement was required to be furnished to any person under this subsection if the aggregate amount of payments to such person as shown on the return made under subsec. (a)(1) was less than $10.

1984—Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 98–369, in amending par. (2) generally, designated existing provision as subpar. (A), redesignated as cls. (i) and (ii) of subpar. (A) text formerly designated (A) and (B), and added subpar. (B).

1983—Pub. L. 98–67 substituted in subsec. (c) “The written statement required under the preceding sentence shall be furnished (either in person or in a separate mailing by first-class mail) to the person on or before January 31 of the year following the calendar year for which the return under subsection (a) was made, and shall be in such form as the Secretary may prescribe by regulations” for “The written statement required under the preceding sentence shall be furnished to the person on or before January 31 of the year following the calendar year for which the return under subsection (a)(1) was made” and repealed amendments made by Pub. L. 97–248. See 1982 Amendment note below.

1982—Subsecs. (a)(1), (c), (e). Pub. L. 97–248 provided that, applicable to payments of interest, dividends, and patronage dividends paid or credited after June 30, 1983, subsecs. (a)(1) and (c) are amended and a new subsec. (e) is added. Section 102(a), (b) of Pub. L. 98–67, title I, Aug. 5, 1983, 97 Stat. 369, repealed subtitle A (§§301–308) of title III of Pub. L. 97–248 as of the close of June 30, 1983, and provided that the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 [now 1986] [this title] shall be applied and administered (subject to certain exceptions) as if such subtitle A (and the amendments made by such subtitle A) had not been enacted.

Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 97–354 redesignated cl. (A)(i) as subpar. (A) and cl. (A)(ii) as subpar. (B). Former subpar. (B), excluding from the term “dividends” any amount described in section 1373 (relating to undistributed taxable income of electing small business corporations), was struck out.

1976—Pub. L. 94–455 struck out “or his delegate” after “Secretary” wherever appearing.

1962—Pub. L. 87–834 substituted “Returns regarding payments of dividends and corporate earnings and profits” for “Returns regarding corporate dividends, earnings, and profits” in section catchline, added subsecs. (a) to (c), designated existing provisions of section as subsec. (d), and substituted in par. (1) of subsec. (d) “furnish to the Secretary or his delegate a statement stating the name and address of each shareholder, and the number of shares owned by each shareholder” for “Make a return of its payments of dividends, stating the name and address of, the number of shares owned by, and the amount of dividends paid to, each shareholder.”

Effective Date of 1996 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 104–168 applicable to statements required to be furnished after Dec. 31, 1996 (determined without regard to any extension), see section 1201(b) of Pub. L. 104–168, set out as a note under section 6041 of this title.

Effective Date of 1986 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 99–514 applicable to returns the due date for which (determined without regard to extensions) is after Oct. 22, 1986, see section 1501(e) of Pub. L. 99–514, set out as an Effective Date note under section 6721 of this title.

Effective Date of 1984 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 98–369 effective as if included in the provision of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982, Pub. L. 97–248, to which such amendment relates, see section 715 of Pub. L. 98–369, set out as a note under section 31 of this title.

Effective Date of 1983 Amendment

Amendment by section 108(b) of Pub. L. 98–67 applicable with respect to payments made after Dec. 31, 1983, see section 110(a) of Pub. L. 98–67, set out as a note under section 31 of this title.

Effective Date of 1982 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 97–354 applicable to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1982, see section 6(a) of Pub. L. 97–354, set out as an Effective Date note under section 1361 of this title.

Effective Date of 1962 Amendment

Section 19(h) of Pub. L. 87–834, as amended by Pub. L. 99–514, §2, Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2095, provided that:

“(1) Dividends and interest.—The amendments made by this section [enacting sections 6049 and 6678 of this title and amending this section and sections 6041, 6044, and 6052 of this title] shall apply to payments of dividends and interest made on or after January 1, 1963.

“(2) Patronage dividends.—The amendments made by this section shall apply to payments of amounts described in section 6044(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 [formerly I.R.C. 1954] made on or after January 1, 1963, with respect to patronage occurring on or after the first day of the first taxable year of the cooperative beginning on or after January 1, 1963.”

§6043. Liquidating, etc., transactions

(a) Corporate liquidating, etc., transactions

Every corporation shall—

(1) Within 30 days after the adoption by the corporation of a resolution or plan for the dissolution of the corporation or for the liquidation of the whole or any part of its capital stock, make a return setting forth the terms of such resolution or plan and such other information as the Secretary shall by forms or regulations prescribe; and

(2) When required by the Secretary, make a return regarding its distributions in liquidation, stating the name and address of, the number and class of shares owned by, and the amount paid to, each shareholder, or, if the distribution is in property other than money, the fair market value (as of the date the distribution is made) of the property distributed to each shareholder.

(b) Exempt organizations

Every organization which for any of its last 5 taxable years preceding its liquidation, dissolution, termination, or substantial contraction was exempt from taxation under section 501(a) shall file such return and other information with respect to such liquidation, dissolution, termination, or substantial contraction as the Secretary shall by forms or regulations prescribe; except that—

(1) no return shall be required under this subsection from churches, their integrated auxiliaries, conventions or associations of churches, or any organization which is not a private foundation (as defined in section 509(a)) and the gross receipts of which in each taxable year are normally not more than $5,000, and

(2) the Secretary may relieve any organization from such filing where he determines that such filing is not necessary to the efficient administration of the internal revenue laws or, with respect to an organization described in section 401(a), where the employer who established such organization files such a return.

(c) Changes in control and recapitalizations

If—

(1) control (as defined in section 304(c)(1)) of a corporation is acquired by any person (or group of persons) in a transaction (or series of related transactions), or

(2) there is a recapitalization of a corporation or other substantial change in the capital structure of a corporation,


when required by the Secretary, such corporation shall make a return (at such time and in such manner as the Secretary may prescribe) setting forth the identity of the parties to the transaction, the fees involved, the changes in the capital structure involved, and such other information as the Secretary may require with respect to such transaction.

(d) Cross references

For provisions relating to penalties for failure to file—

(1) a return under subsection (b), see section 6652(c), or

(2) a return under subsection (c), see section 6652(1).1

(Aug. 16, 1954, ch. 736, 68A Stat. 746; Pub. L. 91–172, title I, §101(j)(35), Dec. 30, 1969, 83 Stat. 529; Pub. L. 94–455, title XIX, §1906(b)(13)(A), Oct. 4, 1976, 90 Stat. 1834; Pub. L. 99–514, title XV, §1501(d)(1)(C), Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2740; Pub. L. 101–239, title VII, §7208(b)(1), (3)(A), (B), Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2337, 2338; Pub. L. 104–188, title I, §1704(t)(17), Aug. 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1888.)

Amendments

1996—Pub. L. 104–188 substituted “Liquidating, etc., transactions” for “Liquidating; etc., transactions” in section catchline.

1989—Pub. L. 101–239, §7208(b)(3)(B), substituted “Liquidating; etc., transactions” for “Returns regarding liquidation, dissolution, termination, or contraction” in section catchline.

Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 101–239, §7208(b)(3)(A), substituted “Corporate liquidating, etc., transactions” for “Corporations” in heading.

Subsecs. (c), (d). Pub. L. 101–239, §7208(b)(1), added subsecs. (c) and (d) and struck out former subsec. (c) which read as follows: “Cross Reference.—For provisions relating to penalties for failure to file a return required by subsection (b), see section 6652(c).”

1986—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 99–514 substituted “section 6652(c)” for “section 6652(d)”.

1976—Pub. L. 94–455 struck out “or his delegate” after “Secretary” wherever appearing.

1969—Pub. L. 91–172 inserted references to termination and contraction in section catchline, designated existing provisions as subsec. (a), and added subsecs. (b) and (c).

Effective Date of 1989 Amendment

Section 7208(b)(4) of Pub. L. 101–239 provided that: “The amendments made by this subsection [amending this section and section 6652 of this title] shall apply to transactions after March 31, 1990.”

Effective Date of 1986 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 99–514 applicable to returns the due date for which (determined without regard to extensions) is after Dec. 31, 1986, see section 1501(e) of Pub. L. 99–514, set out as an Effective Date note under section 6721 of this title.

Effective Date of 1969 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 91–172 applicable to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1969, see section 101(k)(2)(B) of Pub. L. 91–172, set out as an Effective Date note under section 4940 of this title.

1 So in original. Probably should be section “6652(l).”

§6043A. Returns relating to taxable mergers and acquisitions

(a) In general

According to the forms or regulations prescribed by the Secretary, the acquiring corporation in any taxable acquisition shall make a return setting forth—

(1) a description of the acquisition,

(2) the name and address of each shareholder of the acquired corporation who is required to recognize gain (if any) as a result of the acquisition,

(3) the amount of money and the fair market value of other property transferred to each such shareholder as part of such acquisition, and

(4) such other information as the Secretary may prescribe.


To the extent provided by the Secretary, the requirements of this section applicable to the acquiring corporation shall be applicable to the acquired corporation and not to the acquiring corporation.

(b) Nominees

According to the forms or regulations prescribed by the Secretary:

(1) Reporting

Any person who holds stock as a nominee for another person shall furnish in the manner prescribed by the Secretary to such other person the information provided by the corporation under subsection (d).

(2) Reporting to nominees

In the case of stock held by any person as a nominee, references in this section (other than in subsection (c)) to a shareholder shall be treated as a reference to the nominee.

(c) Taxable acquisition

For purposes of this section, the term “taxable acquisition” means any acquisition by a corporation of stock in or property of another corporation if any shareholder of the acquired corporation is required to recognize gain (if any) as a result of such acquisition.

(d) Statements to be furnished to shareholders

According to the forms or regulations prescribed by the Secretary, every person required to make a return under subsection (a) shall furnish to each shareholder whose name is required to be set forth in such return a written statement showing—

(1) the name, address, and phone number of the information contact of the person required to make such return,

(2) the information required to be shown on such return with respect to such shareholder, and

(3) such other information as the Secretary may prescribe.


The written statement required under the preceding sentence shall be furnished to the shareholder on or before January 31 of the year following the calendar year during which the taxable acquisition occurred.

(Added Pub. L. 108–357, title VIII, §805(a), Oct. 22, 2004, 118 Stat. 1573.)

Effective Date

Pub. L. 108–357, title VIII, §805(d), Oct. 22, 2004, 118 Stat. 1574, provided that: “The amendments made by this section [enacting this section and amending section 6724 of this title] shall apply to acquisitions after the date of the enactment of this Act [Oct. 22, 2004].”

§6044. Returns regarding payments of patronage dividends

(a) Requirement of reporting

(1) In general

Except as otherwise provided in this section, every cooperative to which part I of subchapter T of chapter 1 applies, which makes payments of amounts described in subsection (b) aggregating $10 or more to any person during any calendar year, shall make a return according to the forms of regulations prescribed by the Secretary, setting forth the aggregate amount of such payments and the name and address of the person to whom paid.

(2) Returns required by the Secretary

Every such cooperative which makes payments of amounts described in subsection (b) aggregating less than $10 to any person during any calendar year shall, when required by the Secretary, make a return setting forth the aggregate amount of such payments and the name and address of the person to whom paid.

(b) Amounts subject to reporting

(1) General rule

Except as otherwise provided in this section, the amounts subject to reporting under subsection (a) are—

(A) the amount of any patronage dividend (as defined in section 1388(a)) which is paid in money, qualified written notices of allocation (as defined in section 1388(c)), or other property (except nonqualified written notices of allocation as defined in section 1388(d)),

(B) any amount described in section 1382(c)(2)(A) (relating to certain nonpatronage distributions) which is paid in money, qualified written notices of allocation, or other property (except nonqualified written notices of allocation) by an organization exempt from tax under section 521 (relating to exemption of farmers’ cooperatives from tax),

(C) any amount described in section 1382(b)(2) (relating to redemption of nonqualified written notices of allocation) and, in the case of an organization described in section 1381(a)(1), any amount described in section 1382(c)(2)(B) (relating to redemption of nonqualified written notices of allocation paid with respect to earnings derived from sources other than patronage), and

(D) the amount of any per-unit retain allocation (as defined in section 1388(f)) which is paid in qualified per-unit retain certificates (as defined in section 1388(h)), and

(E) any amount described in section 1382(b)(4) (relating to redemption of nonqualified per-unit retain certificates).

(2) Exceptions

The provisions of subsection (a) shall not apply, to the extent provided in regulations prescribed by the Secretary, to any payment—

(A) by a foreign corporation, or

(B) to a foreign corporation, a nonresident alien, or a partnership not engaged in trade or business in the United States and composed in whole or in part of nonresident aliens.

(c) Exemption for certain consumer cooperatives

A cooperative which the Secretary determines is primarily engaged in selling at retail goods or services of a type that are generally for personal, living, or family use shall, upon application to the Secretary, be granted exemption from the reporting requirements imposed by subsection (a). Application for exemption under this subsection shall be made in accordance with regulations prescribed by the Secretary.

(d) Determination of amount paid

For purposes of this section, in determining the amount of any payment—

(1) property (other than a qualified written notice of allocation or a qualified per-unit retain certificate) shall be taken into account at its fair market value, and

(2) a qualified written notice of allocation or a qualified per-unit retain certificate shall be taken into account at its stated dollar amount.

(e) Statements to be furnished to persons with respect to whom information is required

Every cooperative required to make a return under subsection (a) shall furnish to each person whose name is required to be set forth in such return a written statement showing—

(1) the name, address, and phone number of the information contact of the cooperative required to make such return, and

(2) the aggregate amount of payments to the person required to be shown on the return.


The written statement required under the preceding sentence shall be furnished (either in person or in a statement mailing by first-class mail which includes adequate notice that the statement is enclosed) to the person on or before January 31 of the year following the calendar year for which the return under subsection (a) was required to be made and shall be in such form as the Secretary may prescribe by regulations.

(Aug. 16, 1954, ch. 736, 68A Stat. 746; Pub. L. 87–834, §19(b), Oct. 16, 1962, 76 Stat. 1054; Pub. L. 89–809, title II, §211(d), Nov. 13, 1966, 80 Stat. 1584; Pub. L. 94–455, title XIX, §1906(b)(13)(A), Oct. 4, 1976, 90 Stat. 1834; Pub. L. 97–248, title III, §§304, 308(a), Sept. 3, 1982, 96 Stat. 587, 591; Pub. L. 98–67, title I, §§102(a), 108(c), Aug. 5, 1983, 97 Stat. 369, 383; Pub. L. 99–514, title XV, §1501(c)(3), Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2737; Pub. L. 104–168, title XII, §1201(a)(4), July 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 1469.)

Amendments

1996—Subsec. (e)(1). Pub. L. 104–168 substituted “name, address, and phone number of the information contact” for “name and address”.

1986—Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 99–514, in amending subsec. (e) generally, substituted “information is required” for “information is furnished” in heading and, in text, substituted references to persons required to make a return for former references to persons making a return and struck out provision directing that no statement was required if the aggregate amount of payments made to the person as shown on the return was less than $10.

1983—Pub. L. 98–67 substituted in subsec. (e) “The written statement required under the preceding sentence shall be furnished (either in person or in a separate mailing by first-class mail) to the person on or before January 31 of the year following the calendar year for which the return under subsection (a) was made, and shall be in such form as the Secretary may prescribe by regulations” for “The written statement required under the preceding sentence shall be furnished to the person on or before January 31 of the year following the calendar year for which the return under subsection (a)(1) was made” and repealed amendments made by Pub. L. 97–248. See 1982 Amendment note below.

1982—Subsecs. (a)(1), (b)(1), (e), (f). Pub. L. 97–248 provided that, applicable to payments of interest, dividends, and patronage dividends paid or credited after June 30, 1983, subsecs. (a)(1), (b)(1), and (e) are amended and a new subsec. (f) is added. Section 102(a), (b) of Pub. L. 98–67, title I, Aug. 5, 1983, 97 Stat. 369, repealed subtitle A (§§301–308) of Pub. L. 97–248 as of the close of June 30, 1983, and provided that the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 [now 1986] [this title] shall be applied and administered (subject to certain exceptions) as if such subtitle A (and the amendments made by such subtitle A) had not been enacted.

1976—Pub. L. 94–455 struck out “or his delegate” after “Secretary” wherever appearing.

1966—Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 89–809, §211(d)(1), added subpars. (D) and (E).

Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 89–809, §211(d)(2), inserted references to qualified per-unit retain certificates.

1962—Pub. L. 87–834 substituted “Returns regarding payments of patronage dividends” for “Returns regarding patronage dividends” in section catchline and amended text generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows:

“(a) Payments of $100 or More.—Any corporation allocating amounts as patronage dividends, rebates, or refunds (whether in cash, merchandise, capital stock, revolving fund certificates, retain certificates, certificates of indebtedness, letters of advice, or in some other manner that discloses to each patron the amount of such dividend, refund, or rebate) shall make a return showing—

“(1) The name and address of each patron to whom it has made such allocations amounting to $100 or more during the calendar year; and

“(2) The amount of such allocations to each patron.

“(b) Payments Regardless of Amount.—If required by the Secretary or his delegate, any such corporation shall make a return of all patronage dividends, rebates, or refunds made during the calendar year to its patrons.

“(c) Exceptions.—This section shall not apply in the case of any corporation (including any cooperative or nonprofit corporation engaged in rural electrification) described in section 501(c)(12) or (15) which is exempt from tax under section 501(a), or in the case of any corporation subject to a tax imposed by subchapter L of chapter 1.”

Effective Date of 1996 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 104–168 applicable to statements required to be furnished after Dec. 31, 1996 (determined without regard to any extension), see section 1201(b) of Pub. L. 104–168, set out as a note under section 6041 of this title.

Effective Date of 1986 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 99–514 applicable to returns the due date for which (determined without regard to extensions) is after Oct. 22, 1986, see section 1501(e) of Pub. L. 99–514, set out as an Effective Date note under section 6721 of this title.

Effective Date of 1983 Amendment

Amendment by section 108(c) of Pub. L. 98–67 applicable with respect to payments made after Dec. 31, 1983, see section 110(a) of Pub. L. 98–67, set out as a note under section 31 of this title.

Effective Date of 1966 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 89–809 applicable with respect to calendar years after 1966, see section 211(e)(2) of Pub. L. 89–809, set out as a note under section 1382 of this title.

Effective Date of 1962 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 87–834 applicable to payments of dividends and interest made on or after Jan. 1, 1963, and to payments of amounts described in subsection (b) of this section made on or after Jan. 1, 1963, with respect to patronage occurring on or after the first day of the first taxable year of the cooperative beginning on or after Jan. 1, 1963, see section 19(h) of Pub. L. 87–834, set out as a note under section 6042 of this title.

§6045. Returns of brokers

(a) General rule

Every person doing business as a broker shall, when required by the Secretary, make a return, in accordance with such regulations as the Secretary may prescribe, showing the name and address of each customer, with such details regarding gross proceeds and such other information as the Secretary may by forms or regulations require with respect to such business.

(b) Statements to be furnished to customers

Every person required to make a return under subsection (a) shall furnish to each customer whose name is required to be set forth in such return a written statement showing—

(1) the name, address, and phone number of the information contact of the person required to make such return, and

(2) the information required to be shown on such return with respect to such customer.


The written statement required under the preceding sentence shall be furnished to the customer on or before February 15 of the year following the calendar year for which the return under subsection (a) was required to be made. In the case of a consolidated reporting statement (as defined in regulations) with respect to any customer, any statement which would otherwise be required to be furnished on or before January 31 of a calendar year with respect to any item reportable to the taxpayer shall instead be required to be furnished on or before February 15 of such calendar year if furnished with such consolidated reporting statement.

(c) Definitions

For purposes of this section—

(1) Broker

The term “broker” includes—

(A) a dealer,

(B) a barter exchange, and

(C) any other person who (for a consideration) regularly acts as a middleman with respect to property or services.


A person shall not be treated as a broker with respect to activities consisting of managing a farm on behalf of another person.

(2) Customer

The term “customer” means any person for whom the broker has transacted any business.

(3) Barter exchange

The term “barter exchange” means any organization of members providing property or services who jointly contract to trade or barter such property or services.

(4) Person

The term “person” includes any governmental unit and any agency or instrumentality thereof.

(d) Statements required in case of certain substitute payments

If any broker—

(1) transfers securities of a customer for use in a short sale or similar transaction, and

(2) receives (on behalf of the customer) a payment in lieu of—

(A) a dividend,

(B) tax-exempt interest, or

(C) such other items as the Secretary may prescribe by regulations,


during the period such short sale or similar transaction is open, the broker shall furnish such customer a written statement (in the manner as the Secretary shall prescribe by regulations) identifying such payment as being in lieu of the dividend, tax-exempt interest, or such other item. The written statement required under the preceding sentence shall be furnished on or before February 15 of the year following the calendar year in which the payment was made. The Secretary may prescribe regulations which require the broker to make a return which includes the information contained in such written statement.

(e) Return required in the case of real estate transactions

(1) In general

In the case of a real estate transaction, the real estate reporting person shall file a return under subsection (a) and a statement under subsection (b) with respect to such transaction.

(2) Real estate reporting person

For purposes of this subsection, the term “real estate reporting person” means any of the following persons involved in a real estate transaction in the following order:

(A) the person (including any attorney or title company) responsible for closing the transaction,

(B) the mortgage lender,

(C) the seller's broker,

(D) the buyer's broker, or

(E) such other person designated in regulations prescribed by the Secretary.


Any person treated as a real estate reporting person under the preceding sentence shall be treated as a broker for purposes of subsection (c)(1).

(3) Prohibition of separate charge for filing return

It shall be unlawful for any real estate reporting person to separately charge any customer for complying with any requirement of paragraph (1). Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to prohibit the real estate reporting person from taking into account its cost of complying with such requirement in establishing its charge (other than a separate charge for complying with such requirement) to any customer for performing services in the case of a real estate transaction.

(4) Additional information required

In the case of a real estate transaction involving a residence, the real estate reporting person shall include the following information on the return under subsection (a) and on the statement under subsection (b):

(A) The portion of any real property tax which is treated as a tax imposed on the purchaser by reason of section 164(d)(1)(B).

(B) Whether or not the financing (if any) of the seller was federally-subsidized indebtedness (as defined in section 143(m)(3)).

(5) Exception for sales or exchanges of certain principal residences

(A) In general

Paragraph (1) shall not apply to any sale or exchange of a residence for $250,000 or less if the person referred to in paragraph (2) receives written assurance in a form acceptable to the Secretary from the seller that—

(i) such residence is the principal residence (within the meaning of section 121) of the seller,

(ii) if the Secretary requires the inclusion on the return under subsection (a) of information as to whether there is federally subsidized mortgage financing assistance with respect to the mortgage on residences, that there is no such assistance with respect to the mortgage on such residence, and

(iii) the full amount of the gain on such sale or exchange is excludable from gross income under section 121.


If such assurance includes an assurance that the seller is married, the preceding sentence shall be applied by substituting “$500,000” for “$250,000”. The Secretary may by regulation increase the dollar amounts under this subparagraph if the Secretary determines that such an increase will not materially reduce revenues to the Treasury.

(B) Seller

For purposes of this paragraph, the term “seller” includes the person relinquishing the residence in an exchange.

(f) Return required in the case of payments to attorneys

(1) In general

Any person engaged in a trade or business and making a payment (in the course of such trade or business) to which this subsection applies shall file a return under subsection (a) and a statement under subsection (b) with respect to such payment.

(2) Application of subsection

(A) In general

This subsection shall apply to any payment to an attorney in connection with legal services (whether or not such services are performed for the payor).

(B) Exception

This subsection shall not apply to the portion of any payment which is required to be reported under section 6041(a) (or would be so required but for the dollar limitation contained therein) or section 6051.

(g) Additional information required in the case of securities transactions, etc.

(1) In general

If a broker is otherwise required to make a return under subsection (a) with respect to the gross proceeds of the sale of a covered security, the broker shall include in such return the information described in paragraph (2).

(2) Additional information required

(A) In general

The information required under paragraph (1) to be shown on a return with respect to a covered security of a customer shall include the customer's adjusted basis in such security and whether any gain or loss with respect to such security is long-term or short-term (within the meaning of section 1222).

(B) Determination of adjusted basis

For purposes of subparagraph (A)—

(i) In general

The customer's adjusted basis shall be determined—

(I) in the case of any security (other than any stock for which an average basis method is permissible under section 1012), in accordance with the first-in first-out method unless the customer notifies the broker by means of making an adequate identification of the stock sold or transferred, and

(II) in the case of any stock for which an average basis method is permissible under section 1012, in accordance with the broker's default method unless the customer notifies the broker that he elects another acceptable method under section 1012 with respect to the account in which such stock is held.

(ii) Exception for wash sales

Except as otherwise provided by the Secretary, the customer's adjusted basis shall be determined without regard to section 1091 (relating to loss from wash sales of stock or securities) unless the transactions occur in the same account with respect to identical securities.

(3) Covered security

For purposes of this subsection—

(A) In general

The term “covered security” means any specified security acquired on or after the applicable date if such security—

(i) was acquired through a transaction in the account in which such security is held, or

(ii) was transferred to such account from an account in which such security was a covered security, but only if the broker received a statement under section 6045A with respect to the transfer.

(B) Specified security

The term “specified security” means—

(i) any share of stock in a corporation,

(ii) any note, bond, debenture, or other evidence of indebtedness,

(iii) any commodity, or contract or derivative with respect to such commodity, if the Secretary determines that adjusted basis reporting is appropriate for purposes of this subsection, and

(iv) any other financial instrument with respect to which the Secretary determines that adjusted basis reporting is appropriate for purposes of this subsection.

(C) Applicable date

The term “applicable date” means—

(i) January 1, 2011, in the case of any specified security which is stock in a corporation (other than any stock described in clause (ii)),

(ii) January 1, 2012, in the case of any stock for which an average basis method is permissible under section 1012, and

(iii) January 1, 2013, or such later date determined by the Secretary in the case of any other specified security.

(4) Treatment of S corporations

In the case of the sale of a covered security acquired by an S corporation (other than a financial institution) after December 31, 2011, such S corporation shall be treated in the same manner as a partnership for purposes of this section.

(5) Special rules for short sales

In the case of a short sale, reporting under this section shall be made for the year in which such sale is closed.

(h) Application to options on securities

(1) Exercise of option

For purposes of this section, if a covered security is acquired or disposed of pursuant to the exercise of an option that was granted or acquired in the same account as the covered security, the amount received with respect to the grant or paid with respect to the acquisition of such option shall be treated as an adjustment to gross proceeds or as an adjustment to basis, as the case may be.

(2) Lapse or closing transaction

In the case of the lapse (or closing transaction (as defined in section 1234(b)(2)(A))) of an option on a specified security or the exercise of a cash-settled option on a specified security, reporting under subsections (a) and (g) with respect to such option shall be made for the calendar year which includes the date of such lapse, closing transaction, or exercise.

(3) Prospective application

Paragraphs (1) and (2) shall not apply to any option which is granted or acquired before January 1, 2013.

(4) Definitions

For purposes of this subsection, the terms “covered security” and “specified security” shall have the meanings given such terms in subsection (g)(3).

(Aug. 16, 1954, ch. 736, 68A Stat. 747; Pub. L. 94–455, title XIX, §1906(b)(13)(A), Oct. 4, 1976, 90 Stat. 1834; Pub. L. 97–248, title III, §311(a)(1), Sept. 3, 1982, 96 Stat. 600; Pub. L. 98–369, div. A, title I, §150(a), title VII, §714(e)(1), July 18, 1984, 98 Stat. 690, 961; Pub. L. 99–514, title XV, §§1501(c)(4), 1521(a), Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2737, 2746; Pub. L. 100–647, title I, §1015(e)(1)(A), (2)(A), (3), title IV, §4005(g)(3), Nov. 10, 1988, 102 Stat. 3569, 3570, 3650; Pub. L. 101–239, title VII, §7814(c)(1), Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2413; Pub. L. 101–508, title XI, §11704(a)(25), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1388–519; Pub. L. 102–486, title XIX, §1939(a), Oct. 24, 1992, 106 Stat. 3034; Pub. L. 104–168, title XII, §1201(a)(5), July 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 1469; Pub. L. 104–188, title I, §1704(o)(1), Aug. 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1886; Pub. L. 105–34, title III, §312(c), title X, §1021(a), Aug. 5, 1997, 111 Stat. 839, 922; Pub. L. 109–135, title IV, §412(xx), Dec. 21, 2005, 119 Stat. 2640; Pub. L. 110–343, div. B, title IV, §403(a), Oct. 3, 2008, 122 Stat. 3854.)

Amendments

2008—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 110–343, §403(a)(3)(A), (C), in concluding provisions, substituted “February 15” for “January 31” and inserted at end “In the case of a consolidated reporting statement (as defined in regulations) with respect to any customer, any statement which would otherwise be required to be furnished on or before January 31 of a calendar year with respect to any item reportable to the taxpayer shall instead be required to be furnished on or before February 15 of such calendar year if furnished with such consolidated reporting statement.”

Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 110–343, §403(a)(3)(B), in concluding provisions, struck out “at such time and” before “in the manner” and inserted “The written statement required under the preceding sentence shall be furnished on or before February 15 of the year following the calendar year in which the payment was made.” before “The Secretary may prescribe”.

Subsecs. (g), (h). Pub. L. 110–343, §403(a)(1), (2), added subsecs. (g) and (h).

2005—Subsec. (e)(5)(A). Pub. L. 109–135 adjusted the margin of the third sentence to include it in concluding provisions with the second sentence.

1997—Subsec. (e)(5). Pub. L. 105–34, §312(c), added par. (5).

Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 105–34, §1021(a), added subsec. (f).

1996—Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 104–168 substituted “name, address, and phone number of the information contact” for “name and address”.

Subsec. (e)(3). Pub. L. 104–188 inserted at end “Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to prohibit the real estate reporting person from taking into account its cost of complying with such requirement in establishing its charge (other than a separate charge for complying with such requirement) to any customer for performing services in the case of a real estate transaction.”

1992—Subsec. (e)(4). Pub. L. 102–486 substituted heading for one which read: “Whether seller's financing was federally-subsidized” and amended text generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: “In the case of a real estate transaction involving a residence, the real estate reporting person shall specify on the return under subsection (a) and the statement under subsection (b) whether or not the financing (if any) of the seller was federally-subsidized indebtedness (as defined in section 143(m)(3)).”

1990—Subsec. (e)(4). Pub. L. 101–508 substituted “reporting person” for “broker”.

1989—Subsec. (e)(3), (4). Pub. L. 101–239 redesignated par. (3), relating to whether seller's financing was federally-subsidized indebtedness, as (4).

1988—Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 100–647, §1015(e)(1)(A), inserted at end “A person shall not be treated as a broker with respect to activities consisting of managing a farm on behalf of another person.”

Subsec. (e)(1). Pub. L. 100–647, §1015(e)(3)(A), substituted “real estate reporting person” for “real estate broker”.

Subsec. (e)(2). Pub. L. 100–647, §1015(e)(3), substituted “estate reporting person” for “estate broker” in par. (2) heading and two places in text.

Subsec. (e)(3). Pub. L. 100–647, §4005(g)(3), added par. (3) relating to whether seller's financing was federally-subsidized indebtedness.

Pub. L. 100–647, §1015(e)(2)(A), added par. (3) relating to prohibition of separate charge for filing return.

1986—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 99–514, §1501(c)(4), in amending subsec. (c) generally, substituted references to persons required to make a return for former references to persons making a return.

Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 99–514, §1521(a), added subsec. (e).

1984—Subsec. (c)(4). Pub. L. 98–369, §714(e)(1), added par. (4).

Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 98–369, §150(a), added subsec. (d).

1982—Pub. L. 97–248 designated existing provisions as subsec. (a), substituted “the name and address of each customer, with such details regarding gross proceeds” for “the names of customers for whom such person has transacted any business, with such details regarding the profits and losses” after “may prescribe, showing” and “such business” for “each customer as will enable the Secretary to determine the amount of such profits and losses” after “with respect to”, and added subsecs. (b) and (c).

1976—Pub. L. 94–455 struck out “or his delegate” after “Secretary” wherever appearing.

Effective Date of 2008 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 110–343 effective Jan. 1, 2011, except that amendment by section 403(a)(3) of Pub. L. 110–343 applies to statements required to be furnished after Dec. 31, 2008, see section 403(e) of Pub. L. 110–343, set out as a note under section 1012 of this title.

Effective Date of 1997 Amendment

Amendment by section 312(c) of Pub. L. 105–34 applicable to sales and exchanges after May 6, 1997, with certain exceptions, see section 312(d) of Pub. L. 105–34, set out as a note under section 121 of this title.

Section 1021(c) of Pub. L. 105–34 provided that: “The amendment made by this section [amending this section] shall apply to payments made after December 31, 1997.”

Effective Date of 1996 Amendments

Section 1704(o)(2) of Pub. L. 104–188 provided that: “The amendment made by paragraph (1) [amending this section] shall take effect as if included in section 1015(e)(2)(A) of the Technical and Miscellaneous Revenue Act of 1988 [Pub. L. 100–647].”

Amendment by Pub. L. 104–168 applicable to statements required to be furnished after Dec. 31, 1996 (determined without regard to any extension), see section 1201(b) of Pub. L. 104–168, set out as a note under section 6041 of this title.

Effective Date of 1992 Amendment

Section 1939(b) of Pub. L. 102–486 provided that: “The amendment made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall apply to transactions after December 31, 1992.”

Effective Date of 1989 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 101–239 effective, except as otherwise provided, as if included in the provision of the Technical and Miscellaneous Revenue Act of 1988, Pub. L. 100–647, to which such amendment relates, see section 7817 of Pub. L. 101–239, set out as a note under section 1 of this title.

Effective Date of 1988 Amendment

Section 1015(e)(1)(B) of Pub. L. 100–647 provided that: “The amendment made by subparagraph (A) [amending this section] shall take effect as if included in the amendments made by section 311(a)(1) of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982 [Pub. L. 97–248].”

Section 1015(e)(2)(B) of Pub. L. 100–647 provided that: “The amendment made by subparagraph (A) [amending this section] shall take effect on the date of the enactment of this Act [Nov. 10, 1988].”

Amendment by section 1015(e)(3) of Pub. L. 100–647 effective, except as otherwise provided, as if included in the provision of the Tax Reform Act of 1986, Pub. L. 99–514, to which such amendment relates, see section 1019(a) of Pub. L. 100–647, set out as a note under section 1 of this title.

Amendment by section 4005(g)(3) of Pub. L. 100–647 applicable to financing provided, and mortgage credit certificates issued, after Dec. 31, 1990, with certain exceptions, see section 4005(h)(3) of Pub. L. 100–647, set out as a note under section 143 of this title.

Effective Date of 1986 Amendment

Amendment by section 1501(c)(4) of Pub. L. 99–514 applicable to returns the due date for which (determined without regard to extensions) is after Dec. 31, 1986, see section 1501(e) of Pub. L. 99–514, set out as an Effective Date note under section 6721 of this title.

Section 1521(c) of Pub. L. 99–514 provided that: “The amendments made by this section [amending this section and section 3406 of this title] shall apply to real estate transactions closing after December 31, 1986.”

Effective Date of 1984 Amendment

Section 150(b) of Pub. L. 98–369 provided that: “The amendment made by this section [amending this section] shall apply to payments received after December 31, 1984.”

Amendment by section 714(e)(1) of Pub. L. 98–369 effective as if included in the provision of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982, Pub. L. 97–248, to which such amendment relates, see section 715 of Pub. L. 98–369, set out as a note under section 31 of this title.

Effective Date of 1982 Amendment

Section 311(c)(1) of Pub. L. 97–248, as amended by Pub. L. 99–514, §2, Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2095, provided that: “The amendments made by subsection (a) [amending this section and section 6678 of this title] shall take effect on the date of the enactment of this Act [Sept. 3, 1982], except that—

“(A) regulations relating to reporting by commodities and securities brokers shall be issued under section 6045 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 [formerly I.R.C. 1954] (as amended by this Act) within 6 months after the date of the enactment of this Act [Sept. 3, 1982], and

“(B) such regulations shall not apply to transactions occurring before January 1, 1983.”

No Penalty for Payments Before January 1, 1985

Section 714(e)(2) of Pub. L. 98–369, as amended by Pub. L. 99–514, §2, Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2095, provided that: “No penalty shall be imposed under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 [formerly I.R.C. 1954] with respect to any person required (by reason of the amendment made by paragraph (1) [amending this section]) to file a return under section 6045 of such Code with respect to any payment before January 1, 1985.”

§6045A. Information required in connection with transfers of covered securities to brokers

(a) Furnishing of information

Every applicable person which transfers to a broker (as defined in section 6045(c)(1)) a security which is a covered security (as defined in section 6045(g)(3)) in the hands of such applicable person shall furnish to such broker a written statement in such manner and setting forth such information as the Secretary may by regulations prescribe for purposes of enabling such broker to meet the requirements of section 6045(g).

(b) Applicable person

For purposes of subsection (a), the term “applicable person” means—

(1) any broker (as defined in section 6045(c)(1)), and

(2) any other person as provided by the Secretary in regulations.

(c) Time for furnishing statement

Except as otherwise provided by the Secretary, any statement required by subsection (a) shall be furnished not later than 15 days after the date of the transfer described in such subsection.

(Added Pub. L. 110–343, div. B, title IV, §403(c)(1), Oct. 3, 2008, 122 Stat. 3858.)

Effective Date

Section effective Jan. 1, 2011, see section 403(e)(1) of Pub. L. 110–343, set out as an Effective Date of 2008 Amendment note under section 1012 of this title.

§6045B. Returns relating to actions affecting basis of specified securities

(a) In general

According to the forms or regulations prescribed by the Secretary, any issuer of a specified security shall make a return setting forth—

(1) a description of any organizational action which affects the basis of such specified security of such issuer,

(2) the quantitative effect on the basis of such specified security resulting from such action, and

(3) such other information as the Secretary may prescribe.

(b) Time for filing return

Any return required by subsection (a) shall be filed not later than the earlier of—

(1) 45 days after the date of the action described in subsection (a), or

(2) January 15 of the year following the calendar year during which such action occurred.

(c) Statements to be furnished to holders of specified securities or their nominees

According to the forms or regulations prescribed by the Secretary, every person required to make a return under subsection (a) with respect to a specified security shall furnish to the nominee with respect to the specified security (or certificate holder if there is no nominee) a written statement showing—

(1) the name, address, and phone number of the information contact of the person required to make such return,

(2) the information required to be shown on such return with respect to such security, and

(3) such other information as the Secretary may prescribe.


The written statement required under the preceding sentence shall be furnished to the holder on or before January 15 of the year following the calendar year during which the action described in subsection (a) occurred.

(d) Specified security

For purposes of this section, the term “specified security” has the meaning given such term by section 6045(g)(3)(B). No return shall be required under this section with respect to actions described in subsection (a) with respect to a specified security which occur before the applicable date (as defined in section 6045(g)(3)(C)) with respect to such security.

(e) Public reporting in lieu of return

The Secretary may waive the requirements under subsections (a) and (c) with respect to a specified security, if the person required to make the return under subsection (a) makes publicly available, in such form and manner as the Secretary determines necessary to carry out the purposes of this section—

(1) the name, address, phone number, and email address of the information contact of such person, and

(2) the information described in paragraphs (1), (2), and (3) of subsection (a).

(Added Pub. L. 110–343, div. B, title IV, §403(d)(1), Oct. 3, 2008, 122 Stat. 3859.)

Effective Date

Section effective Jan. 1, 2011, see section 403(e)(1) of Pub. L. 110–343, set out as an Effective Date of 2008 Amendment note under section 1012 of this title.

§6046. Returns as to organization or reorganization of foreign corporations and as to acquisitions of their stock

(a) Requirement of return

(1) In general

A return complying with the requirements of subsection (b) shall be made by—

(A) each United States citizen or resident who becomes an officer or director of a foreign corporation if a United States person (as defined in section 7701(a)(30)) meets the stock ownership requirements of paragraph (2) with respect to such corporation,

(B) each United States person—

(i) who acquires stock which, when added to any stock owned on the date of such acquisition, meets the stock ownership requirements of paragraph (2) with respect to a foreign corporation, or

(ii) who acquires stock which, without regard to stock owned on the date of such acquisition, meets the stock ownership requirements of paragraph (2) with respect to a foreign corporation,


(C) each person (not described in subparagraph (B)) who is treated as a United States shareholder under section 953(c) with respect to a foreign corporation, and

(D) each person who becomes a United States person while meeting the stock ownership requirements of paragraph (2) with respect to stock of a foreign corporation.


In the case of a foreign corporation with respect to which any person is treated as a United States shareholder under section 953(c), subparagraph (A) shall be treated as including a reference to each United States person who is an officer or director of such corporation.

(2) Stock ownership requirements

A person meets the stock ownership requirements of this paragraph with respect to any corporation if such person owns 10 percent or more of—

(A) the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of such corporation entitled to vote, or

(B) the total value of the stock of such corporation.

(b) Form and contents of returns

The returns required by subsection (a) shall be in such form and shall set forth, in respect of the foreign corporation, such information as the Secretary prescribes by forms or regulations as necessary for carrying out the provisions of the income tax laws, except that in the case of persons described only in subsection (a)(1)(A) the information required shall be limited to the names and addresses of persons described in subparagraph (B) or (C) of subsection (a)(1).

(c) Ownership of stock

For purposes of subsection (a), stock owned directly or indirectly by a person (including, in the case of an individual, stock owned by members of his family) shall be taken into account. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the family of an individual shall be considered as including only his brothers and sisters (whether by the whole or half blood), spouse, ancestors, and lineal descendants.

(d) Time for filing

Any return required by subsection (a) shall be filed on or before the 90th day after the day on which, under any provision of subsection (a), the United States citizen, resident, or person becomes liable to file such return (or on or before such later day as the Secretary may by forms or regulations prescribe).

(e) Limitation

No information shall be required to be furnished under this section with respect to any foreign corporation unless such information was required to be furnished under regulations which have been in effect for at least 90 days before the date on which the United States citizen, resident, or person becomes liable to file a return required under subsection (a).

(f) Cross reference

For provisions relating to penalties for violations of this section, sections 6679 and 7203.

(Aug. 16, 1954, ch. 736, 68A Stat. 747; Pub. L. 86–780, §7(a), Sept. 14, 1960, 74 Stat. 1016; Pub. L. 87–834, §20(b), Oct. 16, 1962, 76 Stat. 1061; Pub. L. 94–455, title XIX, §1906(a)(4), (b)(13)(A), Oct. 4, 1976, 90 Stat. 1824, 1834; Pub. L. 97–248, title III, §341(a), Sept. 3, 1982, 96 Stat. 635; Pub. L. 100–647, title I, §1012(i)(19), Nov. 10, 1988, 102 Stat. 3510; Pub. L. 105–34, title XI, §1146(a), Aug. 5, 1997, 111 Stat. 986; Pub. L. 110–172, §11(a)(33), Dec. 29, 2007, 121 Stat. 2487.)

Amendments

2007—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 110–172 substituted “subsection (a)(1)(A)” for “subsection (a)(1)” and “subparagraph (B) or (C) of subsection (a)(1)” for “paragraph (2) or (3) of subsection (a)”.

1997—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 105–34 reenacted heading without change and amended text generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: “A return complying with the requirements of subsection (b) shall be made by—

“(1) each United States citizen or resident who is on January 1, 1963, an officer or director of a foreign corporation, 5 percent or more in value of the stock of which is owned by a United States person (as defined in section 7701(a)(30)), or who becomes such an officer or director at any time after such date,

“(2) each United States person who on January 1, 1963, owns 5 percent or more in value of the stock of a foreign corporation, or who, at any time after such date—

“(A) acquires stock which, when added to any stock owned on January 1, 1963, has a value equal to 5 percent or more of the value of the stock of a foreign corporation, or

“(B) acquires an additional 5 percent or more in value of the stock of a foreign corporation,

“(3) each person (not described in paragraph (2)) who, at any time after January 1, 1987, is treated as a United States shareholder under section 953(c) with respect to a foreign corporation, and

“(4) each person who at any time after January 1, 1963, becomes a United States person while owning 5 percent or more in value of the stock of a foreign corporation.

In the case of a foreign corporation with respect to which any person is treated as a United States shareholder under section 953(c), paragraph (1) shall be treated as including a reference to each United States person who is an officer or director of such corporation.”

1988—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 100–647, §1012(i)(19)(C), inserted sentence at end relating to foreign corporation with respect to which any person is treated as a United States shareholder under section 953(c).

Subsec. (a)(3), (4). Pub. L. 100–647, §1012(i)(19)(A), added par. (3) and redesignated former par. (3) as (4).

Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 100–647, §1012(i)(19)(B), substituted “paragraph (2) or (3) of subsection (a)” for “subsection (a)(2)”.

1982—Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 97–248 inserted “(or on or before such later day as the Secretary may by forms or regulations prescribe)”.

1976—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 94–455, §1906(b)(13)(A), struck out “or his delegate” after “Secretary”.

Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 94–455, §1906(a)(4), struck out provisions relating to the requirement for information to be furnished in the case of liability to file a return under subsec. (a) of this section arising on or after Jan. 1, 1963, and before June 1, 1963, under regulations in effect on or before June 1, 1963.

1962—Pub. L. 87–834 substituted “organization or reorganization of foreign corporations and as to acquisitions of their stock” for “creation or organization, or reorganization, of foreign corporations” in section catchline.

Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 87–834 amended subsec. (a) generally. Prior to amendment, subsec. (a) read as follows:

“(a) General Rule.—On or before the 90th day after the creation or organization, or reorganization, of any foreign corporation—

“(1) Each United States citizen or resident who was an officer or director of the corporation at any time within 60 days after the creation or organization, or reorganization thereof, and

“(2) Each United States shareholder of the corporation by or for whom, at any time within 60 days after the creation or organization or reorganization of the corporation, 5 percent or more in value of the stock of the corporation outstanding was owned directly or indirectly (including, in the case of an individual, stock owned by members of his family),

shall make a return in compliance with the provisions of subsection (b).”

Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 87–834 inserted the exception providing that in the case of persons described only in subsec. (a)(1) the information required shall be limited to the names and addresses of persons described in subsec. (a)(2).

Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 87–834 substituted provisions requiring, for purposes of subsec. (a), stock owned directly or indirectly by a person (including, in the case of an individual, stock owned by members of his family) to be taken into account for provisions which defined “United States shareholder”.

Subsecs. (d) to (f). Pub. L. 87–834 added subsecs. (d) and (e) and redesignated former subsec. (d) as (f) and inserted a reference to section 6679 of this title.

1960—Pub. L. 86–780 substituted “Returns as to creation or organization, or reorganization, of foreign corporations” for “Returns as to formation or reorganization of foreign corporations” in section catchline.

Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 86–780 substituted requirement that returns relating to the creation, organization, or reorganization of foreign corporations be made by every citizen or resident of the United States who was an officer or director of the corporation at any time within 60 days after its creation, organization, or reorganization, and by every United States shareholder of the corporation owning at least 5 percent of its outstanding stock at any time within such 60 days for requirement that every attorney, accountant, fiduciary, bank, trust company, financial institution, or other person, who advises as to the formation or reorganization of a foreign corporation, file a return in accordance with regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury or his delegate.

Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 86–780 reenacted the substance of subsec. (b), struck out “to the full extent of the information within the possession or knowledge or under the control of the person required to make the return” before “such information”.

Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 86–780 inserted the provisions defining United States shareholder and members of family and struck out provision relating to the making of a return by an attorney-at-law with respect to privileged communications.

Effective Date of 1997 Amendment

Section 1146(b) of Pub. L. 105–34 provided that: “The amendment made by this section [amending this section] shall take effect on January 1, 1998.”

Effective Date of 1988 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 100–647 effective, except as otherwise provided, as if included in the provision of the Tax Reform Act of 1986, Pub. L. 99–514, to which such amendment relates, see section 1019(a) of Pub. L. 100–647, set out as a note under section 1 of this title.

Effective Date of 1982 Amendment

Section 341(c) of Pub. L. 97–248 provided that: “The amendments made by this section [amending this section and section 6048 of this title] shall apply to returns filed after the date of the enactment of this Act [Sept. 3, 1982].”

Effective Date of 1962 Amendment

Section 20(e)(2) of Pub. L. 87–834 provided that: “The amendments made by subsection (b) [amending this section] shall take effect on January 1, 1963.”

Effective Date of 1960 Amendment

Section 8 of Pub. L. 86–780 provided that: “The amendments made by section 7 [amending this section] shall apply only with respect to foreign corporations created or organized, or reorganized, after the date of the enactment of this Act [Sept. 14, 1960].”

§6046A. Returns as to interests in foreign partnerships

(a) Requirement of return

Any United States person, except to the extent otherwise provided by regulations—

(1) who acquires any interest in a foreign partnership,

(2) who disposes of any portion of his interest in a foreign partnership, or

(3) whose proportional interest in a foreign partnership changes substantially,


shall file a return. Paragraphs (1) and (2) shall apply to any acquisition or disposition only if the United States person directly or indirectly holds at least a 10-percent interest in such partnership either before or after such acquisition or disposition, and paragraph (3) shall apply to any change only if the change is equivalent to at least a 10-percent interest in such partnership.

(b) Form and contents of return

Any return required by subsection (a) shall be in such form and set forth such information as the Secretary shall by regulations prescribe.

(c) Time for filing return

Any return required by subsection (a) shall be filed on or before the 90th day (or on or before such later day as the Secretary may by regulations prescribe) after the day on which the United States person becomes liable to file such return.

(d) 10-percent interest

For purposes of subsection (a), a 10-percent interest in a partnership is an interest described in section 6038(e)(3)(C).

(e) Cross reference

For provisions relating to penalties for violations of this section, see sections 6679 and 7203.

(Added Pub. L. 97–248, title IV, §405(a), Sept. 3, 1982, 96 Stat. 669; amended Pub. L. 105–34, title XI, §1143(a), Aug. 5, 1997, 111 Stat. 983.)

Amendments

1997—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 105–34, §1143(a)(1), inserted at end “Paragraphs (1) and (2) shall apply to any acquisition or disposition only if the United States person directly or indirectly holds at least a 10-percent interest in such partnership either before or after such acquisition or disposition, and paragraph (3) shall apply to any change only if the change is equivalent to at least a 10-percent interest in such partnership.”

Subsecs. (d), (e). Pub. L. 105–34, §1143(a)(2), added subsec. (d) and redesignated former subsec. (d) as (e).

Effective Date of 1997 Amendment

Section 1143(c) of Pub. L. 105–34 provided that: “The amendments made by this section [amending this section and section 6679 of this title] shall apply to transfers and changes after the date of the enactment of this Act [Aug. 5, 1997].”

Effective Date

Section 407(b) of Pub. L. 97–248 provided that: “The amendments made by section 405 [enacting this section and amending section 6679 of this title] shall apply with respect to acquisitions or dispositions of, or substantial changes in, interests in foreign partnerships occurring after the date of the enactment of this Act [Sept. 3, 1982].”

Special Rule for Certain International Satellite Partnerships

For provision that this section is not applicable to certain international satellite partnerships, see section 406 of Pub. L. 97–248, set out as a note under section 6231 of this title.

§6047. Information relating to certain trusts and annuity plans

(a) Trustees and insurance companies

The trustee of a trust described in section 401(a) which is exempt from tax under section 501(a) to which contributions have been paid under a plan on behalf of any owner-employee (as defined in section 401(c)(3)), and each insurance company or other person which is the issuer of a contract purchased by such a trust, or purchased under a plan described in section 403(a), contributions for which have been paid on behalf of any owner-employee, shall file such returns (in such form and at such times), keep such records, make such identification of contracts and funds (and accounts within such funds), and supply such information, as the Secretary shall by forms or regulations prescribe.

(b) Owner-employees

Every individual on whose behalf contributions have been paid as an owner-employee (as defined in section 401(c)(3))—

(1) to a trust described in section 401(a) which is exempt from tax under section 501(a), or

(2) to an insurance company or other person under a plan described in section 403(a),


shall furnish the trustee, insurance company, or other person, as the case may be, such information at such times and in such form and manner as the Secretary shall prescribe by forms or regulations.

(c) Other programs

To the extent provided by regulations prescribed by the Secretary, the provisions of this section apply with respect to any payment described in section 219 and to transactions of any trust described in section 408(a) or under an individual retirement annuity described in section 408(b).

(d) Reports by employers, plan administrators, etc.

(1) In general

The Secretary shall by forms or regulations require that—

(A) the employer maintaining, or the plan administrator (within the meaning of section 414(g)) of, a plan from which designated distributions (as defined in section 3405(e)(1)) may be made, and

(B) any person issuing any contract under which designated distributions (as so defined) may be made,


make returns and reports regarding such plan (or contract) to the Secretary, to the participants and beneficiaries of such plan (or contract), and to such other persons as the Secretary may by regulations prescribe. No return or report may be required under the preceding sentence with respect to distributions to any person during any year unless such distributions aggregate $10 or more.

(2) Form, etc., of reports

Such reports shall be in such form, made at such time, and contain such information as the Secretary may prescribe by forms or regulations.

(e) Employee stock ownership plans

The Secretary shall require—

(1) any employer maintaining, or the plan administrator (within the meaning of section 414(g)) of, an employee stock ownership plan which holds stock with respect to which section 404(k) applies to dividends paid on such stock, or

(2) both such employer or plan administrator,


to make returns and reports regarding such plan, transaction, or loan to the Secretary and to such other persons as the Secretary may prescribe. Such returns and reports shall be made in such form, shall be made at such time, and shall contain such information as the Secretary may prescribe.

(f) Designated Roth contributions

The Secretary shall require the plan administrator of each applicable retirement plan (as defined in section 402A) to make such returns and reports regarding designated Roth contributions (as defined in section 402A) to the Secretary, participants and beneficiaries of the plan, and such other persons as the Secretary may prescribe.

(g) Cross references

(1) For provisions relating to penalties for failures to file returns and reports required under this section, see sections 6652(e), 6721, and 6722.

(2) For criminal penalty for furnishing fraudulent information, see section 7207.

(3) For provisions relating to penalty for failure to comply with the provisions of subsection (d), see section 6704.

(Added Pub. L. 87–792, §7(m)(1), Oct. 10, 1962, 76 Stat. 830; amended Pub. L. 93–406, title II, §§1031(c)(3), 2002(g)(8), Sept. 2, 1974, 88 Stat. 947, 970; Pub. L. 94–455, title XV, §1501(b)(9), title XIX, §1906(b)(13)(A), Oct. 4, 1976, 90 Stat. 1737, 1834; Pub. L. 97–34, title III, §311(h)(8), Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 282; Pub. L. 97–248, title III, §334(b), Sept. 3, 1982, 96 Stat. 626; Pub. L. 97–448, title I, §103(c)(12)(C), Jan. 12, 1983, 96 Stat. 2377; Pub. L. 98–369, div. A, title IV, §491(d)(47), (57), July 18, 1984, 98 Stat. 852; Pub. L. 99–514, title XV, §1501(d)(1)(D), title XVIII, §1848(e)(2), Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2740, 2857; Pub. L. 101–239, title VII, §7301(e), Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2349; Pub. L. 102–318, title V, §522(b)(2)(D), (E), July 3, 1992, 106 Stat. 314; Pub. L. 104–188, title I, §§1455(b)(2), (d)(1), 1602(b)(6), Aug. 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1818, 1834; Pub. L. 107–16, title VI, §617(d)(2), June 7, 2001, 115 Stat. 106.)

Amendments

2001—Subsecs. (f), (g). Pub. L. 107–16 added subsec. (f) and redesignated former subsec. (f) as (g).

1996—Subsec. (d)(1). Pub. L. 104–188, §1455(b)(2), inserted at end “No return or report may be required under the preceding sentence with respect to distributions to any person during any year unless such distributions aggregate $10 or more.”

Subsec. (e)(1) to (3). Pub. L. 104–188, §1602(b)(6), added pars. (1) and (2) and struck out former pars. (1) to (3) which read as follows:

“(1) any employer maintaining, or the plan administrator (within the meaning of section 414(g)) of, an employee stock ownership plan—

“(A) which acquired stock in a transaction to which section 133 applies, or

“(B) which holds stock with respect to which section 404(k) applies to dividends paid on such stock,

“(2) any person making or holding a loan to which section 133 applies, or

“(3) both such employer or plan administrator and such person,”.

Subsec. (f)(1). Pub. L. 104–188, §1455(d)(1), amended par. (1) generally. Prior to amendment, par. (1) read as follows: “For provisions relating to penalties for failure to file a return required by this section, see section 6652(e).”

1992—Subsec. (d)(1)(A). Pub. L. 102–318, §522(b)(2)(E), which directed the substitution of “section 3405(d)(3)” for “section 3405(d)(1)”, could not be executed because of the prior amendment by Pub. L. 102–318, §522(b)(2)(D). See below.

Pub. L. 102–318, §522(b)(2)(D), substituted “3405(e)(1)” for “3405(d)(1)”.

1989—Subsecs. (e), (f). Pub. L. 101–239 added subsec. (e) and redesignated former subsec. (e) as (f).

1986—Subsec. (e)(1). Pub. L. 99–514, §1501(d)(1)(D), substituted “section 6652(e)” for “section 6652(f)”.

Subsec. (e)(3). Pub. L. 99–514, §1848(e)(2), added par. (3).

1984—Pub. L. 98–369, §491(d)(57), struck out “and bond purchase” after “trusts and annuity” in section catchline.

Subsecs. (c) to (f). Pub. L. 98–369, §491(d)(47), redesignated former subsecs. (d) to (f) as (c) to (e), respectively, and struck out former subsec. (c) which related to information to be supplied by employees under qualified bond purchase plans.

1983—Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 97–448 substituted “section 219” for “section 219(a)”.

1982—Subsecs. (e), (f). Pub. L. 97–248 added subsec. (e) and redesignated former subsec. (e) as (f).

1981—Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 97–34 substituted “section 219(a)” for “section 219(a) or 220(a)”.

1976—Subsecs. (a) to (d). Pub. L. 94–455, §1906(b)(13)(A), struck out “or his delegate” after “Secretary” wherever appearing.

Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 94–455, §1501(b)(9), inserted “or 220(a)” after “section 219(a)”.

1974—Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 93–406, §2002(g)(8), added subsec. (d). Former subsec. (d) redesignated (e).

Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 93–406, §§1031(c)(3), 2002(g)(8), redesignated former subsec. (d) as (e), and inserted reference to section 6652(f) covering provisions relating to penalties for failure to file a return required by this section.

Effective Date of 2001 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 107–16 applicable to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 2005, see section 617(f) of Pub. L. 107–16, set out as a note under section 402 of this title.

Effective Date of 1996 Amendment

Amendment by section 1455(b)(2), (d)(1) of Pub. L. 104–188 applicable to returns, reports, and other statements the due date for which (determined without regard to extensions) is after Dec. 31, 1996, see section 1455(e) of Pub. L. 104–188, set out as a note under section 408 of this title.

Amendment by section 1602(b)(6) of Pub. L. 104–188 applicable to loans made after Aug. 20, 1996, with exception and provisions relating to certain refinancings, see section 1602(c) of Pub. L. 104–188, set out as an Effective Date of Repeal note under former section 133 of this title.

Effective Date of 1992 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 102–318 applicable, except as otherwise provided, to distributions after Dec. 31, 1992, see section 522(d) of Pub. L. 102–318.

Effective Date of 1989 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 101–239, applicable, except as otherwise provided, to loans made after July 10, 1989, see section 7301(f) of Pub. L. 101–239, set out as a note under section 133 of this title.

Effective Date of 1986 Amendment

Amendment by section 1501(d)(1)(D) of Pub. L. 99–514 applicable to returns the due date for which (determined without regard to extensions) is after Dec. 31, 1986, see section 1501(e) of Pub. L. 99–514, set out as an Effective Date note under section 6721 of this title.

Amendment by section 1848(e)(2) of Pub. L. 99–514 effective, except as otherwise provided, as if included in the provisions of the Tax Reform Act of 1984, Pub. L. 98–369, div. A, to which such amendment relates, see section 1881 of Pub. L. 99–514, set out as a note under section 48 of this title.

Effective Date of 1984 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 98–369 applicable to obligations issued after Dec. 31, 1983, see section 491(f)(1) of Pub. L. 98–369, set out as a note under section 62 of this title.

Effective Date of 1983 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 97–448 effective, except as otherwise provided, as if it had been included in the provision of the Economic Recovery Tax Act of 1981, Pub. L. 97–34, to which such amendment relates, see section 109 of Pub. L. 97–448, set out as a note under section 1 of this title.

Effective Date of 1982 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 97–248 effective Jan. 1, 1983, see section 334(e) of Pub. L. 97–248, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3405 of this title.

Effective Date of 1981 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 97–34 applicable to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1981, see section 311(i)(1) of Pub. L. 97–34, set out as a note under section 219 of this title.

Effective Date of 1976 Amendment

Amendment by section 1501(b)(9) of Pub. L. 94–455 applicable to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1976, see section 1501(d) of Pub. L. 94–455, set out as a note under section 62 of this title.

Effective Date of 1974 Amendment

Amendment by section 1031(c)(3) of Pub. L. 93–406 effective Sept. 2, 1974, see section 1034 of Pub. L. 93–406, set out as an Effective Date note under section 6057 of this title.

Amendment by section 2002(g)(8) of Pub. L. 93–406 effective Jan. 1, 1975, see section 2002(i)(2) of Pub. L. 93–406, set out as an Effective Date note under section 4973 of this title.

Effective Date

Section applicable to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1962, see section 8 of Pub. L. 87–792, set out as a note under section 22 of this title.

Plan Amendments Not Required Until January 1, 1998

For provisions directing that if any amendments made by subtitle D [§§1401–1465] of title I of Pub. L. 104–188 require an amendment to any plan or annuity contract, such amendment shall not be required to be made before the first day of the first plan year beginning on or after Jan. 1, 1998, see section 1465 of Pub. L. 104–188, set out as a note under section 401 of this title.

Plan Amendments Not Required Until January 1, 1994

For provisions directing that if any amendments made by subtitle B [§§521–523] of title V of Pub. L. 102–318 require an amendment to any plan, such plan amendment shall not be required to be made before the first plan year beginning on or after Jan. 1, 1994, see section 523 of Pub. L. 102–318, set out as a note under section 401 of this title.

Plan Amendments Not Required Until January 1, 1989

For provisions directing that if any amendments made by subtitle A or subtitle C of title XI [§§1101–1147 and 1171–1177] or title XVIII [§§1800–1899A] of Pub. L. 99–514 require an amendment to any plan, such plan amendment shall not be required to be made before the first plan year beginning on or after Jan. 1, 1989, see section 1140 of Pub. L. 99–514, as amended, set out as a note under section 401 of this title.

§6048. Information with respect to certain foreign trusts

(a) Notice of certain events

(1) General rule

On or before the 90th day (or such later day as the Secretary may prescribe) after any reportable event, the responsible party shall provide written notice of such event to the Secretary in accordance with paragraph (2).

(2) Contents of notice

The notice required by paragraph (1) shall contain such information as the Secretary may prescribe, including—

(A) the amount of money or other property (if any) transferred to the trust in connection with the reportable event, and

(B) the identity of the trust and of each trustee and beneficiary (or class of beneficiaries) of the trust.

(3) Reportable event

For purposes of this subsection—

(A) In general

The term “reportable event” means—

(i) the creation of any foreign trust by a United States person,

(ii) the transfer of any money or property (directly or indirectly) to a foreign trust by a United States person, including a transfer by reason of death, and

(iii) the death of a citizen or resident of the United States if—

(I) the decedent was treated as the owner of any portion of a foreign trust under the rules of subpart E of part I of subchapter J of chapter 1, or

(II) any portion of a foreign trust was included in the gross estate of the decedent.

(B) Exceptions

(i) Fair market value sales

Subparagraph (A)(ii) shall not apply to any transfer of property to a trust in exchange for consideration of at least the fair market value of the transferred property. For purposes of the preceding sentence, consideration other than cash shall be taken into account at its fair market value and the rules of section 679(a)(3) shall apply.

(ii) Deferred compensation and charitable trusts

Subparagraph (A) shall not apply with respect to a trust which is—

(I) described in section 402(b), 404(a)(4), or 404A, or

(II) determined by the Secretary to be described in section 501(c)(3).

(4) Responsible party

For purposes of this subsection, the term “responsible party” means—

(A) the grantor in the case of the creation of an inter vivos trust,

(B) the transferor in the case of a reportable event described in paragraph (3)(A)(ii) other than a transfer by reason of death, and

(C) the executor of the decedent's estate in any other case.

(b) United States owner of foreign trust

(1) In general

If, at any time during any taxable year of a United States person, such person is treated as the owner of any portion of a foreign trust under the rules of subpart E of part I of subchapter J of chapter 1, such person shall submit such information as the Secretary may prescribe with respect to such trust for such year and shall be responsible to ensure that—

(A) such trust makes a return for such year which sets forth a full and complete accounting of all trust activities and operations for the year, the name of the United States agent for such trust, and such other information as the Secretary may prescribe, and

(B) such trust furnishes such information as the Secretary may prescribe to each United States person (i) who is treated as the owner of any portion of such trust or (ii) who receives (directly or indirectly) any distribution from the trust.

(2) Trusts not having United States agent

(A) In general

If the rules of this paragraph apply to any foreign trust, the determination of amounts required to be taken into account with respect to such trust by a United States person under the rules of subpart E of part I of subchapter J of chapter 1 shall be determined by the Secretary.

(B) United States agent required

The rules of this paragraph shall apply to any foreign trust to which paragraph (1) applies unless such trust agrees (in such manner, subject to such conditions, and at such time as the Secretary shall prescribe) to authorize a United States person to act as such trust's limited agent solely for purposes of applying sections 7602, 7603, and 7604 with respect to—

(i) any request by the Secretary to examine records or produce testimony related to the proper treatment of amounts required to be taken into account under the rules referred to in subparagraph (A), or

(ii) any summons by the Secretary for such records or testimony.


The appearance of persons or production of records by reason of a United States person being such an agent shall not subject such persons or records to legal process for any purpose other than determining the correct treatment under this title of the amounts required to be taken into account under the rules referred to in subparagraph (A). A foreign trust which appoints an agent described in this subparagraph shall not be considered to have an office or a permanent establishment in the United States, or to be engaged in a trade or business in the United States, solely because of the activities of such agent pursuant to this subsection.

(C) Other rules to apply

Rules similar to the rules of paragraphs (2) and (4) of section 6038A(e) shall apply for purposes of this paragraph.

(c) Reporting by United States beneficiaries of foreign trusts

(1) In general

If any United States person receives (directly or indirectly) during any taxable year of such person any distribution from a foreign trust, such person shall make a return with respect to such trust for such year which includes—

(A) the name of such trust,

(B) the aggregate amount of the distributions so received from such trust during such taxable year, and

(C) such other information as the Secretary may prescribe.

(2) Inclusion in income if records not provided

(A) In general

If adequate records are not provided to the Secretary to determine the proper treatment of any distribution from a foreign trust, such distribution shall be treated as an accumulation distribution includible in the gross income of the distributee under chapter 1. To the extent provided in regulations, the preceding sentence shall not apply if the foreign trust elects to be subject to rules similar to the rules of subsection (b)(2)(B).

(B) Application of accumulation distribution rules

For purposes of applying section 668 in a case to which subparagraph (A) applies, the applicable number of years for purposes of section 668(a) shall be ½ of the number of years the trust has been in existence.

(d) Special rules

(1) Determination of whether United States person makes transfer or receives distribution

For purposes of this section, in determining whether a United States person makes a transfer to, or receives a distribution from, a foreign trust, the fact that a portion of such trust is treated as owned by another person under the rules of subpart E of part I of subchapter J of chapter 1 shall be disregarded.

(2) Domestic trusts with foreign activities

To the extent provided in regulations, a trust which is a United States person shall be treated as a foreign trust for purposes of this section and section 6677 if such trust has substantial activities, or holds substantial property, outside the United States.

(3) Time and manner of filing information

Any notice or return required under this section shall be made at such time and in such manner as the Secretary shall prescribe.

(4) Modification of return requirements

The Secretary is authorized to suspend or modify any requirement of this section if the Secretary determines that the United States has no significant tax interest in obtaining the required information.

(5) United States person's return must be consistent with trust return or Secretary notified of inconsistency

Rules similar to the rules of section 6034A(c) shall apply to items reported by a trust under subsection (b)(1)(B) and to United States persons referred to in such subsection.

(Added Pub. L. 87–834, §7(f), Oct. 16, 1962, 76 Stat. 987; amended Pub. L. 94–455, title X, §1013(d)(1), (e)(3), (4), title XIX, §1906(b)(13)(A), Oct. 4, 1976, 90 Stat. 1616, 1834; Pub. L. 97–248, title III, §341(b), Sept. 3, 1982, 96 Stat. 635; Pub. L. 104–188, title I, §1901(a), Aug. 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1904; Pub. L. 105–34, title X, §1027(b), title XVI, §1601(i)(1), Aug. 5, 1997, 111 Stat. 926, 1092; Pub. L. 111–147, title V, §534(a), Mar. 18, 2010, 124 Stat. 114.)

Amendments

2010—Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 111–147 inserted “shall submit such information as the Secretary may prescribe with respect to such trust for such year and” before “shall be responsible to ensure” in introductory provisions.

1997—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 105–34, §1601(i)(1), substituted “owner” for “grantor” in heading.

Subsec. (d)(5). Pub. L. 105–34, §1027(b), added par. (5).

1996—Pub. L. 104–188 amended section generally, substituting provisions calling for improved information reporting on foreign trusts for provisions calling for the filing of returns as to foreign trusts, prescribing the form and contents of such returns, and requiring annual returns for foreign trusts with one or more United States beneficiaries.

1982—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 97–248 inserted “(or on or before such later day as the Secretary may by regulations prescribe)” after “the 90th day”.

1976—Pub. L. 94–455, §1013(e)(4), struck out “creation of or transfer to” after “Returns as to” in section catchline.

Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 94–455, §1906(b)(13)(A), struck out “or his delegate” after “Secretary”.

Subsecs. (c), (d). Pub. L. 94–455, §1013(d)(1), (e)(3), added subsec. (c), redesignated former subsec. (c) as (d), and in subsec. (d) struck out cross reference to section 643(d) for definition of “foreign trust created by a United States person”.

Effective Date of 2010 Amendment

Pub. L. 111–147, title V, §534(b), Mar. 18, 2010, 124 Stat. 115, provided that: “The amendment made by this section [amending this section] shall apply to taxable years beginning after the date of the enactment of this Act [Mar. 18, 2010].”

Effective Date of 1997 Amendment

Amendment by section 1027(b) of Pub. L. 105–34 applicable to returns of beneficiaries and owners filed after Aug. 5, 1997, see section 1027(c) of Pub. L. 105–34, set out as a note under section 6034A of this title.

Amendment by section 1601(i)(1) of Pub. L. 105–34 effective as if included in the provisions of the Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996, Pub. L. 104–188, to which it relates, see section 1601(j) of Pub. L. 105–34, set out as a note under section 23 of this title.

Effective Date of 1996 Amendment

Section 1901(d) of Pub. L. 104–188 provided that:

“(1) Reportable events.—To the extent related to subsection (a) of section 6048 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended by this section, the amendments made by this section [amending this section and sections 6677 and 6724 of this title] shall apply to reportable events (as defined in such section 6048) occurring after the date of the enactment of this Act [Aug. 20, 1996].

“(2) Grantor trust reporting.—To the extent related to subsection (b) of such section 6048, the amendments made by this section shall apply to taxable years of United States persons beginning after December 31, 1995.

“(3) Reporting by united states beneficiaries.—To the extent related to subsection (c) of such section 6048, the amendments made by this section shall apply to distributions received after the date of the enactment of this Act.”

Effective Date of 1982 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 97–248 applicable to returns filed after Sept. 3, 1982, see section 341(c) of Pub. L. 97–248, set out as a note under section 6046 of this title.

§6049. Returns regarding payments of interest

(a) Requirement of reporting

Every person—

(1) who makes payments of interest (as defined in subsection (b)) aggregating $10 or more to any other person during any calendar year, or

(2) who receives payments of interest (as so defined) as a nominee and who makes payments aggregating $10 or more during any calendar year to any other person with respect to the interest so received,


shall make a return according to the forms or regulations prescribed by the Secretary, setting forth the aggregate amount of such payments and the name and address of the person to whom paid.

(b) Interest defined

(1) General rule

For purposes of subsection (a), the term “interest” means—

(A) interest on any obligation—

(i) issued in registered form, or

(ii) of a type offered to the public,


other than any obligation with a maturity (at issue) of not more than 1 year which is held by a corporation,

(B) interest on deposits with persons carrying on the banking business,

(C) amounts (whether or not designated as interest) paid by a mutual savings bank, savings and loan association, building and loan association, cooperative bank, homestead association, credit union, industrial loan association or bank, or similar organization, in respect of deposits, investment certificates, or withdrawable or repurchasable shares,

(D) interest on amounts held by an insurance company under an agreement to pay interest thereon,

(E) interest on deposits with brokers (as defined in section 6045(c)),

(F) interest paid on amounts held by investment companies (as defined in section 3 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a–3)) and on amounts invested in other pooled funds or trusts, and

(G) to the extent provided in regulations prescribed by the Secretary, any other interest (which is not described in paragraph (2)).

(2) Exceptions

For purposes of subsection (a), the term “interest” does not include—

(A) interest on any obligation issued by a natural person,

(B) except to the extent otherwise provided in regulations—

(i) any amount paid to any person described in paragraph (4), or

(ii) any amount described in paragraph (5), and


(C) except to the extent otherwise provided in regulations, any amount not described in subparagraph (B) of this paragraph which is income from sources outside the United States or which is paid by—

(i) a foreign government or international organization or any agency or instrumentality thereof,

(ii) a foreign central bank of issue,

(iii) a foreign corporation not engaged in a trade or business in the United States,

(iv) a foreign corporation, the interest payments of which would be exempt from withholding under subchapter A of chapter 3 if paid to a person who is not a United States person, or

(v) a partnership not engaged in a trade or business in the United States and composed in whole of nonresident alien individuals and person described in clause (i), (ii), or (iii).

(3) Payments by United States nominees, etc., of United States person

If, within the United States, a United States person—

(A) collects interest (or otherwise acts as a middleman between the payor and payee) from a foreign person described in paragraph (2)(D) or collects interest from a United States person which is income from sources outside the United States for a second person who is a United States person, or

(B) makes payments of such interest to such second United States person,


notwithstanding paragraph (2)(D), such payment shall be subject to the requirements of subsection (a) with respect to such second United States person.

(4) Persons described in this paragraph

A person is described in this paragraph if such person is—

(A) a corporation,

(B) an organization exempt from taxation under section 501(a) or an individual retirement plan,

(C) the United States or any wholly owned agency or instrumentality thereof,

(D) a State, the District of Columbia, a possession of the United States, any political subdivision of any of the foregoing, or any wholly owned agency or instrumentality of any one or more of the foregoing,

(E) a foreign government, a political subdivision of a foreign government, or any wholly owned agency or instrumentality of any one or more of the foregoing,

(F) an international organization or any wholly owned agency or instrumentality thereof,

(G) a foreign central bank of issue,

(H) a dealer in securities or commodities required to register as such under the laws of the United States or a State, the District of Columbia, or a possession of the United States,

(I) a real estate investment trust (as defined in section 856),

(J) an entity registered at all times during the taxable year under the Investment Company Act of 1940,

(K) a common trust fund (as defined in section 584(a)), or

(L) any trust which—

(i) is exempt from tax under section 664(c), or

(ii) is described in section 4947(a)(1).

(5) Amounts described in this paragraph

An amount is described in this paragraph if such amount—

(A) is subject to withholding under subchapter A of chapter 3 (relating to withholding of tax on nonresident aliens and foreign corporations) by the person paying such amount, or

(B) would be subject to withholding under subchapter A of chapter 3 by the person paying such amount but for the fact that—

(i) such amount is income from sources outside the United States,

(ii) the payor thereof is exempt from the application of section 1441(a) by reason of section 1441(c) or a tax treaty,

(iii) such amount is original issue discount (within the meaning of section 1273(a)), or

(iv) such amount is described in section 871(i)(2).

(c) Statements to be furnished to persons with respect to whom information is required

(1) In general

Every person required to make a return under subsection (a) shall furnish to each person whose name is required to be set forth in such return a written statement showing—

(A) the name, address, and phone number of the information contact of the person required to make such return, and

(B) the aggregate amount of payments to, or the aggregate amount includible in the gross income of, the person required to be shown on the return.

(2) Time and form of statement

The written statement under paragraph (1)—

(A) shall be furnished (either in person or in a statement mailing by first-class mail which includes adequate notice that the statement is enclosed) to the person on or before January 31 of the year following the calendar year for which the return under subsection (a) was required to be made, and

(B) shall be in such form as the Secretary may prescribe by regulations.

(d) Definitions and special rules

For purposes of this section—

(1) Person

The term “person” includes any governmental unit and any agency or instrumentality thereof and any international organization and any agency or instrumentality thereof.

(2) Obligation

The term “obligation” includes bonds, debentures, notes, certificates, and other evidences of indebtedness.

(3) Payments by governmental units

In the case of payments made by any governmental unit or any agency or instrumentality thereof, the officer or employee having control of the payment of interest (or the person appropriately designated for purposes of this section) shall make the returns and statements required by this section.

(4) Financial institutions, brokers, etc., collecting interest may be substituted for payor

To the extent and in the manner provided by regulations, in the case of any obligation—

(A) a financial institution, broker, or other person specified in such regulations which collects interest on such obligation for the payee (or otherwise acts as a middleman between the payor and the payee) shall comply with the requirements of subsections (a) and (c), and

(B) no other person shall be required to comply with the requirements of subsections (a) and (c) with respect to any interest on such obligation for which reporting is required pursuant to subparagraph (A).

(5) Interest on certain obligations may be treated on a transactional basis

(A) In general

To the extent and in the manner provided in regulations, this section shall apply with respect to—

(i) any person described in paragraph (4)(A), and

(ii) in the case of any United States savings bonds, any Federal agency making payments thereon,


on any transactional basis rather than on an annual aggregation basis.

(B) Separate returns and statements

If subparagraph (A) applies to interest on any obligation, the return under subsection (a) and the statement furnished under subsection (c) with respect to such transaction may be made separately, but any such statement shall be furnished to the payee at such time as the Secretary may prescribe by regulations but not later than January 31 of the next calendar year.

(C) Statement to payee required in case of transactions involving $10 or more

In the case of any transaction to which this paragraph applies which involves the payment of $10 or more of interest, a statement of the transaction may be provided to the payee of such interest in lieu of the statement required under subsection (c). Such statement shall be provided during January of the year following the year in which such payment is made.

(6) Treatment of original issue discount

(A) In general

Original issue discount on any obligation shall be reported—

(i) as if paid at the time it is includible in gross income under section 1272 (except that for such purpose the amount reportable with respect to any subsequent holder shall be determined as if he were the original holder), and

(ii) if section 1272 does not apply to the obligation, at maturity (or, if earlier, on redemption).


In the case of any obligation not in registered form issued before January 1, 1983, clause (ii) and not clause (i) shall apply.

(B) Original issue discount

For purposes of this paragraph, the term “original issue discount” has the meaning given to such term by section 1273(a).

(7) Interests in REMIC's and certain other debt instruments

(A) In general

For purposes of subsection (a), the term “interest” includes amounts includible in gross income with respect to regular interests in REMIC's (and such amounts shall be treated as paid when includible in gross income under section 860B(b)).

(B) Reporting to corporations, etc.

Except as otherwise provided in regulations, in the case of any interest described in subparagraph (A) of this paragraph and any other debt instrument to which section 1272(a)(6) applies, subsection (b)(4) of this section shall be applied without regard to subparagraphs (A), (H), (I), (J), (K), and (L)(i).

(C) Additional information

Except as otherwise provided in regulations, any return or statement required to be filed or furnished under this section with respect to interest income described in subparagraph (A) and interest on any other debt instrument to which section 1272(a)(6) applies shall also provide information setting forth the adjusted issue price of the interest to which the return or statement relates at the beginning of each accrual period with respect to which interest income is required to be reported on such return or statement and information necessary to compute accrual of market discount.

(D) Regulatory authority

The Secretary may prescribe such regulations as are necessary or appropriate to carry out the purposes of this paragraph, including regulations which require more frequent or more detailed reporting.

(8) Reporting of credit on clean renewable energy bonds

(A) In general

For purposes of subsection (a), the term “interest” includes amounts includible in gross income under section 54(g) or 1400N(l)(6) and such amounts shall be treated as paid on the credit allowance date (as defined in section 54(b)(4) or 1400N(l)(2)(D), as the case may be).

(B) Reporting to corporations, etc.

Except as otherwise provided in regulations, in the case of any interest described in subparagraph (A), subsection (b)(4) shall be applied without regard to subparagraphs (A), (H), (I), (J), (K), and (L)(i) of such subsection.

(C) Regulatory authority

The Secretary may prescribe such regulations as are necessary or appropriate to carry out the purposes of this paragraph, including regulations which require more frequent or more detailed reporting.

(9) Reporting of credit on qualified tax credit bonds

(A) In general

For purposes of subsection (a), the term “interest” includes amounts includible in gross income under section 54A and such amounts shall be treated as paid on the credit allowance date (as defined in section 54A(e)(1)).

(B) Reporting to corporations, etc.

Except as otherwise provided in regulations, in the case of any interest described in subparagraph (A) of this paragraph, subsection (b)(4) of this section shall be applied without regard to subparagraphs (A), (H), (I), (J), (K), and (L)(i).

(C) Regulatory authority

The Secretary may prescribe such regulations as are necessary or appropriate to carry out the purposes of this paragraph, including regulations which require more frequent or more detailed reporting.

(Added Pub. L. 87–834, §19(c), Oct. 16, 1962, 76 Stat. 1055; amended Pub. L. 91–172, title IV, §413(c), (d), Dec. 30, 1969, 83 Stat. 611, 612; Pub. L. 94–455, title XIX, §§1901(b)(6)(A), 1906(b)(13)(A), Oct. 4, 1976, 90 Stat. 1793, 1834; Pub. L. 97–248, title III, §§303(b), 308(a), 309(a), Sept. 3, 1982, 96 Stat. 587, 591; Pub. L. 97–424, title V, §547(b)(4), Jan. 6, 1983, 96 Stat. 2200; Pub. L. 98–67, title I, §§102(a), (e), 108(a), Aug. 5, 1983, 97 Stat. 369, 370, 383; Pub. L. 98–369, div. A, title I, §42(a)(14), title IV, §474(r)(29)(J), July 18, 1984, 98 Stat. 557, 845; Pub. L. 99–514, title VI, §674, title XII, §1214(c)(4), title XV, §1501(c)(5), title XVIII, §1803(a)(14)(C), Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2319, 2543, 2737, 2797; Pub. L. 100–647, title I, §1006(t)(24), (v), Nov. 10, 1988, 102 Stat. 3426, 3427; Pub. L. 104–168, title XII, §1201(a)(6), July 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 1469; Pub. L. 109–58, title XIII, §1303(b), Aug. 8, 2005, 119 Stat. 996; Pub. L. 109–135, title I, §101(b)(2), Dec. 21, 2005, 119 Stat. 2593; Pub. L. 109–222, title V, §502(a), (b), May 17, 2006, 120 Stat. 354; Pub. L. 110–234, title XV, §15316(b), May 22, 2008, 122 Stat. 1511; Pub. L. 110–246, §4(a), title XV, §15316(b), June 18, 2008, 122 Stat. 1664, 2273.)

References in Text

The Investment Company Act of 1940, referred to in subsec. (b)(4)(J), is title I of act Aug. 22, 1940, ch. 686, 54 Stat. 789, as amended, which is classified generally to subchapter I (§80a–1 et seq.) of chapter 2D of Title 15, Commerce and Trade. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see section 80a–51 of Title 15 and Tables.

Codification

Pub. L. 110–234 and Pub. L. 110–246 made identical amendments to this section. The amendments by Pub. L. 110–234 were repealed by section 4(a) of Pub. L. 110–246.

Amendments

2008—Subsec. (d)(9). Pub. L. 110–246, §15316(b), added par. (9).

2006—Subsec. (b)(2)(B). Pub. L. 109–222, §502(a), redesignated subpar. (C) as (B) and struck out former subpar. (B) which read as follows: “interest on any obligation if such interest is exempt from tax under section 103(a) or if such interest is exempt from tax (without regard to the identity of the holder) under any other provision of this title,”.

Subsec. (b)(2)(C). Pub. L. 109–222 redesignated subpar. (D) as (C) and substituted “subparagraph (B)” for “subparagraph (C)”.

Subsec. (b)(2)(D). Pub. L. 109–222, §502(a), redesignated subpar. (D) as (C).

2005—Subsec. (d)(8). Pub. L. 109–58 added par. (8).

Subsec. (d)(8)(A). Pub. L. 109–135 inserted “or 1400N(l)(6)” after “section 54(g)” and “or 1400N(l)(2)(D), as the case may be” after “section 54(b)(4)”.

1996—Subsec. (c)(1)(A). Pub. L. 104–168 substituted “name, address, and phone number of the information contact” for “name and address”.

1988—Subsec. (d)(7)(A). Pub. L. 100–647, §1006(v), inserted parenthetical phrase relating to amounts treated as paid when includible in gross income under section 860B(b).

Subsec. (d)(7)(C). Pub. L. 100–647, §1006(t)(24), substituted “the adjusted issue price” for “the issue price”.

1986—Subsec. (b)(5)(B)(iii). Pub. L. 99–514, §1803(a)(14)(C), substituted “section 1273(a)” for “section 1232(b)(1)”.

Subsec. (b)(5)(B)(iv). Pub. L. 99–514, §1214(c)(4), added cl. (iv).

Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 99–514, §1501(c)(5), in amending subsec. (c) generally, substituted “information is required” for “information is furnished” in subsection heading and, in text, substituted references to persons required to make a return for former references to persons making a return and struck out provisions that no statement was required if the aggregate amount of payments to the person shown on the return was less than $10.

Subsec. (d)(7). Pub. L. 99–514, §674, added par. (7).

1984—Subsec. (b)(2)(E). Pub. L. 98–369, §474(r)(29)(J), struck out subpar. (E) which related to amounts on which the person making payments was required to deduct and withhold a tax under section 1451 (relating to tax-free covenant bonds), or would have been so required but for section 1451(d) (relating to benefit of personal exemptions).

Subsec. (d)(6)(A). Pub. L. 98–369, §42(a)(14)(A), substituted “section 1272” for “section 1232A” in two places.

Subsec. (d)(6)(B). Pub. L. 98–369, §42(a)(14)(B), substituted “section 1273(a)” for “section 1232(b)(1)”.

1983—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 98–67, §102(e)(1), struck out par. (3) which related to persons required under subchapter B of chapter 24 to withhold tax on the payment of interest and, in provisions following par. (2), substituted “and the name and address of the person to whom paid” for “, tax deducted and withheld, and the name and address of the person to whom paid or from whom withheld”.

Subsec. (b)(2)(B). Pub. L. 97–424 substituted “this title” for “law”.

Subsec. (b)(2)(C). Pub. L. 98–67, §102(e)(2), amended subpar. (C) generally, substituting in cl. (i) “person described in paragraph (4), or” for “person referred to in paragraph (2) of section 3452(c) (other than subparagraphs (J) and (K) thereof), or” and in cl. (ii) “described in paragraph (5),” for “described in section 3454(a)(2)(D) or (E),”.

Subsec. (b)(4), (5). Pub. L. 98–67, §102(e)(2)(B), added pars. (4) and (5).

Subsec. (c)(1)(C). Pub. L. 98–67, §102(e)(3), struck out subpar. (C) which related to aggregate amount of tax deducted and withheld with respect to the person under subchapter B of chapter 24.

Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 98–67, §108(a), amended par. (2) generally, inserting provision allowing the written statement to be furnished either in person or in a separate mailing by first-class mail and authorizing the Secretary to prescribe by regulation the form that the written statement must take.

Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 98–67, §102(a), repealed amendments made by Pub. L. 97–248. See 1982 Amendment note below.

1982—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 97–248, §309(a), redesignated subpars. (A) and (B) of former par. (1) as pars. (1) and (2), respectively, in par. (2) as so redesignated inserted “(as so defined)” after “payments of interest”, substituted par. (3) for former par. (1)(C) which described corporations with evidence of outstanding indebtedness in registered form for which during any calendar year there was at least $10 of original issue discount includible in the gross income of a holder under section 1232(a)(3) of this title without regard to subpar. (B) thereof, substituted “of such payments, tax deducted and withheld, and the name and address of the person to whom paid or from whom withheld” for “of such payments and such aggregate amount includible in the gross income of any holder and the name and address of the person to whom paid or such holder” in provisions following par. (3), formerly following par. (1)(C), and struck out former par. (2), which directed persons making aggregate interest payments of less than $10 to another person during any calendar year to report such payments and the recipients when required by the Secretary, and former par. (3), which required all corporations making payments of any amount of interest other than as defined in subsec. (b) to report such payments and the recipients when required by the Secretary.

Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 97–248, §309(a), substituted “subsection (a)” for “subsections (a)(1) and (2)” in provisions preceding subpar. (A), in subpar. (A) substituted “any obligation (i) issued in registered form, or (ii) of a type offered to the public, other than any obligation with a maturity (at issue) of not more than 1 year which is held by a corporation” for “evidences of indebtedness (including bonds, debentures, notes, and certificates) issued by a corporation in registered form, and, to the extent provided in regulations prescribed by the Secretary, interest on other evidences of indebtedness issued by a corporation of a type offered by corporations to the public” in subpar. (C) inserted “industrial loan association or bank” to list of payors of interest, in subpar. (E) substituted “brokers (as defined in section 6045(c))” for “stockbrokers and dealers in securities”, added subpars. (F) and (G), in par. (2) substituted “subsection (a)” for “subsections (a)(1) and (2)” in provisions preceding subpar. (A), added subpar. (A), redesignated former subpar. (A) as (B), in subpar. (B) as so redesignated inserted reference to exemption under any provision of law, added subpar. (C), redesignated former subpar. (B) as (D), in subpar. (D) as so redesignated substituted provisions that the subpar. operates except to the extent otherwise provided in regulations or in subpar. (C) for provisions that the subpar. operates to the extent provided in regulations, added cls. (i) and (ii), designated existing provisions as cls. (iii) to (v), in cl. (iii) as so designated inserted specification of not being engaged in trade or business in the United States, in cl. (iv) as so designated inserted specification of exemption under subchapter A of chapter 3, redesignated former subpar. (C) as (E), and added par. (3).

Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 97–248, §309(a), substituted “subsection (a)” for “subsection (a)(1)” wherever appearing, designated provision before former par. (1) as par. (1), redesignated former pars. (1) and (2) as subpars. (A) and (B), respectively, added subpar. (C), designated first sentence after former par. (2) as par. (2), designated second sentence after former par. (2) as par. (3), in par. (3) as so designated inserted “with respect to payments of interest to any person” after “No statement”, struck out “, or the aggregate amount includible in the gross income of,” after “payments to”, and substituted “paragraph (1) or (2)” for “subparagraph (A), (B), or (C)” after “with respect to”.

Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 97–248, §309(a), added subsec. (d).

Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 97–248, §§303(b), 308(a), provided that, applicable to payments of interest, dividends, and patronage dividends paid or credited after June 30, 1983, a new subsec. (e) is added. Section 102(a), (b) of Pub. L. 98–67, title I, Aug. 5, 1983, 97 Stat. 369, repealed subtitle A (§§301–308) of title III of Pub. L. 97–248 as of the close of June 30, 1983, and provided that the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 [now 1986] [this title] shall be applied and administered (subject to certain exceptions) as if such subtitle A (and the amendments made by such subtitle A) had not been enacted.

1976—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 94–455, §1906(b)(13)(A), struck out “or his delegate” after “Secretary” wherever appearing.

Subsec. (b)(1), (2)(A), (B). Pub. L. 94–455, §§1901(b)(6)(A), 1906(b)(13)(A), substituted “section 103(a)” for “section 103(a)(1) or (3)”, and struck out “or his delegate” after “Secretary” wherever appearing.

1969—Subsec. (a)(1)(C). Pub. L. 91–172, §413(c), added subpar. (C).

Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 91–172, §413(d), further qualified requirement to furnish statement by reference to aggregate amount includible in gross income.

Effective Date of 2008 Amendment

Amendment of this section and repeal of Pub. L. 110–234 by Pub. L. 110–246 effective May 22, 2008, the date of enactment of Pub. L. 110–234, except as otherwise provided, see section 4 of Pub. L. 110–246, set out as an Effective Date note under section 8701 of Title 7, Agriculture.

Amendment by section 15316(b) of Pub. L. 110–246 applicable to obligations issued after June 18, 2008, see section 15316(d) of Pub. L. 110–246, set out as a note under section 54 of this title.

Effective Date of 2006 Amendment

Pub. L. 109–222, title V, §502(c), May 17, 2006, 120 Stat. 354, provided that: “The amendments made by this section [amending this section] shall apply to interest paid after December 31, 2005.”

Effective Date of 2005 Amendments

Amendment by Pub. L. 109–135 applicable to taxable years ending on or after Aug. 28, 2005, see section 101(c)(1) of Pub. L. 109–135, set out as an Effective Date note under section 1400N of this title.

Amendment by Pub. L. 109–58 applicable to bonds issued after Dec. 31, 2005, see section 1303(e) of Pub. L. 109–58, as amended, set out as an Effective Date note under section 54 of this title.

Effective Date of 1996 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 104–168 applicable to statements required to be furnished after Dec. 31, 1996 (determined without regard to any extension), see section 1201(b) of Pub. L. 104–168, set out as a note under section 6041 of this title.

Effective Date of 1988 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 100–647 effective, except as otherwise provided, as if included in the provision of the Tax Reform Act of 1986, Pub. L. 99–514, to which such amendment relates, see section 1019(a) of Pub. L. 100–647, set out as a note under section 1 of this title.

Effective Date of 1986 Amendment

Amendment by section 674 of Pub. L. 99–514 effective Jan. 1, 1987, see section 675(a) of Pub. L. 99–514, as amended, set out as an Effective Date note under section 860A of this title.

Amendment by section 1214(c)(4) of Pub. L. 99–514 applicable to payments made in taxable year of payor beginning after Dec. 31, 1986, except as otherwise provided, see section 1214(d) of Pub. L. 99–514, as amended, set out as a note under section 861 of this title.

Amendment by section 1501(c)(5) of Pub. L. 99–514 applicable to returns the due date for which (determined without regard to extensions) is after Oct. 22, 1986, see section 1501(e) of Pub. L. 99–514, set out as an Effective Date note under section 6721 of this title.

Amendment by section 1803(a)(14)(C) of Pub. L. 99–514 effective, except as otherwise provided, as if included in the provisions of the Tax Reform Act of 1984, Pub. L. 98–369, div. A, to which such amendment relates, see section 1881 of Pub. L. 99–514, set out as a note under section 48 of this title.

Effective Date of 1984 Amendment

Amendment by section 42(a)(14) of Pub. L. 98–369 applicable to taxable years ending after July 18, 1984, see section 44 of Pub. L. 98–369, set out as an Effective Date note under section 1271 of this title.

Amendment by section 474(r)(29)(J) of Pub. L. 98–369 not applicable with respect to obligations issued before Jan. 1, 1984, see section 475(b) of Pub. L. 98–369, set out as a note under section 33 of this title.

Effective Date of 1983 Amendment

Amendment by section 102(a), (e) of Pub. L. 98–67 effective as of close of June 30, 1983, see section 110(b) of Pub. L. 98–67, set out as a note under section 31 of this title.

Amendment by section 108(a) of Pub. L. 98–67 applicable with respect to payments made after Dec. 31, 1983, see section 110(a) of Pub. L. 98–67.

Effective Date of 1982 Amendment

Section 309(c) of Pub. L. 97–248 provided that: “The amendments made by this section [amending this section and sections 6041, 6652, and 6678 of this title] shall apply to amounts paid (or treated as paid) after December 31, 1982.”

Effective Date of 1969 Amendment

Section 413(e) of Pub. L. 91–172 provided that: “The amendments made by this section [amending this section and section 1232 of this title] shall apply with respect to bonds and other evidences of indebtedness issued after May 27, 1969 (other than evidences of indebtedness issued pursuant to a written commitment which was binding on May 27, 1969, and at all times thereafter).”

Effective Date

Section applicable to payments of dividends and interest made on or after Jan. 1, 1963, and to payments of amounts described in section 6044(b) of this title made on or after Jan. 1, 1963, with respect to patronage occurring on or after the first day of the first taxable year of the cooperative beginning on or after Jan. 1, 1963, see section 19(h) of Pub. L. 87–834, set out as an Effective Date of 1962 Amendment note under section 6042 of this title.

Applicability of Certain Amendments by Pub. L. 99–514 in Relation to Treaty Obligations of United States

For nonapplication of amendment by section 1214(c)(4) of Pub. L. 99–514 to the extent application of such amendment would be contrary to any treaty obligation of the United States in effect on Oct. 22, 1986, with provision that for such purposes any amendment by title I of Pub. L. 100–647 be treated as if it had been included in the provision of Pub. L. 99–514 to which such amendment relates, see section 1012(aa)(3), (4) of Pub. L. 100–647, set out as a note under section 861 of this title.

Plan Amendments Not Required Until January 1, 1989

For provisions directing that if any amendments made by subtitle A or subtitle C of title XI [§§1101–1147 and 1171–1177] or title XVIII [§§1800–1899A] of Pub. L. 99–514 require an amendment to any plan, such plan amendment shall not be required to be made before the first plan year beginning on or after Jan. 1, 1989, see section 1140 of Pub. L. 99–514, as amended, set out as a note under section 401 of this title.

[§6050. Repealed. Pub. L. 96–167, §5(a), Dec. 29, 1979, 93 Stat. 1276]

Section, added Pub. L. 91–172, title I, §121(e)(1), Dec. 30, 1969, 83 Stat. 548; amended Pub. L. 94–455, title XIX, §1906(b)(13)(A), Oct. 4, 1976, 90 Stat. 1834, provided for a return by transferor of income producing property if the transferee was known to be an organization referred to in section 511(a) or (b) and property had a fair market value in excess of $50,000.

Effective Date of Repeal

Section 5(c) of Pub. L. 96–167 provided that: “The amendments made by this section [repealing this section] shall apply to transfers after the date of the enactment of this Act [Dec. 29, 1979].”

§6050A. Reporting requirements of certain fishing boat operators

(a) Reports

The operator of a boat on which one or more individuals, during a calendar year, perform services described in section 3121(b)(20) shall submit to the Secretary (at such time, and in such manner and form, as the Secretary shall by regulations prescribe) information respecting—

(1) the identity of each individual performing such services;

(2) the percentage of each such individual's share of the catches of fish or other forms of aquatic animal life, and the percentage of the operator's share of such catches;

(3) if such individual receives his share in kind, the type and weight of such share, together with such other information as the Secretary may prescribe by regulations reasonably necessary to determine the value of such share;

(4) if such individual receives a share of the proceeds of such catches, the amount so received; and

(5) any cash remuneration described in section 3121(b)(20)(A).

(b) Written statement

Every person required to make a return under subsection (a) shall furnish to each person whose name is required to be set forth in such return a written statement showing the information relating to such person required to be contained in such return. The written statement required under the preceding sentence shall be furnished to the person on or before January 31 of the year following the calendar year for which the return under subsection (a) was required to be made.

(Added Pub. L. 94–455, title XII, §1207(e)(3)(A), Oct. 4, 1976, 90 Stat. 1707; amended Pub. L. 99–514, title XV, §1501(c)(6), Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2737; Pub. L. 104–188, title I, §1116(a)(1)(C), Aug. 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1762.)

Amendments

1996—Subsec. (a)(5). Pub. L. 104–188 added par. (5).

1986—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 99–514 amended subsec. (b) generally. Prior to amendment, subsec. (b) read as follows: “Every person making a return under subsection (a) shall furnish to each person whose name is set forth in such return a written statement showing the information relating to such person contained in such return. The written statement required under the preceding sentence shall be furnished to the person on or before January 31 of the year following the calendar year for which the return under subsection (a) was made.”

Effective Date of 1996 Amendment

Amendments by Pub. L. 104–188 applicable to remuneration paid after Dec. 31, 1996, see section 1116(a)(3)(B) of Pub. L. 104–188, set out as a note under section 3121 of this title.

Effective Date of 1986 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 99–514 applicable to returns the due date for which (determined without regard to extensions) is after Dec. 31, 1986, see section 1501(e) of Pub. L. 99–514, set out as an Effective Date note under section 6721 of this title.

Effective Date

Section effective for calendar years beginning after Oct. 4, 1976, see section 1207(f)(4)(A) of Pub. L. 94–455, set out as a note under section 3121 of this title.

§6050B. Returns relating to unemployment compensation

(a) Requirement of reporting

Every person who makes payments of unemployment compensation aggregating $10 or more to any individual during any calendar year shall make a return according to the forms or regulations prescribed by the Secretary, setting forth the aggregate amounts of such payments and the name and address of the individual to whom paid.

(b) Statements to be furnished to individuals with respect to whom information is required

Every person required to make a return under subsection (a) shall furnish to each individual whose name is required to be set forth in such return a written statement showing—

(1) the name, address, and phone number of the information contact of the person required to make such return, and

(2) the aggregate amount of payments to the individual required to be shown on such return.


The written statement required under the preceding sentence shall be furnished to the individual on or before January 31 of the year following the calendar year for which the return under subsection (a) was required to be made.

(c) Definitions

For purposes of this section—

(1) Unemployment compensation

The term “unemployment compensation” has the meaning given to such term by section 85(b).

(2) Person

The term “person” means the officer or employee having control of the payment of the unemployment compensation, or the person appropriately designated for purposes of this section.

(Added Pub. L. 95–600, title I, §112(b), Nov. 6, 1978, 92 Stat. 2777; amended Pub. L. 99–514, title XV, §1501(c)(7), Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2738; Pub. L. 104–168, title XII, §1201(a)(7), July 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 1469; Pub. L. 104–188, title I, §1704(t)(14), Aug. 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1888.)

Amendments

1996—Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 104–168 substituted “name, address, and phone number of the information contact” for “name and address”.

Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 104–188 substituted “section 85(b)” for “section 85(c)”.

1986—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 99–514, in amending subsec. (b) generally, substituted references to persons required to make a return for former references to persons making a return and references to individuals whose names are required to be set forth for former references to individuals whose names are set forth, and struck out provision directing that no statement is required to be furnished to individuals if the aggregate amount of payments to such individual shown on the return is less than $10.

Effective Date of 1996 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 104–168 applicable to statements required to be furnished after Dec. 31, 1996 (determined without regard to any extension), see section 1201(b) of Pub. L. 104–168, set out as a note under section 6041 of this title.

Effective Date of 1986 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 99–514 applicable to returns the due date for which (determined without regard to extensions) is after Dec. 31, 1986, see section 1501(e) of Pub. L. 99–514, set out as an Effective Date note under section 6721 of this title.

Effective Date

Section applicable to payments of unemployment compensation made after Dec. 31, 1978, in taxable years ending after such date, but not applicable to payments made for weeks of unemployment ending before Dec. 1, 1978, see section 112(d) of Pub. L. 95–600, as amended, set out as a note under section 85 of this title.

Waiver of Statute of Limitations

For provisions relating to credit or refund of overpayment of tax resulting from 1984 amendment to section 112(d) of Pub. L. 95–600, see section 1075(b) of Pub. L. 98–369, set out as a note under section 85 of this title.

[§6050C. Repealed. Pub. L. 100–418, title I, §1941(b)(1), Aug. 23, 1988, 102 Stat. 1323]

Section, added Pub. L. 96–223, title I, §101(d)(1), Apr. 2, 1980, 94 Stat. 251; amended Pub. L. 99–514, title XV, §1501(d)(1)(E), Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2740, related to information regarding windfall profit tax on domestic crude oil.

Effective Date of Repeal

Repeal applicable to crude oil removed from the premises on or after Aug. 23, 1988, see section 1941(c) of Pub. L. 100–418, set out as an Effective Date of 1988 Amendment note under section 164 of this title.

§6050D. Returns relating to energy grants and financing

(a) In general

Every person who administers a Federal, State, or local program a principal purpose of which is to provide subsidized financing or grants for projects to conserve or produce energy shall, to the extent required under regulations prescribed by the Secretary, make a return setting forth the name and address of each taxpayer receiving financing or a grant under such program and the aggregate amount so received by such individual.

(b) Definition of person

For purposes of this section, the term “person” means the officer or employee having control of the program, or the person appropriately designated for purposes of this section.

(Added Pub. L. 96–223, title II, §203(b)(1), Apr. 2, 1980, 94 Stat. 259.)

Effective Date

Section 203(c) of Pub. L. 96–223 provided that: “The amendments made by this section [amending this section and section 23 of this title] shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 1980, but only with respect to financing or grants made after such date.”

§6050E. State and local income tax refunds

(a) Requirement of reporting

Every person who, with respect to any individual, during any calendar year makes payments of refunds of State or local income taxes (or allows credits or offsets with respect to such taxes) aggregating $10 or more shall make a return according to forms or regulations prescribed by the Secretary setting forth the aggregate amount of such payments, credits, or offsets, and the name and address of the individual with respect to whom such payment, credit, or offset was made.

(b) Statements to be furnished to individuals with respect to whom information is required

Every person required to make a return under subsection (a) shall furnish to each individual whose name is required to be set forth in such return a written statement showing—

(1) the name of the State or political subdivision thereof, and

(2) the information required to be shown on the return with respect to refunds, credits, and offsets to the individual.


The written statement required under the preceding sentence shall be furnished to the individual during January of the calendar year following the calendar year for which the return under subsection (a) was required to be made. No statement shall be required under this subsection with respect to any individual if it is determined (in the manner provided by regulations) that such individual did not claim itemized deductions under chapter 1 for the taxable year giving rise to the refund, credit, or offset.

(c) Person defined

For purposes of this section, the term “person” means the officer or employee having control of the payment of the refunds (or the allowance of the credits or offsets) or the person appropriately designated for purposes of this section.

(Added Pub. L. 97–248, title III, §313(a), Sept. 3, 1982, 96 Stat. 603; amended Pub. L. 98–369, div. A, title I, §151(a), July 18, 1984, 98 Stat. 690; Pub. L. 99–514, title XV, §1501(c)(8), Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2738.)

Amendments

1986—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 99–514, in amending subsec. (b) generally, substituted “information is required” for “information is furnished” in heading and, in text, substituted references to persons required to make a return for former references to persons making a return and references to persons whose name is required to be set forth for former references to persons whose name is set forth.

1984—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 98–369 inserted provision that no statement is required under this subsection with respect to any individual if it is determined (in the manner provided by regulations) that such individual did not claim itemized deductions under chapter 1 for the taxable year giving rise to the refund, credit, or offset.

Effective Date of 1986 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 99–514 applicable to returns the due date for which (determined without regard to extensions) is after Dec. 31, 1986, see section 1501(e) of Pub. L. 99–514, set out as an Effective Date note under section 6721 of this title.

Effective Date of 1984 Amendment

Section 151(b) of Pub. L. 98–369 provided that: “The amendment made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall apply to payments of refunds, and credits and offsets made, after December 31, 1982.”

Effective Date

Section 313(c) of Pub. L. 97–248 provided that: “The amendments made by this section [enacting this section] shall apply to payments of refunds, and credits and offsets made, after December 31, 1982.”

§6050F. Returns relating to social security benefits

(a) Requirement of reporting

The appropriate Federal official shall make a return, according to the forms and regulations prescribed by the Secretary, setting forth—

(1) the—

(A) aggregate amount of social security benefits paid with respect to any individual during any calendar year,

(B) aggregate amount of social security benefits repaid by such individual during such calendar year, and

(C) aggregate reductions under section 224 of the Social Security Act (or under section 3(a)(1) of the Railroad Retirement Act of 1974) in benefits which would otherwise have been paid to such individual during the calendar year on account of amounts received under a workmen's compensation act, and


(2) the name and address of such individual.

(b) Statements to be furnished to persons with respect to whom information is required

Every person required to make a return under subsection (a) shall furnish to each individual whose name is required to be set forth in such return a written statement showing—

(1) the name of the agency making the payments, and

(2) the aggregate amount of payments, of repayments, and of reductions, with respect to the individual required to be shown on such return.


The written statement required under the preceding sentence shall be furnished to the individual on or before January 31 of the year following the calendar year for which the return under subsection (a) was required to be made.

(c) Definitions

For purposes of this section

(1) Appropriate Federal official

The term “appropriate Federal official” means—

(A) the Commissioner of Social Security in the case of social security benefits described in section 86(d)(1)(A), and

(B) the Railroad Retirement Board in the case of social security benefits described in section 86(d)(1)(B).

(2) Social security benefit

The term “social security benefit” has the meaning given to such term by section 86(d)(1).

(Added Pub. L. 98–21, title I, §121(b), Apr. 20, 1983, 97 Stat. 82; amended Pub. L. 99–514, title XV, §1501(c)(9), Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2738; Pub. L. 100–360, title I, §111(b), July 1, 1988, 102 Stat. 697; Pub. L. 101–234, title I, §102(a), Dec. 13, 1989, 103 Stat. 1980; Pub. L. 103–296, title I, §108(h)(4), Aug. 15, 1994, 108 Stat. 1487.)

References in Text

Section 224 of the Social Security Act, referred to in subsec. (a)(1)(C), is classified to section 424a of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare.

Section 3(a)(1) of the Railroad Retirement Act of 1974, referred to in subsec. (a)(1)(C), is classified to section 231b(a)(1) of Title 45, Railroads.

Amendments

1994—Subsec. (c)(1)(A). Pub. L. 103–296 substituted “Commissioner of Social Security” for “Secretary of Health and Human Services”.

1989—Subsecs. (a), (b)(1), (2), (c)(1)(A). Pub. L. 101–234, §102(a), repealed Pub. L. 100–360, §111, and provided that the provisions of law amended by such section are restored or revived as if such section had not been enacted, see 1988 Amendment note below.

1988—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 100–360, §111(b)(1), added par. (2) and redesignated former par. (2) as (3).

Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 100–360, §111(b)(2)(A), inserted “or making the determination under subsection (a)(2)” after “payments”.

Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 100–360, §111(b)(2)(B), inserted “and the information required under subsection (a)(2),” after “reductions,”.

Subsec. (c)(1)(A). Pub. L. 100–360, §111(b)(3), inserted “and the information required under subsection (a)(2)” after “section 86(d)(1)(A)”.

1986—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 99–514, in amending subsec. (b) generally, substituted “information is required” for “information is furnished” in heading and, in text, substituted references to persons required to make a return for former references to persons making a return and references to persons whose name is required to be set forth for former references to persons whose name is set forth.

Effective Date of 1994 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 103–296 effective Mar. 31, 1995, see section 110(a) of Pub. L. 103–296, set out as a note under section 401 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare.

Effective Date of 1989 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 101–234 applicable to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1988, see section 102(d)(2) of Pub. L. 101–234, set out as an Effective Date of Repeal note under section 59B of this title.

Effective Date of 1988 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 100–360 applicable to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1988, see section 111(e) of Pub. L. 100–360, set out as an Effective Date note under section 59B of this title.

Effective Date of 1986 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 99–514 applicable to returns the due date for which (determined without regard to extensions) is after Dec. 31, 1986, see section 1501(e) of Pub. L. 99–514, set out as an Effective Date note under section 6721 of this title.

Effective Date

Section applicable to benefits received after Dec. 31, 1983, in taxable years ending after such date, except for any portion of a lump-sum payment of social security benefits received after Dec. 31, 1983, if the generally applicable payment date for such portion was before Jan. 1, 1984, see section 121(g) of Pub. L. 98–21, set out as a note under section 86 of this title.

Repeal of Supplemental Medicare Premium and Federal Hospital Insurance Catastrophic Coverage Reserve Fund

Section 102(a) of Pub. L. 101–234 provided that: “Sections 111 and 112 of MCCA [Pub. L. 100–360, which enacted section 59B of this title and section 1395i–1a of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare, amended this section, and enacted provisions set out as notes under section 59B of this title and section 1395i–1a of Title 42] are repealed and the provisions of law amended by such sections are restored or revived as if such sections had not been enacted.”

§6050G. Returns relating to certain railroad retirement benefits

(a) In general

The Railroad Retirement Board shall make a return, according to the forms and regulations prescribed by the Secretary, setting forth—

(1) the aggregate amount of benefits paid under the Railroad Retirement Act of 1974 (other than tier 1 railroad retirement benefits, as defined in section 86(d)(4)) to any individual during any calendar year,

(2) the employee contributions (to the extent not previously taken into account under section 72(d)(1)) 1 which are treated as having been paid for purposes of section 72(r),

(3) the name and address of such individual, and

(4) such other information as the Secretary may require.

(b) Statements to be furnished to persons with respect to whom information is required

The Railroad Retirement Board shall furnish to each individual whose name is required to be set forth in the return under subsection (a) a written statement showing—

(1) the aggregate amount of payments to such individual, and of employee contributions with respect thereto, required to be shown on the return, and

(2) such other information as the Secretary may require.


The written statement required under the preceding sentence shall be furnished to the individual on or before January 31 of the year following the calendar year for which the return under subsection (a) was required to be made.

(Added Pub. L. 98–76, title II, §224(b)(1), Aug. 12, 1983, 97 Stat. 422; amended Pub. L. 99–514, title XV, §1501(c)(10), Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2739.)

References in Text

The Railroad Retirement Act of 1974, referred to in subsec. (a)(1), is act Aug. 29, 1935, ch. 812, as amended generally by Pub. L. 93–445, title I, §101, Oct. 16, 1974, 88 Stat. 1305, which is classified generally to subchapter IV (§231 et seq.) of chapter 9 of Title 45, Railroads. For further details and complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Codification note set out preceding section 231 of Title 45, section 231t of Title 45, and Tables.

Section 72(d), referred to in subsec. (a)(2), was repealed by Pub. L. 99–514, title XI, §1122(c)(1), Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2467. A new section 72(d) was added by Pub. L. 100–647, title I, §1011A(b)(2)(A), Nov. 10, 1988, 102 Stat. 3472, and subsequently amended generally by Pub. L. 104–188, title I, §1403(a), Aug. 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1790.

Amendments

1986—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 99–514, in amending subsec. (b) generally, substituted “information is required” for “information is furnished” in heading and, in text, substituted references to persons required to make a return for former references to persons making a return and references to persons whose name is required to be set forth for former references to persons whose name is set forth.

Effective Date of 1986 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 99–514 applicable to returns the due date for which (determined without regard to extensions) is after Dec. 31, 1986, see section 1501(e) of Pub. L. 99–514, set out as an Effective Date note under section 6721 of this title.

Effective Date

Enactment of section applicable to benefits received after Dec. 31, 1983, in taxable years ending after such date, except for portions of lump-sum payments received after Dec. 31, 1983, if the generally applicable payment date for such portion was before Jan. 1, 1984, see section 227(b) of Pub. L. 98–76, set out as an Effective Date of 1983 Amendment note under section 72 of this title.

1 See References in Text note below.

§6050H. Returns relating to mortgage interest received in trade or business from individuals

(a) Mortgage interest of $600 or more

Any person—

(1) who is engaged in a trade or business, and

(2) who, in the course of such trade or business, receives from any individual interest aggregating $600 or more for any calendar year on any mortgage,


shall make the return described in subsection (b) with respect to each individual from whom such interest was received at such time as the Secretary may by regulations prescribe.

(b) Form and manner of returns

A return is described in this subsection if such return—

(1) is in such form as the Secretary may prescribe,

(2) contains—

(A) the name and address of the individual from whom the interest described in subsection (a)(2) was received,

(B) the amount of such interest (other than points) received for the calendar year,

(C) the amount of points on the mortgage received during the calendar year and whether such points were paid directly by the borrower, and

(D) such other information as the Secretary may prescribe.

(c) Application to governmental units

For purposes of subsection (a)—

(1) Treated as persons

The term “person” includes any governmental unit (and any agency or instrumentality thereof).

(2) Special rules

In the case of a governmental unit or any agency or instrumentality thereof—

(A) subsection (a) shall be applied without regard to the trade or business requirement contained therein, and

(B) any return required under subsection (a) shall be made by the officer or employee appropriately designated for the purpose of making such return.

(d) Statements to be furnished to individuals with respect to whom information is required

Every person required to make a return under subsection (a) shall furnish to each individual whose name is required to be set forth in such return a written statement showing—

(1) the name, address, and phone number of the information contact of the person required to make such return, and

(2) the aggregate amount of interest described in subsection (a)(2) (other than points) received by the person required to make such return from the individual to whom the statement is required to be furnished (and the information required under subsection (b)(2)(C)).


The written statement required under the preceding sentence shall be furnished on or before January 31 of the year following the calendar year for which the return under subsection (a) was required to be made.

(e) Mortgage defined

For purposes of this section, except as provided in regulations prescribed by the Secretary, the term “mortgage” means any obligation secured by real property.

(f) Returns which would be required to be made by 2 or more persons

Except to the extent provided in regulations prescribed by the Secretary, in the case of interest received by any person on behalf of another person, only the person first receiving such interest shall be required to make the return under subsection (a).

(g) Special rules for cooperative housing corporations

For purposes of subsection (a), an amount received by a cooperative housing corporation from a tenant-stockholder shall be deemed to be interest received on a mortgage in the course of a trade or business engaged in by such corporation, to the extent of the tenant-stockholder's proportionate share of interest described in section 216(a)(2). Terms used in the preceding sentence shall have the same meanings as when used in section 216.

(h) Returns relating to mortgage insurance premiums

(1) In general

The Secretary may prescribe, by regulations, that any person who, in the course of a trade or business, receives from any individual premiums for mortgage insurance aggregating $600 or more for any calendar year, shall make a return with respect to each such individual. Such return shall be in such form, shall be made at such time, and shall contain such information as the Secretary may prescribe.

(2) Statement to be furnished to individuals with respect to whom information is required

Every person required to make a return under paragraph (1) shall furnish to each individual with respect to whom a return is made a written statement showing such information as the Secretary may prescribe. Such written statement shall be furnished on or before January 31 of the year following the calendar year for which the return under paragraph (1) was required to be made.

(3) Special rules

For purposes of this subsection—

(A) rules similar to the rules of subsection (c) shall apply, and

(B) the term “mortgage insurance” means—

(i) mortgage insurance provided by the Veterans Administration, the Federal Housing Administration, or the Rural Housing Administration, and

(ii) private mortgage insurance (as defined by section 2 of the Homeowners Protection Act of 1998 (12 U.S.C. 4901), as in effect on the date of the enactment of this subsection).

(Added Pub. L. 98–369, div. A, title I, §145(a), July 18, 1984, 98 Stat. 684; amended Pub. L. 99–514, title XV, §1501(c)(11), title XVIII, §1811(a)(1), Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2739, 2832; Pub. L. 101–239, title VII, §7646(a), (b), Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2382; Pub. L. 104–168, title XII, §1201(a)(8), July 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 1469; Pub. L. 104–188, title I, §1704(t)(23), Aug. 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1888; Pub. L. 109–432, div. A, title IV, §419(c), Dec. 20, 2006, 120 Stat. 2968.)

References in Text

The date of the enactment of this subsection, referred to in subsec. (h)(3)(B)(ii), is the date of enactment of Pub. L. 109–432, which was approved Dec. 20, 2006.

Amendments

2006—Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 109–432 added subsec. (h).

1996—Subsec. (b)(2)(B). Pub. L. 104–188 made technical amendment to directory language of Pub. L. 101–239, §7646(b)(1). See 1989 Amendment note below.

Subsec. (d)(1). Pub. L. 104–168 substituted “name, address, and phone number of the information contact” for “name and address”.

1989—Subsec. (b)(2)(B). Pub. L. 101–239, §7646(b)(1), as amended by Pub. L. 104–188, inserted “(other than points)” after “such interest”.

Subsec. (b)(2)(C), (D). Pub. L. 102–239, §7646(a), added subpar. (C) and redesignated former subpar. (C) as (D).

Subsec. (d)(2). Pub. L. 102–239, §7646(b)(2), inserted “(other than points)” after “subsection (a)(2)” and “(and the information required under subsection (b)(2)(C))” after “to be furnished”.

1986—Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 99–514, §1501(c)(11), in amending subsec. (d) generally, substituted “information is required” for “information is furnished” in heading and, in text, substituted references to persons required to make a return for former references to persons making a return and references to persons whose name is required to be set forth for former references to persons whose name is set forth.

Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 99–514, §1811(a)(1), added subsec. (g).

Effective Date of 2006 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 109–432 applicable to amounts paid or accrued after Dec. 31, 2006, see section 419(d) of Pub. L. 109–432, set out as a note under section 163 of this title.

Effective Date of 1996 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 104–168 applicable to statements required to be furnished after Dec. 31, 1996 (determined without regard to any extension), see section 1201(b) of Pub. L. 104–168, set out as a note under section 6041 of this title.

Effective Date of 1989 Amendment

Section 7646(c) of Pub. L. 101–239 provided that: “The amendments made by this section [amending this section] shall apply to returns and statements the due date for which (determined without regard to extensions) is after December 31, 1991.”

Effective Date of 1986 Amendment

Amendment by section 1501(c)(11) of Pub. L. 99–514 applicable to returns the due date for which (determined without regard to extensions) is after Dec. 31, 1986, see section 1501(e) of Pub. L. 99–514, set out as an Effective Date note under section 6721 of this title.

Amendment by section 1811(a)(1) of Pub. L. 99–514 effective, except as otherwise provided, as if included in the provisions of the Tax Reform Act of 1984, Pub. L. 98–369, div. A, to which such amendment relates, see section 1881 of Pub. L. 99–514, set out as a note under section 48 of this title.

Effective Date

Section 145(d) of Pub. L. 98–369, as amended by Pub. L. 99–514, §2, title XVIII, §1811(a)(2), Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2095, 2832, provided that:

“(1) In general.—Except as provided in paragraph (2), the amendments made by this section [enacting this section and amending sections 6652 and 6678 of this title] shall apply to amounts received after December 31, 1984.

“(2) Special rule for obligations in existence on december 31, 1984.—In the case of any obligation in existence on December 31, 1984, no penalty shall be imposed under section 6676 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 [formerly I.R.C. 1954] by reason of the amendments made by this section on any failure to supply a taxpayer identification number with respect to amounts received before January 1, 1986.”

Plan Amendments Not Required Until January 1, 1989

For provisions directing that if any amendments made by subtitle A or subtitle C of title XI [§§1101–1147 and 1171–1177] or title XVIII [§§1800–1899A] of Pub. L. 99–514 require an amendment to any plan, such plan amendment shall not be required to be made before the first plan year beginning on or after Jan. 1, 1989, see section 1140 of Pub. L. 99–514, as amended, set out as a note under section 401 of this title.

§6050I. Returns relating to cash received in trade or business, etc.

(a) Cash receipts of more than $10,000

Any person—

(1) who is engaged in a trade or business, and

(2) who, in the course of such trade or business, receives more than $10,000 in cash in 1 transaction (or 2 or more related transactions),


shall make the return described in subsection (b) with respect to such transaction (or related transactions) at such time as the Secretary may by regulations prescribe.

(b) Form and manner of returns

A return is described in this subsection if such return—

(1) is in such form as the Secretary may prescribe,

(2) contains—

(A) the name, address, and TIN of the person from whom the cash was received,

(B) the amount of cash received,

(C) the date and nature of the transaction, and

(D) such other information as the Secretary may prescribe.

(c) Exceptions

(1) Cash received by financial institutions

Subsection (a) shall not apply to—

(A) cash received in a transaction reported under title 31, United States Code, if the Secretary determines that reporting under this section would duplicate the reporting to the Treasury under title 31, United States Code, or

(B) cash received by any financial institution (as defined in subparagraphs (A), (B), (C), (D), (E), (F), (G), (J), (K), (R), and (S) of section 5312(a)(2) of title 31, United States Code).

(2) Transactions occurring outside the United States

Except to the extent provided in regulations prescribed by the Secretary, subsection (a) shall not apply to any transaction if the entire transaction occurs outside the United States.

(d) Cash includes foreign currency and certain monetary instruments

For purposes of this section, the term “cash” includes—

(1) foreign currency, and

(2) to the extent provided in regulations prescribed by the Secretary, any monetary instrument (whether or not in bearer form) with a face amount of not more than $10,000.


Paragraph (2) shall not apply to any check drawn on the account of the writer in a financial institution referred to in subsection (c)(1)(B).

(e) Statements to be furnished to persons with respect to whom information is required

Every person required to make a return under subsection (a) shall furnish to each person whose name is required to be set forth in such return a written statement showing—

(1) the name, address, and phone number of the information contact of the person required to make such return, and

(2) the aggregate amount of cash described in subsection (a) received by the person required to make such return.


The written statement required under the preceding sentence shall be furnished to the person on or before January 31 of the year following the calendar year for which the return under subsection (a) was required to be made.

(f) Structuring transactions to evade reporting requirements prohibited

(1) In general

No person shall for the purpose of evading the return requirements of this section—

(A) cause or attempt to cause a trade or business to fail to file a return required under this section,

(B) cause or attempt to cause a trade or business to file a return required under this section that contains a material omission or misstatement of fact, or

(C) structure or assist in structuring, or attempt to structure or assist in structuring, any transaction with one or more trades or businesses.

(2) Penalties

A person violating paragraph (1) of this subsection shall be subject to the same civil and criminal sanctions applicable to a person which fails to file or completes a false or incorrect return under this section.

(g) Cash received by criminal court clerks

(1) In general

Every clerk of a Federal or State criminal court who receives more than $10,000 in cash as bail for any individual charged with a specified criminal offense shall make a return described in paragraph (2) (at such time as the Secretary may by regulations prescribe) with respect to the receipt of such bail.

(2) Return

A return is described in this paragraph if such return—

(A) is in such form as the Secretary may prescribe, and

(B) contains—

(i) the name, address, and TIN of—

(I) the individual charged with the specified criminal offense, and

(II) each person posting the bail (other than a person licensed as a bail bondsman),


(ii) the amount of cash received,

(iii) the date the cash was received, and

(iv) such other information as the Secretary may prescribe.

(3) Specified criminal offense

For purposes of this subsection, the term “specified criminal offense” means—

(A) any Federal criminal offense involving a controlled substance,

(B) racketeering (as defined in section 1951, 1952, or 1955 of title 18, United States Code),

(C) money laundering (as defined in section 1956 or 1957 of such title), and

(D) any State criminal offense substantially similar to an offense described in subparagraph (A), (B), or (C).

(4) Information to Federal prosecutors

Each clerk required to include on a return under paragraph (1) the information described in paragraph (2)(B) with respect to an individual described in paragraph (2)(B)(i)(I) shall furnish (at such time as the Secretary may by regulations prescribe) a written statement showing such information to the United States Attorney for the jurisdiction in which such individual resides and the jurisdiction in which the specified criminal offense occurred.

(5) Information to payors of bail

Each clerk required to make a return under paragraph (1) shall furnish (at such time as the Secretary may by regulations prescribe) to each person whose name is required to be set forth in such return by reason of paragraph (2)(B)(i)(II) a written statement showing—

(A) the name and address of the clerk's office required to make the return, and

(B) the aggregate amount of cash described in paragraph (1) received by such clerk.

(Added Pub. L. 98–369, div. A, title I, §146(a), July 18, 1984, 98 Stat. 685; amended Pub. L. 99–514, title XV, §1501(c)(12), Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2739; Pub. L. 100–690, title VII, §7601(a)(1), Nov. 18, 1988, 102 Stat. 4503; Pub. L. 101–508, title XI, §11318(a), (c), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1388–458, 1388–459; Pub. L. 103–322, title II, §20415(a), (b)(3), Sept. 13, 1994, 108 Stat. 1832, 1833; Pub. L. 104–168, title XII, §1201(a)(9), July 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 1469.)

Amendments

1996—Subsec. (e)(1). Pub. L. 104–168 substituted “name, address, and phone number of the information contact” for “name and address”.

1994—Pub. L. 103–322, §20415(b)(3), substituted “business, etc.” for “business” in section catchline.

Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 103–322, §20415(a), added subsec. (g).

1990—Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 101–508, §11318(a), substituted heading for one which read: “Cash includes foreign currency” and amended text generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: “For purposes of this section, the term ‘cash’ includes foreign currency.”

Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 101–508, §11318(c), substituted heading for one which read: “Actions by payors”.

1988—Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 100–690 added subsec. (f).

1986—Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 99–514 substituted “information is required” for “information is furnished” in heading and, in text, substituted references to persons required to make a return for former references to persons making a return and references to persons whose name is required to be set forth for former references to persons whose name is set forth.

Effective Date of 1996 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 104–168 applicable to statements required to be furnished after Dec. 31, 1996 (determined without regard to any extension), see section 1201(b) of Pub. L. 104–168, set out as a note under section 6041 of this title.

Effective Date of 1994 Amendment

Section 20415(d) of Pub. L. 103–322 provided that: “The amendments made by this section [amending this section and section 6724 of this title] shall take effect on the 60th day after the date on which the temporary regulations are prescribed under subsection (c) [section 20415(c) of Pub. L. 103–322, set out as a Regulations note below].” [Temporary regulations under section 20415(c) of Pub. L. 103–322 were filed Dec. 12, 1994, published Dec. 15, 1994, 59 F.R. 64572, and effective Feb. 13, 1995.]

Effective Date of 1990 Amendment

Section 11318(e) of Pub. L. 101–508 provided that:

“(1) The amendments made by subsections (a) and (b) [amending this section and section 6721 of this title] shall apply to amounts received after the date of the enactment of this Act [Nov. 5, 1990].

“(2) The amendment made by subsection (c) [amending this section] shall take effect on the date of the enactment of this Act.

“(3) Not later than June 1, 1991, the Secretary of the Treasury or his delegate shall prescribe regulations under section 6050I(d)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (as amended by this section).”

Effective Date of 1988 Amendment

Section 7601(a)(3) of Pub. L. 100–690 provided that: “The amendments made by this subsection [amending this section and sections 6721 and 7203 of this title] shall apply to actions after the date of the enactment of this Act [Nov. 18, 1988].”

Effective Date of 1986 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 99–514 applicable to returns the due date for which (determined without regard to extensions) is after Dec. 31, 1986, see section 1501(e) of Pub. L. 99–514, set out as an Effective Date note under section 6721 of this title.

Effective Date

Section 146(d) of Pub. L. 98–369 provided that: “The amendments made by this section [enacting this section and amending sections 6652 and 6678 of this title] shall apply to amounts received after December 31, 1984.”

Regulations

Section 20415(c) of Pub. L. 103–322 provided that: “The Secretary of the Treasury or the Secretary's delegate shall prescribe temporary regulations under the amendments made by this section [amending this section and section 6724 of this title] within 90 days after the date of enactment of this Act [Sept. 13, 1994].” [Temporary regulations under section 20415(c) of Pub. L. 103–322 were filed Dec. 12, 1994, published Dec. 15, 1994, 59 F.R. 64572, and effective Feb. 13, 1995.]

Reports on Uses Made of Currency Transaction Reports

For requirement of Secretary of the Treasury to report to Congress on number of reports filed under this section yearly, the rate of compliance with reporting requirements, the manner in which Federal agencies collect, organize and analyze such data, and sanctions imposed and indictments filed for failure to comply, see section 101 of Pub. L. 101–647, set out as a note under section 5311 of Title 31, Money and Finance.

No Inference To Be Drawn From Amendment

Section 7601(a)(4) of Pub. L. 100–690 provided that: “No inference shall be drawn from the amendment made by paragraph (1) [amending this section] on the application of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 without regard to such amendment.”

§6050J. Returns relating to foreclosures and abandonments of security

(a) In general

Any person who, in connection with a trade or business conducted by such person, lends money secured by property and who—

(1) in full or partial satisfaction of any indebtedness, acquires an interest in any property which is security for such indebtedness, or

(2) has reason to know that the property in which such person has a security interest has been abandoned,


shall make a return described in subsection (c) with respect to each of such acquisitions or abandonments, at such time as the Secretary may by regulations prescribe.

(b) Exception

Subsection (a) shall not apply to any loan to an individual secured by an interest in tangible personal property which is not held for investment and which is not used in a trade or business.

(c) Form and manner of return

The return required under subsection (a) with respect to any acquisition or abandonment of property—

(1) shall be in such form as the Secretary may prescribe,

(2) shall contain—

(A) the name and address of each person who is a borrower with respect to the indebtedness which is secured,

(B) a general description of the nature of such property and such indebtedness,

(C) in the case of a return required under subsection (a)(1)—

(i) the amount of such indebtedness at the time of such acquisition, and

(ii) the amount of indebtedness satisfied in such acquisition,


(D) in the case of a return required under subsection (a)(2), the amount of such indebtedness at the time of such abandonment, and

(E) such other information as the Secretary may prescribe.

(d) Applications to governmental units

For purposes of this section—

(1) Treated as persons

The term “person” includes any governmental unit (and any agency or instrumentality thereof).

(2) Special rules

In the case of a governmental unit or any agency or instrumentality thereof—

(A) subsection (a) shall be applied without regard to the trade or business requirement contained therein, and

(B) any return under this section shall be made by the officer or employee appropriately designated for the purpose of making such return.

(e) Statements to be furnished to persons with respect to whom information is required to be furnished

Every person required to make a return under subsection (a) shall furnish to each person whose name is required to be set forth in such return a written statement showing the name, address, and phone number of the information contact of the person required to make such return. The written statement required under the preceding sentence shall be furnished to the person on or before January 31 of the year following the calendar year for which the return under subsection (a) was made.

(f) Treatment of other dispositions

To the extent provided by regulations prescribed by the Secretary, any transfer of the property which secures the indebtedness to a person other than the lender shall be treated as an abandonment of such property.

(Added Pub. L. 98–369, div. A, title I, §148(a), July 18, 1984, 98 Stat. 687; amended Pub. L. 104–168, title XII, §1201(a)(10), July 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 1470.)

Amendments

1996—Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 104–168 substituted “name, address, and phone number of the information contact” for “name and address”.

Effective Date of 1996 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 104–168 applicable to statements required to be furnished after Dec. 31, 1996 (determined without regard to any extension), see section 1201(b) of Pub. L. 104–168, set out as a note under section 6041 of this title.

Effective Date

Section 148(d) of Pub. L. 98–369 provided that: “The amendments made by this section [enacting this section and amending sections 6652 and 6678 of this title] shall apply with respect to acquisitions of property and abandonments of property after December 31, 1984.”

§6050K. Returns relating to exchanges of certain partnership interests

(a) In general

Except as provided in regulations prescribed by the Secretary, if there is an exchange described in section 751(a) of any interest in a partnership during any calendar year, such partnership shall make a return for such calendar year stating—

(1) the name and address of the transferee and transferor in such exchange, and

(2) such other information as the Secretary may by regulations prescribe.


Such return shall be made at such time and in such manner as the Secretary may require by regulations.

(b) Statements to be furnished to transferor and transferee

Every partnership required to make a return under subsection (a) shall furnish to each person whose name is required to be set forth in such return a written statement showing—

(1) the name, address, and phone number of the information contact of the partnership required to make such return, and

(2) the information required to be shown on the return with respect to such person.


The written statement required under the preceding sentence shall be furnished to the person on or before January 31 of the year following the calendar year for which the return under subsection (a) was required to be made.

(c) Requirement that transferor notify partnership

(1) In general

In the case of any exchange described in subsection (a), the transferor of the partnership interest shall promptly notify the partnership of such exchange.

(2) Partnership not required to make return until notice

A partnership shall not be required to make a return under this section with respect to any exchange until the partnership is notified of such exchange.

(Added Pub. L. 98–369, div. A, title I, §149(a), July 18, 1984, 98 Stat. 689; amended Pub. L. 99–514, title XV, §1501(c)(13), title XVIII, §1811(b)(2), Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2739, 2833; Pub. L. 104–168, title XII, §1201(a)(11), July 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 1470.)

Amendments

1996—Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 104–168 substituted “name, address, and phone number of the information contact” for “name and address”.

1986—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 99–514, §1501(c)(13), in amending subsec. (b) generally, substituted references to partnerships required to make a return for former references to partnerships making a return and references to persons whose name is required to be set forth for former references to persons whose name is set forth.

Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 99–514, §1811(b)(2), substituted “this section” for “this subsection”.

Effective Date of 1996 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 104–168 applicable to statements required to be furnished after Dec. 31, 1996 (determined without regard to any extension), see section 1201(b) of Pub. L. 104–168, set out as a note under section 6041 of this title.

Effective Date of 1986 Amendment

Amendment by section 1501(c)(13) of Pub. L. 99–514 applicable to returns the due date for which (determined without regard to extensions) is after Dec. 31, 1986, see section 1501(e) of Pub. L. 99–514, set out as an Effective Date note under section 6721 of this title.

Amendment by section 1811(b)(2) of Pub. L. 99–514 applicable to partnership taxable years beginning after Oct. 22, 1986, see section 1811(b)(1)(B) of Pub. L. 99–514, set out as a note under section 6031 of this title.

Amendment by section 1811(b)(2) of Pub. L. 99–514 effective, except as otherwise provided, as if included in the provisions of the Tax Reform Act of 1984, Pub. L. 98–369, div. A, to which such amendment relates, see section 1881 of Pub. L. 99–514, set out as a note under section 48 of this title.

Effective Date

Section 149(d) of Pub. L. 98–369 provided that: “The amendments made by this section [enacting this section and amending sections 6652 and 6678 of this title] shall apply with respect to exchanges after December 31, 1984.”

Plan Amendments Not Required Until January 1, 1989

For provisions directing that if any amendments made by subtitle A or subtitle C of title XI [§§1101–1147 and 1171–1177] or title XVIII [§§1800–1899A] of Pub. L. 99–514 require an amendment to any plan, such plan amendment shall not be required to be made before the first plan year beginning on or after Jan. 1, 1989, see section 1140 of Pub. L. 99–514, as amended, set out as a note under section 401 of this title.

§6050L. Returns relating to certain donated property

(a) Dispositions of donated property

(1) In general

If the donee of any charitable deduction property sells, exchanges, or otherwise disposes of such property within 3 years after its receipt, the donee shall make a return (in accordance with forms and regulations prescribed by the Secretary) showing—

(A) the name, address, and TIN of the donor,

(B) a description of the property,

(C) the date of the contribution,

(D) the amount received on the disposition,

(E) the date of such disposition,

(F) a description of the donee's use of the property, and

(G) a statement indicating whether the use of the property was related to the purpose or function constituting the basis for the donee's exemption under section 501.


In any case in which the donee indicates that the use of applicable property (as defined in section 170(e)(7)(C)) was related to the purpose or function constituting the basis for the exemption of the donee under section 501 under subparagraph (G), the donee shall include with the return the certification described in section 170(e)(7)(D) if such certification is made under section 170(e)(7).

(2) Definitions

For purposes of this subsection:

(A) Charitable deduction property

The term “charitable deduction property” means any property (other than publicly traded securities) contributed in a contribution for which a deduction was claimed under section 170 if the claimed value of such property (plus the claimed value of all similar items of property donated by the donor to 1 or more donees) exceeds $5,000.

(B) Publicly traded securities

The term “publicly traded securities” means securities for which (as of the date of the contribution) market quotations are readily available on an established securities market.

(b) Qualified intellectual property contributions

(1) In general

Each donee with respect to a qualified intellectual property contribution shall make a return (at such time and in such form and manner as the Secretary may by regulations prescribe) with respect to each specified taxable year of the donee showing—

(A) the name, address, and TIN of the donor,

(B) a description of the qualified intellectual property contributed,

(C) the date of the contribution, and

(D) the amount of net income of the donee for the taxable year which is properly allocable to the qualified intellectual property (determined without regard to paragraph (10)(B) of section 170(m) and with the modifications described in paragraphs (5) and (6) of such section).

(2) Definitions

For purposes of this subsection:

(A) In general

Terms used in this subsection which are also used in section 170(m) have the respective meanings given such terms in such section.

(B) Specified taxable year

The term “specified taxable year” means, with respect to any qualified intellectual property contribution, any taxable year of the donee any portion of which is part of the 10-year period beginning on the date of such contribution.

(c) Statement to be furnished to donors

Every person making a return under subsection (a) or (b) shall furnish a copy of such return to the donor at such time and in such manner as the Secretary may by regulations prescribe.

(Added Pub. L. 98–369, div. A, title I, §155(b)(1), July 18, 1984, 98 Stat. 692; amended Pub. L. 108–357, title VIII, §882(c)(1), Oct. 22, 2004, 118 Stat. 1629; Pub. L. 109–280, title XII, §1215(b), Aug. 17, 2006, 120 Stat. 1078.)

Amendments

2006—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 109–280, which directed the amendment of section 6050L by adding subpars. (F) and (G) and concluding provisions and substituting “3 years” for “2 years” in introductory provisions without specifying the act to be amended, was executed to this section, which is section 6050L of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, to reflect the probable intent of Congress.

2004—Pub. L. 108–357 amended section catchline and text generally, substituting provisions consisting of subsecs. (a) to (c) for provisions which, in subsec. (a) required return to be made by donee and set forth contents requirements, in subsec. (b) defined “charitable deduction property” for purposes of this section, in subsec. (c) required copy of return to be furnished to donor by donee, and in subsec. (d) defined “publicly traded securities”.

Effective Date of 2006 Amendment

Pub. L. 109–280, title XII, §1215(d)(2), Aug. 17, 2006, 120 Stat. 1079, provided that: “The amendments made by subsection (b) [amending this section] shall apply to returns filed after September 1, 2006.”

Effective Date of 2004 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 108–357 applicable to contributions made after June 3, 2004, see section 882(f) of Pub. L. 108–357, set out as a note under section 170 of this title.

Effective Date

Section 155(d)(1) of Pub. L. 98–369 provided that: “The amendments made by subsections (a) and (b) [enacting this section, amending sections 6652 and 6678 of this title, and enacting provisions set out as a note under section 170 of this title] shall apply to contributions made after December 31, 1984, in taxable years ending after such date.”

§6050M. Returns relating to persons receiving contracts from Federal executive agencies

(a) Requirement of reporting

The head of every Federal executive agency which enters into any contract shall make a return (at such time and in such form as the Secretary may by regulations prescribe) setting forth—

(1) the name, address, and TIN of each person with which such agency entered into a contract during the calendar year, and

(2) such other information as the Secretary may require.

(b) Federal executive agency

For purposes of this section, the term “Federal executive agency” means—

(1) any Executive agency (as defined in section 105 of title 5, United States Code) other than the Government Accountability Office,

(2) any military department (as defined in section 102 of such title), and

(3) the United States Postal Service and the Postal Regulatory Commission.

(c) Authority to extend reporting to licenses and subcontracts

To the extent provided in regulations, this section also shall apply to—

(1) licenses granted by Federal executive agencies, and

(2) subcontracts under contracts to which subsection (a) applies.

(d) Authority to prescribe minimum amounts

This section shall not apply to contracts or licenses in any class which are below a minimum amount or value which may be prescribed by the Secretary by regulations for such class.

(e) Exception for certain classified or confidential contracts

(1) In general

Except as provided in paragraph (2), this section shall not apply in the case of a contract described in paragraph (3).

(2) Reporting requirement

Each Federal executive agency which has entered into a contract described in paragraph (3) shall, upon a request of the Secretary which identifies a particular person, acknowledge whether such person has entered into such a contract with such agency and, if so, provide to the Secretary—

(A) the information required under this section with respect to such person, and

(B) such other information with respect to such person which the Secretary and the head of such Federal executive agency agree is appropriate.

(3) Description of contract

For purposes of this subsection, a contract between a Federal executive agency and another person is described in this paragraph if—

(A) the fact of the existence of such contract or the subject matter of such contract has been designated and clearly marked or clearly represented, pursuant to the provisions of Federal law or an Executive order, as requiring a specific degree of protection against unauthorized disclosure for reasons of national security, or

(B) the head of such Federal executive agency (or his designee) pursuant to regulations issued by such agency determines, in writing, that filing the required return under this section would interfere with the effective conduct of a confidential law enforcement or foreign counterintelligence activity.

(Added Pub. L. 99–514, title XV, §1522(a), Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2747; amended Pub. L. 100–647, title I, §1015(f), Nov. 10, 1988, 102 Stat. 3570; Pub. L. 109–135, title IV, §412(rr)(2), Dec. 21, 2005, 119 Stat. 2640; Pub. L. 109–435, title VI, §604(f), Dec. 20, 2006, 120 Stat. 3242.)

Amendments

2006—Subsec. (b)(3). Pub. L. 109–435 substituted “Postal Regulatory Commission” for “Postal Rate Commission”.

2005—Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 109–135 substituted “Government Accountability Office” for “General Accounting Office”.

1988—Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 100–647 added subsec. (e).

Effective Date of 1988 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 100–647 effective, except as otherwise provided, as if included in the provision of the Tax Reform Act of 1986, Pub. L. 99–514, to which such amendment relates, see section 1019(a) of Pub. L. 100–647, set out as a note under section 1 of this title.

Effective Date

Section 1522(c) of Pub. L. 99–514 provided that: “The amendments made by this section [enacting this section] shall apply to contracts (and subcontracts) entered into, and licenses granted, before, on, or after January 1, 1987.”

§6050N. Returns regarding payments of royalties

(a) Requirement of reporting

Every person—

(1) who makes payments of royalties (or similar amounts) aggregating $10 or more to any other person during any calendar year, or

(2) who receives payments of royalties (or similar amounts) as a nominee and who makes payments aggregating $10 or more during any calendar year to any other person with respect to the royalties (or similar amounts) so received,


shall make a return according to the forms or regulations prescribed by the Secretary, setting forth the aggregate amount of such payments and the name and address of the person to whom paid.

(b) Statements to be furnished to persons with respect to whom information is furnished

Every person required to make a return under subsection (a) shall furnish to each person whose name is required to be set forth in such return a written statement showing—

(1) the name, address, and phone number of the information contact of the person required to make such return, and

(2) the aggregate amount of payments to the person required to be shown on such return.


The written statement required under the preceding sentence shall be furnished (either in person or in a statement mailing by first-class mail which includes adequate notice that the statement is enclosed) to the person on or before January 31 of the year following the calendar year for which the return under subsection (a) was made and shall be in such form as the Secretary may prescribe by regulations.

(c) Exception for payments to certain persons

Except to the extent otherwise provided in regulations, this section shall not apply to any amount paid to a person described in subparagraph (A), (B), (C), (D), (E), or (F) of section 6049(b)(4).

(Added Pub. L. 99–514, title XV, §1523(a), Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2747; amended Pub. L. 104–168, title XII, §1201(a)(12), July 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 1470.)

Amendments

1996—Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 104–168 substituted “name, address, and phone number of the information contact” for “name and address”.

Effective Date of 1996 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 104–168 applicable to statements required to be furnished after Dec. 31, 1996 (determined without regard to any extension), see section 1201(b) of Pub. L. 104–168, set out as a note under section 6041 of this title.

Effective Date

Section 1523(d) of Pub. L. 99–514 provided that: “The amendments made by this section [enacting this section and amending sections 3406, 6041, and 6676 of this title] shall apply with respect to payments made after December 31, 1986.”

§6050P. Returns relating to the cancellation of indebtedness by certain entities

(a) In general

Any applicable entity which discharges (in whole or in part) the indebtedness of any person during any calendar year shall make a return (at such time and in such form as the Secretary may by regulations prescribe) setting forth—

(1) the name, address, and TIN of each person whose indebtedness was discharged during such calendar year,

(2) the date of the discharge and the amount of the indebtedness discharged, and

(3) such other information as the Secretary may prescribe.

(b) Exception

Subsection (a) shall not apply to any discharge of less than $600.

(c) Definitions and special rules

For purposes of this section—

(1) Applicable entity

The term “applicable entity” means—

(A) an executive, judicial, or legislative agency (as defined in section 3701(a)(4) of title 31, United States Code), and

(B) an applicable financial entity.

(2) Applicable financial entity

The term “applicable financial entity” means—

(A) any financial institution described in section 581 or 591(a) and any credit union,

(B) the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Resolution Trust Corporation, the National Credit Union Administration, and any other Federal executive agency (as defined in section 6050M), and any successor or subunit of any of the foregoing,

(C) any other corporation which is a direct or indirect subsidiary of an entity referred to in subparagraph (A) but only if, by virtue of being affiliated with such entity, such other corporation is subject to supervision and examination by a Federal or State agency which regulates entities referred to in subparagraph (A), and

(D) any organization a significant trade or business of which is the lending of money.

(3) Governmental units

In the case of an entity described in paragraph (1)(A) or (2)(B), any return under this section shall be made by the officer or employee appropriately designated for the purpose of making such return.

(d) Statements to be furnished to persons with respect to whom information is required to be furnished

Every applicable entity required to make a return under subsection (a) shall furnish to each person whose name is required to be set forth in such return a written statement showing—

(1) the name and address of the entity required to make such return, and

(2) the information required to be shown on the return with respect to such person.


The written statement required under the preceding sentence shall be furnished to the person on or before January 31 of the year following the calendar year for which the return under subsection (a) was made.

(e) Alternative procedure

In lieu of making a return required under subsection (a), an agency described in subsection (c)(1)(A) may submit to the Secretary (at such time and in such form as the Secretary may by regulations prescribe) information sufficient for the Secretary to complete such a return on behalf of such agency. Upon receipt of such information, the Secretary shall complete such return and provide a copy of such return to such agency.

(Added Pub. L. 103–66, title XIII, §13252(a), Aug. 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 531; amended Pub. L. 104–134, title III, §31001(m)(2)(A)–(D)(ii), Apr. 26, 1996, 110 Stat. 1321–368, 1321–369; Pub. L. 106–170, title V, §533(a), Dec. 17, 1999, 113 Stat. 1931.)

Amendments

1999—Subsec. (c)(2)(D). Pub. L. 106–170 added subpar. (D).

1996—Pub. L. 104–134, §31001(m)(2)(D)(ii), amended section catchline generally, striking out “financial” before “entities”.

Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 104–134, §31001(m)(2)(A), struck out “financial” before “entity” in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 104–134, §31001(m)(2)(B), added par. (1), redesignated former par. (1) as (2), and redesignated former par. (2) as (3) and substituted “(1)(A) or (2)(B)” for “(1)(B)”.

Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 104–134, §31001(m)(2)(D)(i), struck out “financial” before “entity” in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 104–134, §31001(m)(2)(C), added subsec. (e).

Effective Date of 1999 Amendment

Pub. L. 106–170, title V, §533(b), Dec. 17, 1999, 113 Stat. 1931, provided that: “The amendment made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall apply to discharges of indebtedness after December 31, 1999.”

Effective Date

Section 13252(d) of Pub. L. 103–66 provided that:

“(1) In general.—Except as provided in paragraph (2), the amendments made by this section [enacting this section and amending section 6724 of this title] shall apply to discharges of indebtedness after December 31, 1993.

“(2) Governmental entities.—In the case of an entity referred to in section 6050P(c)(1)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (as added by this section), the amendments made by this section shall apply to discharges of indebtedness after the date of the enactment of this Act [Aug. 10, 1993].”

§6050Q. Certain long-term care benefits

(a) Requirement of reporting

Any person who pays long-term care benefits shall make a return, according to the forms or regulations prescribed by the Secretary, setting forth—

(1) the aggregate amount of such benefits paid by such person to any individual during any calendar year,

(2) whether or not such benefits are paid in whole or in part on a per diem or other periodic basis without regard to the expenses incurred during the period to which the payments relate,

(3) the name, address, and TIN of such individual, and

(4) the name, address, and TIN of the chronically ill or terminally ill individual on account of whose condition such benefits are paid.

(b) Statements to be furnished to persons with respect to whom information is required

Every person required to make a return under subsection (a) shall furnish to each individual whose name is required to be set forth in such return a written statement showing—

(1) the name, address, and phone number of the information contact of the person making the payments, and

(2) the aggregate amount of long-term care benefits paid to the individual which are required to be shown on such return.


The written statement required under the preceding sentence shall be furnished to the individual on or before January 31 of the year following the calendar year for which the return under subsection (a) was required to be made.

(c) Long-term care benefits

For purposes of this section, the term “long-term care benefit” means—

(1) any payment under a product which is advertised, marketed, or offered as long-term care insurance, and

(2) any payment which is excludable from gross income by reason of section 101(g).

(Added Pub. L. 104–191, title III, §323(a), Aug. 21, 1996, 110 Stat. 2062; amended Pub. L. 105–34, title XVI, §1602(d)(1), Aug. 5, 1997, 111 Stat. 1094.)

Amendments

1997—Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 105–34 inserted “, address, and phone number of the information contact” after “name”.

Effective Date of 1997 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–34 effective as if included in the provisions of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, Pub. L. 104–191, to which such amendment relates, see section 1602(i) of Pub. L. 105–34, set out as a note under section 26 of this title.

Effective Date

Section 323(d) of Pub. L. 104–191 provided that: “The amendments made by this section [enacting this section and amending section 6724 of this title] shall apply to benefits paid after December 31, 1996.”

§6050R. Returns relating to certain purchases of fish

(a) Requirement of reporting

Every person—

(1) who is engaged in the trade or business of purchasing fish for resale from any person engaged in the trade or business of catching fish; and

(2) who makes payments in cash in the course of such trade or business to such a person of $600 or more during any calendar year for the purchase of fish,


shall make a return (at such times as the Secretary may prescribe) described in subsection (b) with respect to each person to whom such a payment was made during such calendar year.

(b) Return

A return is described in this subsection if such return—

(1) is in such form as the Secretary may prescribe, and

(2) contains—

(A) the name, address, and TIN of each person to whom a payment described in subsection (a)(2) was made during the calendar year,

(B) the aggregate amount of such payments made to such person during such calendar year and the date and amount of each such payment, and

(C) such other information as the Secretary may require.

(c) Statement to be furnished with respect to whom information is required

Every person required to make a return under subsection (a) shall furnish to each person whose name is required to be set forth in such return a written statement showing—

(1) the name, address, and phone number of the information contact of the person required to make such a return, and

(2) the aggregate amount of payments to the person required to be shown on the return.


The written statement required under the preceding sentence shall be furnished to the person on or before January 31 of the year following the calendar year for which the return under subsection (a) is required to be made.

(d) Definitions

For purposes of this section:

(1) Cash

The term “cash” has the meaning given such term by section 6050I(d).

(2) Fish

The term “fish” includes other forms of aquatic life.

(Added Pub. L. 104–188, title I, §1116(b)(1), Aug. 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1763; amended Pub. L. 105–34, title XVI, §1601(a), Aug. 5, 1997, 111 Stat. 1086; Pub. L. 105–206, title VI, §6023(21), July 22, 1998, 112 Stat. 826.)

Amendments

1998—Subsec. (b)(2)(A). Pub. L. 105–206 substituted a comma for the semicolon at end.

1997—Pub. L. 105–34, §1601(a)(2), provided that amendment made by section 1116(b)(1) of Pub. L. 104–188, shall be applied as if reference to chapter 68 were a reference to chapter 61. Section 1116(b)(1) of Pub. L. 104–188 directed amendment of subpart B of part III of subchapter A of chapter 68 by adding this section.

Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 105–34, §1601(a)(1), substituted “name, address, and phone number of the information contact” for “name and address”.

Effective Date of 1997 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 105–34 effective as if included in the provisions of the Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996, Pub. L. 104–188, to which it relates, see section 1601(j) of Pub. L. 105–34, set out as a note under section 23 of this title.

Effective Date

Section 1116(b)(3) of Pub. L. 104–188 provided that: “The amendments made by this subsection [enacting this section and amending section 6724 of this title] shall apply to payments made after December 31, 1997.”

§6050S. Returns relating to higher education tuition and related expenses

(a) In general

Any person—

(1) which is an eligible educational institution which enrolls any individual for any academic period;

(2) which is engaged in a trade or business of making payments to any individual under an insurance arrangement as reimbursements or refunds (or similar amounts) of qualified tuition and related expenses; or

(3) except as provided in regulations, which is engaged in a trade or business and, in the course of which, receives from any individual interest aggregating $600 or more for any calendar year on one or more qualified education loans,


shall make the return described in subsection (b) with respect to the individual at such time as the Secretary may by regulations prescribe.

(b) Form and manner of returns

A return is described in this subsection if such return—

(1) is in such form as the Secretary may prescribe, and

(2) contains—

(A) the name, address, and TIN of any individual—

(i) who is or has been enrolled at the institution and with respect to whom transactions described in subparagraph (B) are made during the calendar year, or

(ii) with respect to whom payments described in subsection (a)(2) or (a)(3) were made or received,


(B) the—

(i) aggregate amount of payments received or the aggregate amount billed for qualified tuition and related expenses with respect to the individual described in subparagraph (A) during the calendar year,

(ii) aggregate amount of grants received by such individual for payment of costs of attendance that are administered and processed by the institution during such calendar year,

(iii) amount of any adjustments to the aggregate amounts reported by the institution pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) with respect to such individual for a prior calendar year,

(iv) aggregate amount of reimbursements or refunds (or similar amounts) paid to such individual during the calendar year by a person engaged in a trade or business described in subsection (a)(2), and

(v) aggregate amount of interest received for the calendar year from such individual, and


(C) such other information as the Secretary may prescribe.

(c) Application to governmental units

For purposes of this section—

(1) a governmental unit or any agency or instrumentality thereof shall be treated as a person, and

(2) any return required under subsection (a) by such governmental entity shall be made by the officer or employee appropriately designated for the purpose of making such return.

(d) Statements to be furnished to individuals with respect to whom information is required

Every person required to make a return under subsection (a) shall furnish to each individual whose name is required to be set forth in such return under subparagraph (A) of subsection (b)(2) a written statement showing—

(1) the name, address, and phone number of the information contact of the person required to make such return, and

(2) the amounts described in subparagraph (B) of subsection (b)(2).


The written statement required under the preceding sentence shall be furnished on or before January 31 of the year following the calendar year for which the return under subsection (a) was required to be made.

(e) Definitions

For purposes of this section, the terms “eligible educational institution” and “qualified tuition and related expenses” have the meanings given such terms by section 25A (without regard to subsection (g)(2) thereof), and except as provided in regulations, the term “qualified education loan” has the meaning given such term by section 221(d)(1).

(f) Returns which would be required to be made by 2 or more persons

Except to the extent provided in regulations prescribed by the Secretary, in the case of any amount received by any person on behalf of another person, only the person first receiving such amount shall be required to make the return under subsection (a).

(g) Regulations

The Secretary shall prescribe such regulations as may be necessary to carry out the provisions of this section. No penalties shall be imposed under part II of subchapter B of chapter 68 with respect to any return or statement required under this section until such time as such regulations are issued.

(Added and amended Pub. L. 105–34, title II, §§201(c)(1), 202(c), Aug. 5, 1997, 111 Stat. 804, 808; Pub. L. 105–206, title III, §3712(a), (b), title VI, §6004(a)(2), July 22, 1998, 112 Stat. 781, 792; Pub. L. 107–16, title IV, §412(a)(2), June 7, 2001, 115 Stat. 63; Pub. L. 107–131, §1, Jan. 16, 2002, 115 Stat. 2410.)

Amendment of Section

For termination of amendment by section 901 of Pub. L. 107–16, see Effective and Termination Dates of 2001 Amendment note below.

Amendments

2002—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 107–131, §1(a), amended par. (1) generally. Prior to amendment, par. (1) read as follows: “which is an eligible educational institution—

“(A) which receives payments for qualified tuition and related expenses with respect to any individual for any calendar year; or

“(B) which makes reimbursements or refunds (or similar amounts) to any individual of qualified tuition and related expenses;”.

Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 107–131, §1(b)(1), inserted “and” at end.

Subsec. (b)(2)(A). Pub. L. 107–131, §1(b)(2), amended subpar. (A) generally. Prior to amendment, subpar. (A) read as follows: “the name, address, and TIN of the individual with respect to whom payments or interest described in subsection (a) were received from (or were paid to),”.

Subsec. (b)(2)(B). Pub. L. 107–131, §1(b)(4), amended subpar. (B) generally. Prior to amendment, subpar. (B) read as follows: “the—

“(i) aggregate amount of payments for qualified tuition and related expenses received with respect to the individual described in subparagraph (A) during the calendar year,

“(ii) the amount of any grant received by such individual for payment of costs of attendance and processed by the person making such return during such calendar year,

“(iii) aggregate amount of reimbursements or refunds (or similar amounts) paid to such individual during the calendar year by the person making such return, and and

“(iv) aggregate amount of interest received for the calendar year from such individual, and”.

Pub. L. 107–131, §1(b)(3), redesignated subpar. (C) as (B) and struck out former subpar. (B) which read as follows: “the name, address, and TIN of any individual certified by the individual described in subparagraph (A) as the taxpayer who will claim the individual as a dependent for purposes of the deduction allowable under section 151 for any taxable year ending with or within the calendar year, and”.

Subsec. (b)(2)(C), (D). Pub. L. 107–131, §1(b)(3), redesignated subpars. (C) and (D) as (B) and (C), respectively.

Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 107–131, §1(c)(1), struck out “or (B)” after “subparagraph (A)” in introductory provisions.

Subsec. (d)(2). Pub. L. 107–131, §1(c)(2), substituted “subparagraph (B)” for “subparagraph (C)”.

2001—Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 107–16, §§412(a)(2), 901, temporarily substituted “section 221(d)(1)” for “section 221(e)(1)”. See Effective and Termination Dates of 2001 Amendment note below.

1998—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 105–206, §6004(a)(2), amended heading and text of subsec. (a) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: “Any person—

“(1) which is an eligible educational institution which receives payments for qualified tuition and related expenses with respect to any individual for any calendar year, or

“(2) which is engaged in a trade or business and which, in the course of such trade or business—

“(A) makes payments during any calendar year to any individual which constitutes reimbursements or refunds (or similar amounts) of qualified tuition and related expenses of such individual, or

“(B) except as provided in regulations, receives from any individual interest aggregating $600 or more for any calendar year on 1 or more qualified education loans,

shall make the return described in subsection (b) with respect to the individual at such time as the Secretary may by regulations prescribe.”

Subsec. (b)(2)(C)(ii). Pub. L. 105–206, §3712(a)(1), added cl. (ii). Former cl. (ii) redesignated (iii).

Subsec. (b)(2)(C)(iii). Pub. L. 105–206, §3712(a)(1), (2), redesignated cl. (ii) as (iii) and inserted “by the person making such return” after “year”. Former cl. (iii) redesignated (iv).

Subsec. (b)(2)(C)(iv). Pub. L. 105–206, §3712(a)(1), (3), redesignated cl. (iii) as (iv) and inserted “and” at end.

Subsec. (d)(2). Pub. L. 105–206, §3712(b)(1), struck out “aggregate” before “amounts”.

Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 105–206, §3712(b)(2), inserted “(without regard to subsection (g)(2) thereof)” after “section 25A”.

1997—Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 105–34, §202(c)(1), amended par. (2) generally. Prior to amendment, par. (2) read as follows: “which is engaged in a trade or business and which, in the course of such trade or business, makes payments during any calendar year to any individual which constitute reimbursements or refunds (or similar amounts) of qualified tuition and related expenses of such individual,”.

Subsec. (b)(2)(A). Pub. L. 105–34, §202(c)(2)(A), inserted “or interest” after “payments”.

Subsec. (b)(2)(C)(iii). Pub. L. 105–34, §202(c)(2)(B), added cl. (iii).

Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 105–34, §202(c)(3), inserted at end “, and except as provided in regulations, the term ‘qualified education loan’ has the meaning given such term by section 221(e)(1)”.

Effective Date of 2002 Amendment

Pub. L. 107–131, §2, Jan. 16, 2002, 115 Stat. 2411, provided that: “The amendments made by section 1 [amending this section] shall apply to expenses paid or assessed after December 31, 2002 (in taxable years ending after such date), for education furnished in academic periods beginning after such date.”

Effective and Termination Dates of 2001 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 107–16 applicable with respect to any loan interest paid after Dec. 31, 2001, in taxable years ending after such date, see section 412(a)(3) of Pub. L. 107–16, set out as a note under section 221 of this title.

Amendment by Pub. L. 107–16 inapplicable to taxable, plan, or limitation years beginning after Dec. 31, 2012, and the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 to be applied and administered to such years as if such amendment had never been enacted, see section 901 of Pub. L. 107–16, set out as a note under section 1 of this title.

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Pub. L. 105–206, title III, §3712(c), July 22, 1998, 112 Stat. 782, provided that: “The amendments made by this section [amending this section] shall apply to returns required to be filed with respect to taxable years beginning after December 31, 1998.”

Amendment by section 6004(a)(2) of Pub. L. 105–206 effective, except as otherwise provided, as if included in the provisions of the Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997, Pub. L. 105–34, to which such amendment relates, see section 6024 of Pub. L. 105–206, set out as a note under section 1 of this title.

Effective Date of 1997 Amendment

Amendment by section 202(c) of Pub. L. 105–34 applicable to any qualified education loan (as defined in section 221(e)(1) of this title) incurred on, before, or after Aug. 5, 1997, but only with respect to any loan interest payment due and paid after Dec. 31, 1997, and to the portion of the 60-month period referred to in section 221(d) of this title after Dec. 31, 1997, see section 202(e) of Pub. L. 105–34, set out as a note under section 62 of this title.

Effective Date

Section applicable to expenses paid after Dec. 31, 1997 (in taxable years ending after such date) for education furnished in academic periods beginning after such date, see section 201(f) of Pub. L. 105–34, set out as a note under section 25A of this title.

§6050T. Returns relating to credit for health insurance costs of eligible individuals

(a) Requirement of reporting

Every person who is entitled to receive payments for any month of any calendar year under section 7527 (relating to advance payment of credit for health insurance costs of eligible individuals) with respect to any certified individual (as defined in section 7527(c)) shall, at such time as the Secretary may prescribe, make the return described in subsection (b) with respect to each such individual.

(b) Form and manner of returns

A return is described in this subsection if such return—

(1) is in such form as the Secretary may prescribe, and

(2) contains—

(A) the name, address, and TIN of each individual referred to in subsection (a),

(B) the number of months for which amounts were entitled to be received with respect to such individual under section 7527 (relating to advance payment of credit for health insurance costs of eligible individuals),

(C) the amount entitled to be received for each such month, and

(D) such other information as the Secretary may prescribe.

(c) Statements to be furnished to individuals with respect to whom information is required

Every person required to make a return under subsection (a) shall furnish to each individual whose name is required to be set forth in such return a written statement showing—

(1) the name and address of the person required to make such return and the phone number of the information contact for such person, and

(2) the information required to be shown on the return with respect to such individual.


The written statement required under the preceding sentence shall be furnished on or before January 31 of the year following the calendar year for which the return under subsection (a) is required to be made.

(Added Pub. L. 107–210, div. A, title II, §202(c)(1), Aug. 6, 2002, 116 Stat. 962.)

Effective Date

Pub. L. 107–210, div. A, title II, §202(e), Aug. 6, 2002, 116 Stat. 963, provided that: “The amendments made by this section [enacting this section and section 7527 of this title and amending sections 6103, 6724, and 7213A of this title] shall take effect on the date of the enactment of this Act [Aug. 6, 2002].”

Construction

Nothing in title II of Pub. L. 107–210 or the amendments by that title, other than provisions relating to COBRA continuation coverage and reporting requirements, to be construed as creating a new mandate on any party regarding health insurance coverage, see section 203(f) of Pub. L. 107–210, set out as a Construction of 2002 Amendment note under section 2918 of Title 29, Labor.

§6050U. Charges or payments for qualified long-term care insurance contracts under combined arrangements

(a) Requirement of reporting

Any person who makes a charge against the cash value of an annuity contract, or the cash surrender value of a life insurance contract, which is excludible from gross income under section 72(e)(11) shall make a return, according to the forms or regulations prescribed by the Secretary, setting forth—

(1) the amount of the aggregate of such charges against each such contract for the calendar year,

(2) the amount of the reduction in the investment in each such contract by reason of such charges, and

(3) the name, address, and TIN of the individual who is the holder of each such contract.

(b) Statements to be furnished to persons with respect to whom information is required

Every person required to make a return under subsection (a) shall furnish to each individual whose name is required to be set forth in such return a written statement showing—

(1) the name, address, and phone number of the information contact of the person making the payments, and

(2) the information required to be shown on the return with respect to such individual.


The written statement required under the preceding sentence shall be furnished to the individual on or before January 31 of the year following the calendar year for which the return under subsection (a) was required to be made.

(Added Pub. L. 109–280, title VIII, §844(d)(1), Aug. 17, 2006, 120 Stat. 1012.)

Effective Date

Section applicable to contracts issued after Dec. 31, 1996, but only with respect to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 2009, and to charges made after Dec. 31, 2009, see section 844(g)(1), (3) of Pub. L. 109–280, set out as an Effective Date of 2006 Amendment note under section 72 of this title.

§6050V. Returns relating to applicable insurance contracts in which certain exempt organizations hold interests

(a) In general

Each applicable exempt organization which makes a reportable acquisition shall make the return described in subsection (c).

(b) Time for making return

Any applicable exempt organization required to make a return under subsection (a) shall file such return at such time as may be established by the Secretary.

(c) Form and manner of returns

A return is described in this subsection if such return—

(1) is in such form as the Secretary prescribes,

(2) contains the name, address, and taxpayer identification number of the applicable exempt organization and the issuer of the applicable insurance contract, and

(3) contains such other information as the Secretary may prescribe.

(d) Definitions

For purposes of this section—

(1) Reportable acquisition

The term “reportable acquisition” means the acquisition by an applicable exempt organization of a direct or indirect interest in any applicable insurance contract in any case in which such acquisition is a part of a structured transaction involving a pool of such contracts.

(2) Applicable insurance contract

(A) In general

The term “applicable insurance contract” means any life insurance, annuity, or endowment contract with respect to which both an applicable exempt organization and a person other than an applicable exempt organization have directly or indirectly held an interest in the contract (whether or not at the same time).

(B) Exceptions

Such term shall not include a life insurance, annuity, or endowment contract if—

(i) all persons directly or indirectly holding any interest in the contract (other than applicable exempt organizations) have an insurable interest in the insured under the contract independent of any interest of an applicable exempt organization in the contract,

(ii) the sole interest in the contract of an applicable exempt organization or each person other than an applicable exempt organization is as a named beneficiary, or

(iii) the sole interest in the contract of each person other than an applicable exempt organization is—

(I) as a beneficiary of a trust holding an interest in the contract, but only if the person's designation as such beneficiary was made without consideration and solely on a purely gratuitous basis, or

(II) as a trustee who holds an interest in the contract in a fiduciary capacity solely for the benefit of applicable exempt organizations or persons otherwise described in subclause (I) or clause (i) or (ii).

(3) Applicable exempt organization

The term “applicable exempt organization” means—

(A) an organization described in section 170(c),

(B) an organization described in section 168(h)(2)(A)(iv), or

(C) an organization not described in paragraph (1) or (2) which is described in section 2055(a) or section 2522(a).

(e) Termination

This section shall not apply to reportable acquisitions occurring after the date which is 2 years after the date of the enactment of this section.

(Added Pub. L. 109–280, title XII, §1211(a)(1), Aug. 17, 2006, 120 Stat. 1072.)

References in Text

The date of the enactment of this section, referred to in subsec. (e), is the date of enactment of Pub. L. 109–280, which was approved Aug. 17, 2006.

Codification

Section 1211(a)(1) of Pub. L. 109–280, which directed the addition of section 6050V at the end of subpart B of part III of subchapter A of chapter 61, without specifying the act to be amended, was executed by adding section 6050V at the end of subpart B of part III of subchapter A of chapter 61 of this title, which consists of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, to reflect the probable intent of Congress.

Effective Date

Pub. L. 109–280, title XII, §1211(d), Aug. 17, 2006, 120 Stat. 1074, provided that: “The amendments made by this section [enacting this section and amending sections 6721 and 6724 of this title] shall apply to acquisitions of contracts after the date of enactment of this Act [Aug. 17, 2006].”

§6050W. Returns relating to payments made in settlement of payment card and third party network transactions

(a) In general

Each payment settlement entity shall make a return for each calendar year setting forth—

(1) the name, address, and TIN of each participating payee to whom one or more payments in settlement of reportable payment transactions are made, and

(2) the gross amount of the reportable payment transactions with respect to each such participating payee.


Such return shall be made at such time and in such form and manner as the Secretary may require by regulations.

(b) Payment settlement entity

For purposes of this section—

(1) In general

The term “payment settlement entity” means—

(A) in the case of a payment card transaction, the merchant acquiring entity, and

(B) in the case of a third party network transaction, the third party settlement organization.

(2) Merchant acquiring entity

The term “merchant acquiring entity” means the bank or other organization which has the contractual obligation to make payment to participating payees in settlement of payment card transactions.

(3) Third party settlement organization

The term “third party settlement organization” means the central organization which has the contractual obligation to make payment to participating payees of third party network transactions.

(4) Special rules related to intermediaries

For purposes of this section—

(A) Aggregated payees

In any case where reportable payment transactions of more than one participating payee are settled through an intermediary—

(i) such intermediary shall be treated as the participating payee for purposes of determining the reporting obligations of the payment settlement entity with respect to such transactions, and

(ii) such intermediary shall be treated as the payment settlement entity with respect to the settlement of such transactions with the participating payees.

(B) Electronic payment facilitators

In any case where an electronic payment facilitator or other third party makes payments in settlement of reportable payment transactions on behalf of the payment settlement entity, the return under subsection (a) shall be made by such electronic payment facilitator or other third party in lieu of the payment settlement entity.

(c) Reportable payment transaction

For purposes of this section—

(1) In general

The term “reportable payment transaction” means any payment card transaction and any third party network transaction.

(2) Payment card transaction

The term “payment card transaction” means any transaction in which a payment card is accepted as payment.

(3) Third party network transaction

The term “third party network transaction” means any transaction which is settled through a third party payment network.

(d) Other definitions

For purposes of this section—

(1) Participating payee

(A) In general

The term “participating payee” means—

(i) in the case of a payment card transaction, any person who accepts a payment card as payment, and

(ii) in the case of a third party network transaction, any person who accepts payment from a third party settlement organization in settlement of such transaction.

(B) Exclusion of foreign persons

Except as provided by the Secretary in regulations or other guidance, such term shall not include any person with a foreign address.

(C) Inclusion of governmental units

The term “person” includes any governmental unit (and any agency or instrumentality thereof).

(2) Payment card

The term “payment card” means any card which is issued pursuant to an agreement or arrangement which provides for—

(A) one or more issuers of such cards,

(B) a network of persons unrelated to each other, and to the issuer, who agree to accept such cards as payment, and

(C) standards and mechanisms for settling the transactions between the merchant acquiring entities and the persons who agree to accept such cards as payment.


The acceptance as payment of any account number or other indicia associated with a payment card shall be treated for purposes of this section in the same manner as accepting such payment card as payment.

(3) Third party payment network

The term “third party payment network” means any agreement or arrangement—

(A) which involves the establishment of accounts with a central organization by a substantial number of persons who—

(i) are unrelated to such organization,

(ii) provide goods or services, and

(iii) have agreed to settle transactions for the provision of such goods or services pursuant to such agreement or arrangement,


(B) which provides for standards and mechanisms for settling such transactions, and

(C) which guarantees persons providing goods or services pursuant to such agreement or arrangement that such persons will be paid for providing such goods or services.


Such term shall not include any agreement or arrangement which provides for the issuance of payment cards.

(e) Exception for de minimis payments by third party settlement organizations

A third party settlement organization shall be required to report any information under subsection (a) with respect to third party network transactions of any participating payee only if—

(1) the amount which would otherwise be reported under subsection (a)(2) with respect to such transactions exceeds $20,000, and

(2) the aggregate number of such transactions exceeds 200.

(f) Statements to be furnished to persons with respect to whom information is required

Every person required to make a return under subsection (a) shall furnish to each person with respect to whom such a return is required a written statement showing—

(1) the name, address, and phone number of the information contact of the person required to make such return, and

(2) the gross amount of the reportable payment transactions with respect to the person required to be shown on the return.


The written statement required under the preceding sentence shall be furnished to the person on or before January 31 of the year following the calendar year for which the return under subsection (a) was required to be made. Such statement may be furnished electronically, and if so, the email address of the person required to make such return may be shown in lieu of the phone number.

(g) Regulations

The Secretary may prescribe such regulations or other guidance as may be necessary or appropriate to carry out this section, including rules to prevent the reporting of the same transaction more than once.

(Added Pub. L. 110–289, div. C, title III, §3091(a), July 30, 2008, 122 Stat. 2908.)

Effective Date

Section applicable to returns for calendar years beginning after Dec. 31, 2010, with exception for purposes of carrying out any TIN matching program, see section 3091(e) of Pub. L. 110–289, set out as an Effective Date of 2008 Amendment note under section 3406 of this title.

Subpart C—Information Regarding Wages Paid Employees

Sec.
6051.
Receipts for employees.
6052.
Returns regarding payment of wages in the form of group-term life insurance.
6053.
Reporting of tips.

        

Amendments

1965—Pub. L. 89–97, title III, §313(e)(2)(D), July 30, 1965, 79 Stat. 385, added item 6053.

1964—Pub. L. 88–272, title II, §204(c)(3), Feb. 26, 1964, 78 Stat. 37, added item 6052.

§6051. Receipts for employees

(a) Requirement

Every person required to deduct and withhold from an employee a tax under section 3101 or 3402, or who would have been required to deduct and withhold a tax under section 3402 (determined without regard to subsection (n)) if the employee had claimed no more than one withholding exemption, or every employer engaged in a trade or business who pays remuneration for services performed by an employee, including the cash value of such remuneration paid in any medium other than cash, shall furnish to each such employee in respect of the remuneration paid by such person to such employee during the calendar year, on or before January 31 of the succeeding year, or, if his employment is terminated before the close of such calendar year, within 30 days after the date of receipt of a written request from the employee if such 30-day period ends before January 31, a written statement showing the following:

(1) the name of such person,

(2) the name of the employee (and his social security account number if wages as defined in section 3121(a) have been paid),

(3) the total amount of wages as defined in section 3401(a),

(4) the total amount deducted and withheld as tax under section 3402,

(5) the total amount of wages as defined in section 3121(a),

(6) the total amount deducted and withheld as tax under section 3101,

[(7) Repealed. Pub. L. 111–226, title II, §219(a)(3), Aug. 10, 2010, 124 Stat. 2403]

(8) the total amount of elective deferrals (within the meaning of section 402(g)(3)) and compensation deferred under section 457, including the amount of designated Roth contributions (as defined in section 402A),

(9) the total amount incurred for dependent care assistance with respect to such employee under a dependent care assistance program described in section 129(d),

(10) in the case of an employee who is a member of the Armed Forces of the United States, such employee's earned income as determined for purposes of section 32 (relating to earned income credit),

(11) the amount contributed to any Archer MSA (as defined in section 220(d)) of such employee or such employee's spouse,

(12) the amount contributed to any health savings account (as defined in section 223(d)) of such employee or such employee's spouse,

(13) the total amount of deferrals for the year under a nonqualified deferred compensation plan (within the meaning of section 409A(d)), and

(14) the aggregate cost (determined under rules similar to the rules of section 4980B(f)(4)) of applicable employer-sponsored coverage (as defined in section 4980I(d)(1)), except that this paragraph shall not apply to—

(A) coverage to which paragraphs (11) and (12) apply, or

(B) the amount of any salary reduction contributions to a flexible spending arrangement (within the meaning of section 125).


In the case of compensation paid for service as a member of a uniformed service, the statement shall show, in lieu of the amount required to be shown by paragraph (5), the total amount of wages as defined in section 3121(a), computed in accordance with such section and section 3121(i)(2). In the case of compensation paid for service as a volunteer or volunteer leader within the meaning of the Peace Corps Act, the statement shall show, in lieu of the amount required to be shown by paragraph (5), the total amount of wages as defined in section 3121(a), computed in accordance with such section and section 3121(i)(3). In the case of tips received by an employee in the course of his employment, the amounts required to be shown by paragraphs (3) and (5) shall include only such tips as are included in statements furnished to the employer pursuant to section 6053(a). The amounts required to be shown by paragraph (5) shall not include wages which are exempted pursuant to sections 3101(c) and 3111(c) from the taxes imposed by sections 3101 and 3111. In the case of the amounts required to be shown by paragraph (13), the Secretary may (by regulation) establish a minimum amount of deferrals below which paragraph (13) does not apply.

(b) Special rule as to compensation of members of Armed Forces

In the case of compensation paid for service as a member of the Armed Forces, the statement required by subsection (a) shall be furnished if any tax was withheld during the calendar year under section 3402, or if any of the compensation paid during such year is includible in gross income under chapter 1, or if during the calendar year any amount was required to be withheld as tax under section 3101. In lieu of the amount required to be shown by paragraph (3) of subsection (a), such statement shall show as wages paid during the calendar year the amount of such compensation paid during the calendar year which is not excluded from gross income under chapter 1 (whether or not such compensation constituted wages as defined in section 3401(a)).

(c) Additional requirements

The statements required to be furnished pursuant to this section in respect of any remuneration shall be furnished at such other times, shall contain such other information, and shall be in such form as the Secretary may by regulations prescribe. The statements required under this section shall also show the proportion of the total amount withheld as tax under section 3101 which is for financing the cost of hospital insurance benefits under part A of title XVIII of the Social Security Act.

(d) Statements to constitute information returns

A duplicate of any statement made pursuant to this section and in accordance with regulations prescribed by the Secretary shall, when required by such regulations, be filed with the Secretary.

(e) Railroad employees

(1) Additional requirement

Every person required to deduct and withhold tax under section 3201 from an employee shall include on or with the statement required to be furnished such employee under subsection (a) a notice concerning the provisions of this title with respect to the allowance of a credit or refund of the tax on wages imposed by section 3101(b) and the tax on compensation imposed by section 3201 or 3211 which is treated as a tax on wages imposed by section 3101(b).

(2) Information to be supplied to employees

Each person required to deduct and withhold tax under section 3201 during any year from an employee who has also received wages during such year subject to the tax imposed by section 3101(b) shall, upon request of such employee, furnish to him a written statement showing—

(A) the total amount of compensation with respect to which the tax imposed by section 3201 was deducted,

(B) the total amount deducted as tax under section 3201, and

(C) the portion of the total amount deducted as tax under section 3201 which is for financing the cost of hospital insurance under part A of title XVIII of the Social Security Act.

(f) Statements required in case of sick pay paid by third parties

(1) Statements required from payor

(A) In general

If, during any calendar year, any person makes a payment of third-party sick pay to an employee, such person shall, on or before January 15 of the succeeding year, furnish a written statement to the employer in respect of whom such payment was made showing—

(i) the name and, if there is withholding under section 3402(o), the social security number of such employee,

(ii) the total amount of the third-party sick pay paid to such employee during the calendar year, and

(iii) the total amount (if any) deducted and withheld from such sick pay under section 3402.


For purposes of the preceding sentence, the term “third-party sick pay” means any sick pay (as defined in section 3402(o)(2)(C)) which does not constitute wages for purposes of chapter 24 (determined without regard to section 3402(o)(1)).

(B) Special rules

(i) Statements are in lieu of other reporting requirements

The reporting requirements of subparagraph (A) with respect to any payments shall, with respect to such payments, be in lieu of the requirements of subsection (a) and of section 6041.

(ii) Penalties made applicable

For purposes of sections 6674 and 7204, the statements required to be furnished by subparagraph (A) shall be treated as statements required under this section to be furnished to employees.

(2) Information required to be furnished by employer

Every employer who receives a statement under paragraph (1)(A) with respect to sick pay paid to any employee during any calendar year shall, on or before January 31 of the succeeding year, furnish a written statement to such employee showing—

(A) the information shown on the statement furnished under paragraph (1)(A), and

(B) if any portion of the sick pay is excludable from gross income under section 104(a)(3), the portion which is not so excludable and the portion which is so excludable.


To the extent practicable, the information required under the preceding sentence shall be furnished on or with the statement (if any) required under subsection (a).

(Aug. 16, 1954, ch. 736, 68A Stat. 747; Aug. 1, 1956, ch. 837, title IV, §412, 70 Stat. 879; Pub. L. 87–293, title II, §202(a)(4), Sept. 22, 1961, 75 Stat. 626; Pub. L. 89–97, title I, §107, title III, §313(e)(1), July 30, 1965, 79 Stat. 337, 384; Pub. L. 90–248, title V, §502(c)(1), (2), Jan. 2, 1968, 81 Stat. 934; Pub. L. 91–172, title VIII, §805(f)(2), Dec. 30, 1969, 83 Stat. 708; Pub. L. 92–603, title II, §293(a)–(c), Oct. 30, 1972, 86 Stat. 1459; Pub. L. 93–406, title II, §1022(k), Sept. 2, 1974, 88 Stat. 943; Pub. L. 94–455, title XIX, §1906(a)(5), (b)(13)(A), Oct. 4, 1976, 90 Stat. 1824, 1834; Pub. L. 95–216, title III, §317(b)(3), Dec. 20, 1977, 91 Stat. 1540; Pub. L. 95–600, title I, §105(c), Nov. 6, 1978, 92 Stat. 2776; Pub. L. 96–601, §4(e), Dec. 24, 1980, 94 Stat. 3497; Pub. L. 97–248, title III, §§307(a)(7), 308(a), Sept. 3, 1982, 96 Stat. 589, 591; Pub. L. 97–362, title I, §107(a), Oct. 25, 1982, 96 Stat. 1731; Pub. L. 98–67, title I, §102(a), Aug. 5, 1983, 97 Stat. 369; Pub. L. 99–514, title XI, §1105(b), Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2419; Pub. L. 100–647, title I, §§1011B(c)(2)(B), 1018(u)(33), Nov. 10, 1988, 102 Stat. 3489, 3592; Pub. L. 103–465, title VII, §721(b), Dec. 8, 1994, 108 Stat. 5002; Pub. L. 104–191, title III, §301(c)(3), Aug. 21, 1996, 110 Stat. 2049; Pub. L. 106–554, §1(a)(7) [title II, §202(a)(9)], Dec. 21, 2000, 114 Stat. 2763, 2763A–629; Pub. L. 107–16, title VI, §617(d)(1), June 7, 2001, 115 Stat. 105; Pub. L. 108–173, title XII, §1201(d)(3), Dec. 8, 2003, 117 Stat. 2477; Pub. L. 108–357, title VIII, §885(b)(1), Oct. 22, 2004, 118 Stat. 1639; Pub. L. 111–148, title IX, §9002(a), Mar. 23, 2010, 124 Stat. 853; Pub. L. 111–226, title II, §219(a)(3), Aug. 10, 2010, 124 Stat. 2403.)

References in Text

The Peace Corps Act, referred to in subsec. (a), is Pub. L. 87–293, Sept. 22, 1961, 75 Stat. 612, as amended, which is classified principally to chapter 34 (§2501 et seq.) of Title 22, Foreign Relations and Intercourse. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 2501 of Title 22 and Tables.

The Social Security Act, referred to in subsecs. (c) and (e)(2)(C), is act Aug. 14, 1935, ch. 531, 49 Stat. 620, as amended, which is classified generally to chapter 7 (§301 et seq.) of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare. Part A of title XVIII of the Social Security Act is classified to part A (§1395c et seq.) of subchapter XVIII of chapter 7 of Title 42. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see section 1305 of Title 42 and Tables.

Amendments

2010—Subsec. (a)(7). Pub. L. 111–226 struck out par. (7) which read as follows: “the total amount paid to the employee under section 3507 (relating to advance payment of earned income credit),”.

Subsec. (a)(14). Pub. L. 111–148 added par. (14).

2004—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 108–357, §885(b)(1)(B), inserted at end of concluding provisions “In the case of the amounts required to be shown by paragraph (13), the Secretary may (by regulation) establish a minimum amount of deferrals below which paragraph (13) does not apply.”

Subsec. (a)(13). Pub. L. 108–357, §885(b)(1)(A), added par. (13).

2003—Subsec. (a)(12). Pub. L. 108–173 added par. (12).

2001—Subsec. (a)(8). Pub. L. 107–16 inserted “, including the amount of designated Roth contributions (as defined in section 402A)” before comma at end.

2000—Subsec. (a)(11). Pub. L. 106–554 substituted “Archer MSA” for “medical savings account”.

1996—Subsec. (a)(11). Pub. L. 104–191 added par. (11).

1994—Subsec. (a)(10). Pub. L. 103–465 added par. (10).

1988—Subsec. (a)(7). Pub. L. 100–647, §1018(u)(33), inserted a comma at end.

Subsec. (a)(9). Pub. L. 100–647, §1011B(c)(2)(B), added par. (9).

1986—Subsec. (a)(8). Pub. L. 99–514 added par. (8).

1983—Subsec. (f)(1)(A). Pub. L. 98–67 repealed amendments made by Pub. L. 97–248. See 1982 Amendment note below.

1982—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 97–362 substituted “within 30 days after the date of receipt of a written request from the employee if such 30-day period ends before January 31” for “on the day on which the last payment of remuneration is made”.

Subsec. (f)(1)(A). Pub. L. 97–248 provided that, applicable to payments of interest, dividends, and patronage dividends paid or credited after June 30, 1983, par. (1)(A) is amended by inserting “subchapter A of” before “chapter 24”. Section 102(a), (b) of Pub. L. 98–67, title I, Aug. 5, 1983, 97 Stat. 369, repealed subtitle A (§§301–308) of title III of Pub. L. 97–248 as of the close of June 30, 1983, and provided that the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 [now 1986] [this title] shall be applied and administered (subject to certain exceptions) as if such subtitle A (and the amendments made by such subtitle A) had not been enacted.

1980—Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 96–601 added subsec. (f).

1978—Subsec. (a)(7). Pub. L. 95–600 added par. (7).

1977—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 95–216 directed that the amounts required to be shown by par. (5) shall not include wages which are exempted pursuant to sections 3101(c) and 3111(c) from the taxes imposed by sections 3101 and 3111.

1976—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 94–455, §1906(a)(5), struck out “and” at end of par. (6), necessitating no change in text, due to Pub. L. 92–603, which made identical amendment in 1972.

Subsecs. (c), (d). Pub. L. 94–455, §1906(b)(13)(A), struck out “or his delegate” after “Secretary” wherever appearing.

1974—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 93–406 inserted “or every employer engaged in a trade or business who pays remuneration for services performed by an employee, including the cash value of such remuneration paid in any medium other than cash,” after “exemption,”.

1972—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 92–603, §293(a), struck out reference to section 3201 of this title in introductory text, par. (7), which required written statement to contain total amount of compensation with respect to which tax imposed by section 3201 was deducted, and par. (8), which required written statement to contain total amount deducted as tax under section 3201.

Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 92–603, §293(b), struck out reference to section 3201 of this title.

Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 92–603, §293(c), added subsec. (e).

1969—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 91–172 inserted “(determined without regard to subsection (n))” after “withhold a tax under section 3402” in introductory provisions.

1968—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 90–248, §502(c)(1), included reference to section 3201 in introductory provisions and added pars. (7) and (8).

Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 90–248, §502(c)(2), included reference to section 3201 in second sentence.

1965—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 89–97, §313(e)(1), inserted last sentence providing for inclusion of tips received by an employee in the course of his employment.

Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 89–97, §107, required the statements to show the proportion of the total amount withheld as tax under section 3101 which is for financing the cost of hospital insurance benefits under part A of title XVIII of the Social Security Act.

1961—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 87–293 provided a special rule with respect to the information to be contained on employees’ tax receipts in the case of remuneration paid to volunteers and volunteer leaders in the Peace Corps.

1956—Subsec. (a). Act Aug. 1, 1956, §412(a), inserted provisions prescribing contents of statement in the case of compensation paid for service as a member of the uniformed services.

Subsec. (b). Act Aug. 1, 1956, §412(b), required the furnishing of a statement if during the calendar year any amount was required to be withheld as tax under section 3101 of this title.

Effective Date of 2010 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 111–226 applicable to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 2010, see section 219(c) of Pub. L. 111–226, set out as a note under section 32 of this title.

Pub. L. 111–148, title IX, §9002(b), Mar. 23, 2010, 124 Stat. 854, provided that: “The amendments made by this section [amending this section] shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2010.”

Effective Date of 2004 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 108–357 applicable to amounts deferred after Dec. 31, 2004, with special rules relating to earnings and material modifications and exception for nonelective deferred compensation, see section 885(d) of Pub. L. 108–357, set out as an Effective Date note under section 409A of this title.

Effective Date of 2003 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 108–173 applicable to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 2003, see section 1201(k) of Pub. L. 108–173, set out as a note under section 62 of this title.

Effective Date of 2001 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 107–16 applicable to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 2005, see section 617(f) of Pub. L. 107–16, set out as a note under section 402 of this title.

Effective Date of 1996 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 104–191 applicable to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1996, see section 301(j) of Pub. L. 104–191, set out as a note under section 62 of this title.

Effective Date of 1994 Amendment

Section 721(d)(2) of Pub. L. 103–465 provided that: “The amendments made by subsections (b) and (c) [amending this section and former section 3507 of this title] shall apply to remuneration paid after December 31, 1994.”

Effective Date of 1988 Amendment

Amendment by section 1011B(c)(2)(B) of Pub. L. 100–647 applicable to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1987, see section 1011B(c)(2)(C) of Pub. L. 100–647, set out as a note under section 129 of this title.

Amendment by section 1018(u)(33) of Pub. L. 100–647 effective, except as otherwise provided, as if included in the provision of the Tax Reform Act of 1986, Pub. L. 99–514, to which such amendment relates, see section 1019(a) of Pub. L. 100–647, set out as a note under section 1 of this title.

Effective Date of 1986 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 99–514 applicable to calendar years beginning after Dec. 31, 1986, but not applicable to employer contributions made during 1987 and attributable to services performed during 1986 under qualified cash or deferred arrangement (as defined in section 401(k) of this title) if, under terms of such arrangement as in effect on Aug. 16, 1986, employee makes election with respect to such contribution before Jan. 1, 1987, and employer identifies amount of such contribution before Jan. 1, 1987, see section 1105(c)(5), (6) of Pub. L. 99–514, as amended, set out as a note under section 402 of this title.

Effective Date of 1982 Amendment

Section 107(b) of Pub. L. 97–362 provided that: “The amendments made by this section [amending this section] shall apply with respect to employees whose employment is terminated after the date of the enactment of this Act [Oct. 25, 1982].”

Effective Date of 1980 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 96–601 applicable to payments made on or after first day of first calendar month beginning more than 120 days after Dec. 24, 1980, see section 4(f) of Pub. L. 96–601, set out as a note under section 3402 of this title.

Effective Date of 1978 Amendment

Section 105(g)(2) of Pub. L. 95–600, as amended by Pub. L. 96–222, title I, §101(a)(2)(D), Apr. 1, 1980, 94 Stat. 195, provided that: “The amendments made by subsections (b), (c), and (e) [enacting former section 3507 of this title and amending this section and section 6302 of this title] shall apply to remuneration paid after June 30, 1979.”

Effective Date of 1974 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 93–406 applicable to plan years to which part I of subtitle A of title II of Pub. L. 93–406 applies, see section 1024 of Pub. L. 93–406, set out as a note under section 401 of this title. For description of the plan years to which part I applies, see section 1017 of Pub. L. 93–406, set out as an Effective Date; Transitional Rules note under section 410 of this title.

Effective Date of 1972 Amendment

Section 293(d) of Pub. L. 92–603 provided that: “The amendments made by this section [amending this section] shall apply in respect to remuneration paid after December 31, 1971.”

Effective Date of 1969 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 91–172 applicable to wages paid after Apr. 30, 1970, see section 805(h) of Pub. L. 91–172, set out as a note under section 3402 of this title.

Effective Date of 1968 Amendment

Section 502(c)(3) of Pub. L. 90–248 provided that: “The amendments made by paragraphs (1) and (2) [amending this section] shall apply in respect of remuneration paid after December 31, 1967.”

Effective Date of 1965 Amendment

Amendment by section 313(e)(1) of Pub. L. 89–97 applicable only with respect to tips received by employees after 1965, see section 313(f) of Pub. L. 89–97, set out as an Effective Date note under section 6053 of this title.

Effective Date of 1961 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 87–293 applicable with respect to service performed after Sept. 22, 1961, but in the case of persons serving under the Peace Corps agency established by executive order applicable with respect to service performed on or after the effective date of enrollment, see section 202(c) of Pub. L. 87–293, set out as a note under section 3121 of this title.

Effective Date of 1956 Amendment

Amendment by act Aug. 1, 1956, effective Jan. 1, 1957, see section 603(a) of act Aug. 1, 1956.

Repeals; Amendments and Application of Amendments Unaffected

Section 202(a)(4) of Pub. L. 87–293, cited as a credit to this section, was repealed by Pub. L. 89–572, §5(a), Sept. 13, 1966, 80 Stat. 765. Such repeal not deemed to affect amendments to this section contained in such provisions, and continuation in full force and effect until modified by appropriate authority of all determinations, authorization, regulations, orders, contracts, agreements, and other actions issued, undertaken, or entered into under authority of the repealed provisions, see section 5(b) of Pub. L. 89–572, set out as a note under section 2515 of Title 22, Foreign Relations and Intercourse.

Plan Amendments Not Required Until January 1, 1989

For provisions directing that if any amendments made by subtitle A or subtitle C of title XI [§§1101–1147 and 1171–1177] or title XVIII [§§1800–1899A] of Pub. L. 99–514 require an amendment to any plan, such plan amendment shall not be required to be made before the first plan year beginning on or after Jan. 1, 1989, see section 1140 of Pub. L. 99–514, as amended, set out as a note under section 401 of this title.

§6052. Returns regarding payment of wages in the form of group-term life insurance

(a) Requirement of reporting

Every employer who during any calendar year provides group-term life insurance on the life of an employee during part or all of such calendar year under a policy (or policies) carried directly or indirectly by such employer shall make a return according to the forms or regulations prescribed by the Secretary, setting forth the cost of such insurance and the name and address of the employee on whose life such insurance is provided, but only to the extent that the cost of such insurance is includible in the employee's gross income under section 79(a). For purposes of this section, the extent to which the cost of group-term life insurance is includible in the employee's gross income under section 79(a) shall be determined as if the employer were the only employer paying such employee remuneration in the form of such insurance.

(b) Statements to be furnished to employees with respect to whom information is required

Every employer required to make a return under subsection (a) shall furnish to each employee whose name is required to be set forth in such return a written statement showing the cost of the group-term life insurance shown on such return. The written statement required under the preceding sentence shall be furnished to the employee on or before January 31 of the year following the calendar year for which the return under subsection (a) was required to be made.

(Added Pub. L. 88–272, title II, §204(c)(1), Feb. 26, 1964, 78 Stat. 37; amended Pub. L. 94–455, title XIX, §1906(b)(13)(A), Oct. 4, 1976, 90 Stat. 1834; Pub. L. 99–514, title XV, §1501(c)(14), Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2740.)

Amendments

1986—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 99–514, in amending subsec. (b) generally, substituted “information is required” for “information is furnished” in heading, and in text substituted reference to employers required to make a return for former reference to employers making a return and reference to employees whose name is required to be set forth for former reference to employees whose name is set forth.

1976—Pub. L. 94–455 struck out “or his delegate” after “Secretary” wherever appearing.

Effective Date of 1986 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 99–514 applicable to returns the due date for which (determined without regard to extensions) is after Dec. 31, 1986, see section 1501(e) of Pub. L. 99–514, set out as an Effective Date note under section 6721 of this title.

Effective Date

Section applicable to group-term life insurance provided after Dec. 31, 1963, in taxable years ending after such date, see section 204(d) of Pub. L. 88–272, set out as a note under section 79 of this title.

§6053. Reporting of tips

(a) Reports by employees

Every employee who, in the course of his employment by an employer, receives in any calendar month tips which are wages (as defined in section 3121(a) or section 3401(a)) or which are compensation (as defined in section 3231(e)) shall report all such tips in one or more written statements furnished to his employer on or before the 10th day following such month. Such statements shall be furnished by the employee under such regulations, at such other times before such 10th day, and in such form and manner, as may be prescribed by the Secretary.

(b) Statements furnished by employers

If the tax imposed by section 3101 or section 3201 (as the case may be) with respect to tips reported by an employee pursuant to subsection (a) exceeds the tax which can be collected by the employer pursuant to section 3102 or section 3202 (as the case may be), the employer shall furnish to the employee a written statement showing the amount of such excess. The statement required to be furnished pursuant to this subsection shall be furnished at such time, shall contain such other information, and shall be in such form as the Secretary may by regulations prescribe. When required by such regulations, a duplicate of any such statement shall be filed with the Secretary.

(c) Reporting requirements relating to certain large food or beverage establishments

(1) Report to Secretary

In the case of a large food or beverage establishment, each employer shall report to the Secretary, at such time and manner as the Secretary may prescribe by regulation, the following information with respect to each calendar year:

(A) The gross receipts of such establishment from the provision of food and beverages (other than nonallocable receipts).

(B) The aggregate amount of charge receipts (other than nonallocable receipts).

(C) The aggregate amount of charged tips shown on such charge receipts.

(D) The sum of—

(i) the aggregate amount reported by employees to the employer under subsection (a), plus

(ii) the amount the employer is required to report under section 6051 with respect to service charges of less than 10 percent.


(E) With respect to each employee, the amount allocated to such employee under paragraph (3).

(2) Furnishing of statement to employees

Each employer described in paragraph (1) shall furnish, in such manner as the Secretary may prescribe by regulations, to each employee of the large food or beverage establishment a written statement for each calendar year showing the following information:

(A) The name and address of such employer.

(B) The name of the employee.

(C) The amount allocated to the employee under paragraph (3) for all payroll periods ending within the calendar year.


Any statement under this paragraph shall be furnished to the employee during January of the calendar year following the calendar year for which such statement is made.

(3) Employee allocation of 8 percent of gross receipts

(A) In general

For purposes of paragraphs (1)(E) and (2)(C), the employer of a large food or beverage establishment shall allocate (as tips for purposes of the requirements of this subsection) among employees performing services during any payroll period who customarily receive tip income an amount equal to the excess of—

(i) 8 percent of the gross receipts (other than nonallocable receipts) of such establishment for the payroll period, over

(ii) the aggregate amount reported by such employees to the employer under subsection (a) for such period.

(B) Method of allocation

The employer shall allocate the amount under subparagraph (A)—

(i) on the basis of a good faith agreement by the employer and the employees, or

(ii) in the absence of an agreement under clause (i), in the manner determined under regulations prescribed by the Secretary.

(C) The Secretary may lower the percentage required to be allocated

Upon the petition of the employer or the majority of employees of such employer, the Secretary may reduce (but not below 2 percent) the percentage of gross receipts required to be allocated under subparagraph (A) where he determines that the percentage of gross receipts constituting tips is less than 8 percent.

(4) Large food or beverage establishment

For purposes of this subsection, the term “large food or beverage establishment” means any trade or business (or portion thereof)—

(A) which provides food or beverages,

(B) with respect to which the tipping of employees serving food or beverages by customers is customary, and

(C) which normally employed more than 10 employees on a typical business day during the preceding calendar year.


For purposes of subparagraph (C), rules similar to the rules of subsections (a) and (b) of section 52 shall apply under regulations prescribed by the Secretary, and an individual who owns 50 percent or more in value of the stock of the corporation operating the establishment shall not be treated as an employee.

(5) Employer not to be liable for wrong allocations

The employer shall not be liable to any person if any amount is improperly allocated under paragraph (3)(B) if such allocation is done in accordance with the regulations prescribed under paragraph (3)(B).

(6) Nonallocable receipts defined

For purposes of this subsection, the term “nonallocable receipts” means receipts which are allocable to—

(A) carryout sales, or

(B) services with respect to which a service charge of 10 percent or more is added.

(7) Application to new businesses

The Secretary shall prescribe regulations for the application of this subsection to new businesses.

(Added Pub. L. 89–97, title III, §313(e)(2)(A), July 30, 1965, 79 Stat. 384; amended Pub. L. 89–212, §2(d), Sept. 29, 1965, 79 Stat. 859; Pub. L. 94–455, title XIX, §1906(b)(13)(A), Oct. 4, 1976, 90 Stat. 1834; Pub. L. 97–248, title III, §314(a), Sept. 3, 1982, 96 Stat. 603; Pub. L. 98–369, div. A, title X, §1072(a), (c)(1), July 18, 1984, 98 Stat. 1052.)

Amendments

1984—Subsec. (c)(3)(C). Pub. L. 98–369, §1072(a), substituted “Upon the petition of the employer or the majority of employees of such employer, the Secretary” for “The Secretary” and “2 percent” for “5 percent”.

Subsec. (c)(4). Pub. L. 98–369, §1072(c)(1), inserted provision that an individual who owns 50 percent or more in value of the stock of the corporation operating the establishment shall not be treated as an employee.

1982—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 97–248 added subsec. (c).

1976—Pub. L. 94–455 struck out “or his delegate” after “Secretary” wherever appearing.

1965—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 89–212, §2(d)(1), inserted “or which are compensation (as defined in section 3231(e)”.

Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 89–212, §2(d)(2), inserted “or section 3201 (as the case may be)” and “or section 3202 (as the case may be)”.

Effective Date of 1984 Amendment

Section 1072(c)(2) of Pub. L. 98–369 provided that: “The amendment made by paragraph (1) [amending this section] shall apply to calendar years beginning after December 31, 1982.”

Effective Date of 1982 Amendment

Section 314(e) of Pub. L. 97–248, as amended by Pub. L. 99–514, §2, Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2095, provided that:

“(1) In general.—The amendments made by this section [amending this section and sections 6001 and 6678 of this title, and enacting provisions set out as a note under this section] shall apply to calendar years beginning after December 31, 1982.

“(2) Special rule for 1983.—For purposes of section 6053(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 [formerly I.R.C. 1954], in the case of payroll periods ending before April 1, 1983, an employer must only report with respect to such periods—

“(A) amounts described in subparagraphs (A), (B), (C), and (D) of section 6053(c)(1) of such Code, and

“(B) the name, and identification number, wages paid to, and tips reported by, each tipped employee.”

Effective Date of 1965 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 89–212 effective only with respect to tips received after 1965, see section 6 of Pub. L. 89–212, set out as a note under section 3201 of this title.

Effective Date

Section 313(f) of Pub. L. 89–97 provided that: “The amendments made by this section [enacting this section and amending sections 451, 3102, 3121, 3401, 3402, 6051, 6652, and 6674 of this title and section 409 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare] shall apply only with respect to tips received by employees after 1965.”

Regulations

Section 1072(b) of Pub. L. 98–369 provided that: “The Secretary of the Treasury shall prescribe by regulations within 1 year after the date of the enactment of this Act [July 18, 1984] the applicable recordkeeping requirements for tipped employees.”

Threat of Audit Prohibited To Coerce Tip Reporting Alternative Commitment Agreements

Pub. L. 105–206, title III, §3414, July 22, 1998, 112 Stat. 755, provided that: “The Secretary of the Treasury or the Secretary's delegate shall instruct employees of the Internal Revenue Service that they may not threaten to audit any taxpayer in an attempt to coerce the taxpayer into entering into a Tip Reporting Alternative Commitment Agreement.”

Modification of Tips Allocation Method

Pub. L. 99–514, title XV, §1571, Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2765, provided that: “Effective for any payroll period beginning after December 31, 1986, an establishment may utilize the optional method of tips allocation described in the last sentence of section 31.6053–3(f)(1)(iv) of the Internal Revenue Regulations only if such establishment employs less than the equivalent of 25 full-time employees during such payroll period.”

Study of Tip Compliance

Section 314(c) of Pub. L. 97–248 directed Secretary of the Treasury or his delegate to submit before Jan. 1, 1987, to Committee on Ways and Means of House of Representatives and to Committee on Finance of Senate a report with respect to tip compliance in food and beverage service industry. Such study to include, but not be limited to, an analysis of tipping patterns, tip-sharing arrangements, and tip compliance patterns.

Subpart D—Information Regarding Health Insurance Coverage

Sec.
6055.
Reporting of health insurance coverage.
6056.
Certain employers required to report on health insurance coverage.

        

Prior Provisions

A prior subpart D, consisting of section 6056, related to information concerning private foundations, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 96–603, §1(c), Dec. 28, 1980, 94 Stat. 3504.

Amendments

2010—Pub. L. 111–148, title X, §10108(j)(3)(G), Mar. 23, 2010, 124 Stat. 915, which directed substitution of “Certain employers” for “Large employers” in item 6056 in the table of sections for subpart D of part III of subchapter A of chapter 1, was executed to this table of sections, which is for subpart D of part III of subchapter A of chapter 61, to reflect the probable intent of Congress.

Pub. L. 111–148, title I, §1514(c), Mar. 23, 2010, 124 Stat. 258, added item 6056.

§6055. Reporting of health insurance coverage

(a) In general

Every person who provides minimum essential coverage to an individual during a calendar year shall, at such time as the Secretary may prescribe, make a return described in subsection (b).

(b) Form and manner of return

(1) In general

A return is described in this subsection if such return—

(A) is in such form as the Secretary may prescribe, and

(B) contains—

(i) the name, address and TIN of the primary insured and the name and TIN of each other individual obtaining coverage under the policy,

(ii) the dates during which such individual was covered under minimum essential coverage during the calendar year,

(iii) in the case of minimum essential coverage which consists of health insurance coverage, information concerning—

(I) whether or not the coverage is a qualified health plan offered through an Exchange established under section 1311 of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, and

(II) in the case of a qualified health plan, the amount (if any) of any advance payment under section 1412 of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of any cost-sharing reduction under section 1402 of such Act or of any premium tax credit under section 36B with respect to such coverage, and


(iv) such other information as the Secretary may require.

(2) Information relating to employer-provided coverage

If minimum essential coverage provided to an individual under subsection (a) consists of health insurance coverage of a health insurance issuer provided through a group health plan of an employer, a return described in this subsection shall include—

(A) the name, address, and employer identification number of the employer maintaining the plan,

(B) the portion of the premium (if any) required to be paid by the employer, and

(C) if the health insurance coverage is a qualified health plan in the small group market offered through an Exchange, such other information as the Secretary may require for administration of the credit under section 45R (relating to credit for employee health insurance expenses of small employers).

(c) Statements to be furnished to individuals with respect to whom information is reported

(1) In general

Every person required to make a return under subsection (a) shall furnish to each individual whose name is required to be set forth in such return a written statement showing—

(A) the name and address of the person required to make such return and the phone number of the information contact for such person, and

(B) the information required to be shown on the return with respect to such individual.

(2) Time for furnishing statements

The written statement required under paragraph (1) shall be furnished on or before January 31 of the year following the calendar year for which the return under subsection (a) was required to be made.

(d) Coverage provided by governmental units

In the case of coverage provided by any governmental unit or any agency or instrumentality thereof, the officer or employee who enters into the agreement to provide such coverage (or the person appropriately designated for purposes of this section) shall make the returns and statements required by this section.

(e) Minimum essential coverage

For purposes of this section, the term “minimum essential coverage” has the meaning given such term by section 5000A(f).

(Added Pub. L. 111–148, title I, §1502(a), Mar. 23, 2010, 124 Stat. 250.)

References in Text

Sections 1311, 1402, and 1412 of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, referred to in subsec. (b)(1)(B)(iii), are classified to sections 18031, 18071, and 18082, respectively, of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare.

Effective Date

Pub. L. 111–148, title I, §1502(e), Mar. 23, 2010, 124 Stat. 252, provided that: “The amendments made by this section [enacting this section and section 18092 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare, and amending section 6724 of this title] shall apply to calendar years beginning after 2013.”

§6056. Certain employers required to report on health insurance coverage

(a) In general

Every applicable large employer required to meet the requirements of section 4980H with respect to its full-time employees during a calendar year shall, at such time as the Secretary may prescribe, make a return described in subsection (b).

(b) Form and manner of return

A return is described in this subsection if such return—

(1) is in such form as the Secretary may prescribe, and

(2) contains—

(A) the name, date, and employer identification number of the employer,

(B) a certification as to whether the employer offers to its full-time employees (and their dependents) the opportunity to enroll in minimum essential coverage under an eligible employer-sponsored plan (as defined in section 5000A(f)(2)),

(C) if the employer certifies that the employer did offer to its full-time employees (and their dependents) the opportunity to so enroll—

(i) the length of any waiting period (as defined in section 2701(b)(4) of the Public Health Service Act) with respect to such coverage,

(ii) the months during the calendar year for which coverage under the plan was available,

(iii) the monthly premium for the lowest cost option in each of the enrollment categories under the plan, and

(iv) the employer share of the total allowed costs of benefits provided under the plan,


(D) the number of full-time employees for each month during the calendar year,

(E) the name, address, and TIN of each full-time employee during the calendar year and the months (if any) during which such employee (and any dependents) were covered under any such health benefits plans, and

(F) such other information as the Secretary may require.


The Secretary shall have the authority to review the accuracy of the information provided under this subsection, including the applicable large employer's share under paragraph (2)(C)(iv).

(c) Statements to be furnished to individuals with respect to whom information is reported

(1) In general

Every person required to make a return under subsection (a) shall furnish to each full-time employee whose name is required to be set forth in such return under subsection (b)(2)(E) a written statement showing—

(A) the name and address of the person required to make such return and the phone number of the information contact for such person, and

(B) the information required to be shown on the return with respect to such individual.

(2) Time for furnishing statements

The written statement required under paragraph (1) shall be furnished on or before January 31 of the year following the calendar year for which the return under subsection (a) was required to be made.

(d) Coordination with other requirements

To the maximum extent feasible, the Secretary may provide that—

(1) any return or statement required to be provided under this section may be provided as part of any return or statement required under section 6051 or 6055, and

(2) in the case of an applicable large employer offering health insurance coverage of a health insurance issuer, the employer may enter into an agreement with the issuer to include information required under this section with the return and statement required to be provided by the issuer under section 6055.

(e) Coverage provided by governmental units

In the case of any applicable large employer which is a governmental unit or any agency or instrumentality thereof, the person appropriately designated for purposes of this section shall make the returns and statements required by this section.

(f) Definitions

For purposes of this section, any term used in this section which is also used in section 4980H shall have the meaning given such term by section 4980H.

(Added and amended Pub. L. 111–148, title I, §1514(a), title X, §§10106(g), 10108(j)(1)–(3)(D), Mar. 23, 2010, 124 Stat. 256, 911, 914, 915; Pub. L. 112–10, div. B, title VIII, §1858(b)(5), Apr. 15, 2011, 125 Stat. 169.)

References in Text

Section 2701 of the Public Health Service Act, referred to in subsec. (b)(2)(C)(i), was classified to section 300gg of this title, was renumbered section 2704, effective for plan years beginning on or after Jan. 1, 2014, with certain exceptions, and amended by Pub. L. 111–148, title I, §§1201(2), 1563(c)(1), formerly §1562(c)(1), title X, §10107(b)(1), Mar. 23, 2010, 124 Stat. 154, 264, 911, and was transferred to section 300gg–3 of this title. A new section 2701, related to fair health insurance premiums, was added and amended by Pub. L. 111–148, title I, §1201(4), title X, §10103(a), Mar. 23, 2010, 124 Stat. 155, 892, and is classified to section 300gg of this title.

Prior Provisions

A prior section 6056, added Pub. L. 91–172, title I, §101(d)(3), Dec. 30, 1969, 83 Stat. 521; amended Pub. L. 94–455, title XIX, §1906(b)(13)(A), Oct. 4, 1976, 90 Stat. 1834, required an annual report by private foundations having at least $5,000 of assets at any time during a taxable year, and prescribed contents, form and availability of the report, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 96–603, §1(c), Dec. 28, 1980, 94 Stat. 3504.

Amendments

2011—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 112–10, §1858(b)(5)(A), struck out “and every offering employer” after “calendar year”.

Subsec. (b)(2)(C). Pub. L. 112–10, §1858(b)(5)(B), struck out “in the case of an applicable large employer,” before “the length” in cl. (i), inserted “and” at the end of cl. (iii), struck out “and” after “plan,” at the end of cl. (iv), and struck out cl. (v) which read as follows: “in the case of an offering employer, the option for which the employer pays the largest portion of the cost of the plan and the portion of the cost paid by the employer in each of the enrollment categories under such option,”.

Subsecs. (d)(2), (e). Pub. L. 112–10, §1858(b)(5)(C), struck out “or offering employer” after “large employer”.

Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 112–10, §1858(b)(5)(D), amended subsec. (f) generally. Prior to amendment, subsec. (f) defined the term “offering employer” and provided that any term used in this section which was also used in section 4980H of this title would have the meaning given such term by section 4980H.

2010—Pub. L. 111–148, §10108(j)(3)(A), substituted “Certain” for “Large” in section catchline.

Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 111–148, §10108(j)(1), inserted “and every offering employer” before “shall”.

Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 111–148, §10106(g), inserted at end “The Secretary shall have the authority to review the accuracy of the information provided under this subsection, including the applicable large employer's share under paragraph (2)(C)(iv).”

Subsec. (b)(2)(C)(i). Pub. L. 111–148, §10108(j)(3)(B)(i), inserted “in the case of an applicable large employer,” before “the length”.

Subsec. (b)(2)(C)(iii). Pub. L. 111–148, §10108(j)(3)(B)(ii), struck out “and” at end.

Subsec. (b)(2)(C)(iv). Pub. L. 111–148, §10108(j)(3)(B)(iv), inserted “and” at end.

Pub. L. 111–148, §10108(j)(3)(B)(iii), which directed substitution of “employer” for “applicable large employer”, was executed by making the substitution for “applicable large employer's”, to reflect the probable intent of Congress.

Subsec. (b)(2)(C)(v). Pub. L. 111–148, §10108(j)(3)(B)(v), added cl. (v).

Subsecs. (d)(2), (e). Pub. L. 111–148, §10108(j)(3)(C), (D), inserted “or offering employer” after “applicable large employer”.

Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 111–148, §10108(j)(2), amended subsec. (f) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: “For purposes of this section, any term used in this section which is also used in section 4980H shall have the meaning given such term by section 4980H.”

Effective Date of 2011 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 112–10 effective as if included in the provisions of, and the amendments made by, the provisions of Pub. L. 111–148 to which it relates, see section 1858(d) of Pub. L. 112–10, set out as a note under section 36B of this title.

Effective Date of 2010 Amendment

Pub. L. 111–148, title X, §10108(j)(4), Mar. 23, 2010, 124 Stat. 915, provided that: “The amendments made by this subsection [amending this section and section 6724 of this title] shall apply to periods beginning after December 31, 2013.”

Effective Date

Pub. L. 111–148, title I, §1514(d), Mar. 23, 2010, 124 Stat. 258, provided that: “The amendments made by this section [enacting this section and amending section 6724 of this title] shall apply to periods beginning after December 31, 2013.”

Subpart E—Registration of and Information Concerning Pension, Etc., Plans

Sec.
6057.
Annual registration, etc.
6058.
Information required in connection with certain plans of deferred compensation.
6059.
Periodic report by actuary.1

        

Amendments

1974—Pub. L. 93–406, title II, §1031(a), Sept. 2, 1974, 88 Stat. 943, added subpart heading and analysis of sections.

1 So in original. Does not conform to section catchline.

§6057. Annual registration, etc.

(a) Annual registration

(1) General rule

Within such period after the end of a plan year as the Secretary may by regulations prescribe, the plan administrator (within the meaning of section 414(g)) of each plan to which the vesting standards of section 203 of part 2 of subtitle B of title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 applies for such plan year shall file a registration statement with the Secretary.

(2) Contents

The registration statement required by paragraph (1) shall set forth—

(A) the name of the plan,

(B) the name and address of the plan administrator,

(C) the name and taxpayer identifying number of each participant in the plan—

(i) who, during such plan year, separated from the service covered by the plan,

(ii) who is entitled to a deferred vested benefit under the plan as of the end of such plan year, and

(iii) with respect to whom retirement benefits were not paid under the plan during such plan year,


(D) the nature, amount, and form of the deferred vested benefit to which such participant is entitled, and

(E) such other information as the Secretary may require.


At the time he files the registration statement under this subsection, the plan administrator shall furnish evidence satisfactory to the Secretary that he has complied with the requirement contained in subsection (e).

(b) Notification of change in status

Any plan administrator required to register under subsection (a) shall also notify the Secretary, at such time as may be prescribed by regulations, of—

(1) any change in the name of the plan,

(2) any change in the name or address of the plan administrator,

(3) the termination of the plan, or

(4) the merger or consolidation of the plan with any other plan or its division into two or more plans.

(c) Voluntary reports

To the extent provided in regulations prescribed by the Secretary, the Secretary may receive from—

(1) any plan to which subsection (a) applies, and

(2) any other plan (including any governmental plan or church plan (within the meaning of section 414)),


such information (including information relating to plan years beginning before January 1, 1974) as the plan administrator may wish to file with respect to the deferred vested benefit rights of any participant separated from the service covered by the plan during any plan year.

(d) Transmission of information to Commissioner of Social Security

The Secretary shall transmit copies of any statements, notifications, reports, or other information obtained by him under this section to the Commissioner of Social Security.

(e) Individual statement to participant

Each plan administrator required to file a registration statement under subsection (a) shall, before the expiration of the time prescribed for the filing of such registration statement, also furnish to each participant described in subsection (a)(2)(C) an individual statement setting forth the information with respect to such participant required to be contained in such registration statement. Such statement shall also include a notice to the participant of any benefits which are forfeitable if the participant dies before a certain date.

(f) Regulations

(1) In general

The Secretary, after consultation with the Commissioner of Social Security, may prescribe such regulations as may be necessary to carry out the provisions of this section.

(2) Plans to which more than one employer contributes

This section shall apply to any plan to which more than one employer is required to contribute only to the extent provided in regulations prescribed under this subsection.

(g) Cross references

For provisions relating to penalties for failure to register or furnish statements required by this section, see section 6652(d) and section 6690.

For coordination between Department of the Treasury and the Department of Labor with regard to administration of this section, see section 3004 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

(Added Pub. L. 93–406, title II, §1031(a), Sept. 2, 1974, 88 Stat. 943; amended Pub. L. 94–455, title XIX, §1906(b)(13)(A), Oct. 4, 1976, 90 Stat. 1834; Pub. L. 98–369, div. B. title VI, §2663(j)(5)(D), July 18, 1984, 98 Stat. 1171; Pub. L. 98–397, title II, §206, Aug. 23, 1984, 98 Stat. 1449; Pub. L. 99–514, title XV, §1501(d)(1)(F), Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2740; Pub. L. 103–296, title I, §108(h)(5), Aug. 15, 1994, 108 Stat. 1487.)

References in Text

Section 203 of part 2 of subtitle B of title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, referred to in subsec. (a)(1), is classified to section 1053 of Title 29, Labor. Section 3004 of such Act, referred to in subsec. (g), is classified to section 1204 of Title 29.

Amendments

1994—Subsecs. (d), (f)(1). Pub. L. 103–296 substituted “Commissioner of Social Security” for “Secretary of Health and Human Services” in heading and text of subsec. (d) and in text of subsec. (f)(1).

1986—Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 99–514 substituted “section 6652(d)” for “section 6652(e)”.

1984—Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 98–369 substituted “Secretary of Health and Human Services” for “Secretary of Health, Education, and Welfare”.

Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 98–397 inserted provision that such statement shall also include a notice to the participant of any benefits which are forfeitable if the participant dies before a certain date.

Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 98–369 substituted “Secretary of Health and Human Services” for “Secretary of Health, Education, and Welfare”.

1976—Pub. L. 94–455 struck out “or his delegate” after “Secretary” wherever appearing.

Effective Date of 1994 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 103–296 effective Mar. 31, 1995, see section 110(a) of Pub. L. 103–296, set out as a note under section 401 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare.

Effective Date of 1986 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 99–514 applicable to returns the due date for which (determined without regard to extensions) is after Dec. 31, 1986, see section 1501(e) of Pub. L. 99–514, set out as an Effective Date note under section 6721 of this title.

Effective Date of 1984 Amendments

Amendment by Pub. L. 98–397 applicable to plan years beginning after Dec. 31, 1984, except as otherwise provided, see sections 302 and 303 of Pub. L. 98–397, set out as a note under section 1001 of Title 29, Labor.

Amendment by Pub. L. 98–369 effective July 18, 1984, but not to be construed as changing or affecting any right, liability, status or interpretation which existed (under the provisions of law involved) before that date, see section 2664(b) of Pub. L. 98–369, set out as a note under section 401 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare.

Effective Date

Section 1034 of Pub. L. 93–406, as amended by Pub. L. 99–514, §2, Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2095, provided that: “This part [part 3 (§§1031–1034) of subtitle A of title II of Pub. L. 93–406, enacting this section, sections 6058, 6059, 6690, and 6692 of this title and section 1320b–1 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare, and amending sections 6033, 6047, and 6652 of this title] shall take effect upon the date of the enactment of this Act [Sept. 2, 1974]; except that—

“(1) the requirements of section 6059 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 [formerly I.R.C. 1954] shall apply only with respect to plan years to which part I of this title applies. [For description of plan years to which part I applies, see section 1017 of Pub. L. 93–406, set out as an Effective Date; Transitional Rules note under section 410 of this title].

“(2) the requirements of section 6057 of such Code shall apply only with respect to plan years beginning after December 31, 1975,

“(3) the requirements of section 6058(a) of such Code shall apply only with respect to plan years beginning after the date of the enactment of this Act [Sept. 2, 1974], and

“(4) the amendments made by section 1032 [enacting section 1320b–1 of Title 42] shall take effect on January 1, 1978.”

§6058. Information required in connection with certain plans of deferred compensation

(a) In general

Every employer who maintains a pension, annuity, stock bonus, profit-sharing, or other funded plan of deferred compensation described in part I of subchapter D of chapter 1, or the plan administrator (within the meaning of section 414(g)) of the plan, shall file an annual return stating such information as the Secretary may by regulations prescribe with respect to the qualification, financial conditions, and operations of the plan; except that, in the discretion of the Secretary, the employer may be relieved from stating in its return any information which is reported in other returns.

(b) Actuarial statement in case of mergers, etc.

Not less than 30 days before a merger, consolidation, or transfer of assets or liabilities of a plan described in subsection (a) to another plan, the plan administrator (within the meaning of section 414(g)) shall file an actuarial statement of valuation evidencing compliance with the requirements of section 401(a)(12).

(c) Employer

For purposes of this section, the term “employer” includes a person described in section 401(c)(4) and an individual who establishes an individual retirement plan.

(d) Coordination with income tax returns, etc.

An individual who establishes an individual retirement plan shall not be required to file a return under this section with respect to such plan for any taxable year for which there is—

(1) no special IRP tax, and

(2) no plan activity other than—

(A) the making of contributions (other than rollover contributions), and

(B) the making of distributions.

(e) Special IRP tax defined

For purposes of this section, the term “special IRP tax” means a tax imposed by—

(1) section 408(f),1

(2) section 4973, or

(3) section 4974.

(f) Cross references

For provisions relating to penalties for failure to file a return required by this section, see section 6652(e).

For coordination between the Department of the Treasury and the Department of Labor with respect to the information required under this section, see section 3004 of title III of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

(Added Pub. L. 93–406, title II, §1031(a), Sept. 2, 1974, 88 Stat. 945; amended Pub. L. 94–455, title XIX, §1906(b)(13)(A), Oct. 4, 1976, 90 Stat. 1834; Pub. L. 95–600, title I, §157(k)(1), Nov. 6, 1978, 92 Stat. 2809; Pub. L. 98–369, div. A, title IV, §491(d)(48), July 18, 1984, 98 Stat. 852; Pub. L. 99–514, title XV, §1501(d)(1)(D), Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2740.)

References in Text

Section 408(f), referred to in subsec. (e)(1), was repealed by Pub. L. 99–514, title XI, §1123(d)(2), Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2475.

Section 3004 of title III of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, referred to in subsec. (f), is classified to section 1204 of Title 29, Labor.

Amendments

1986—Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 99–514 substituted “section 6652(e)” for “section 6652(f)”.

1984—Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 98–369 struck out par. (2) which included a tax imposed by section 409(c) within term “special IRP tax”, and redesignated pars. (3) and (4) as (2) and (3), respectively.

1978—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 95–600 substituted “an individual retirement plan” for “an individual retirement account or annuity described in section 408”.

Subsecs. (d) to (f). Pub. L. 95–600 added subsecs. (d) and (e) and redesignated former subsec. (d) as (f).

1976—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 94–455 struck out “or his delegate” after “Secretary”.

Effective Date of 1986 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 99–514 applicable to returns the due date for which (determined without regard to extensions) is after Dec. 31, 1986, see section 1501(e) of Pub. L. 99–514, set out as an Effective Date note under section 6721 of this title.

Effective Date of 1984 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 98–369 applicable to obligations issued after Dec. 31, 1983, see section 491(f)(1) of Pub. L. 98–369, set out as a note under section 62 of this title.

Effective Date of 1978 Amendment

Section 157(k)(3) of Pub. L. 95–600 provided that: “The amendments made by paragraph (1) [amending this section] shall apply to returns for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1977. The amendment made by paragraph (2) [amending section 7701 of this title] shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 1974.”

Effective Date

Section effective Sept. 2, 1974, except that the requirements of subsec. (a) shall apply only with respect to plan years beginning after Sept. 2, 1974, see section 1034 of Pub. L. 93–406, set out as a note under section 6057 of this title.

Reporting Simplification

Pub. L. 109–280, title XI, §1103, Aug. 17, 2006, 120 Stat. 1057, provided that:

“(a) Simplified Annual Filing Requirement for Owners and Their Spouses.—

“(1) In general.—The Secretary of the Treasury shall modify the requirements for filing annual returns with respect to one-participant retirement plans to ensure that such plans with assets of $250,000 or less as of the close of the plan year need not file a return for that year.

“(2) One-participant retirement plan defined.—For purposes of this subsection, the term ‘one-participant retirement plan’ means a retirement plan with respect to which the following requirements are met:

“(A) on the first day of the plan year—

“(i) the plan covered only one individual (or the individual and the individual's spouse) and the individual owned 100 percent of the plan sponsor (whether or not incorporated), or

“(ii) the plan covered only one or more partners (or partners and their spouses) in the plan sponsor;

“(B) the plan meets the minimum coverage requirements of section 410(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 without being combined with any other plan of the business that covers the employees of the business;

“(C) the plan does not provide benefits to anyone except the individual (and the individual's spouse) or the partners (and their spouses);

“(D) the plan does not cover a business that is a member of an affiliated service group, a controlled group of corporations, or a group of businesses under common control; and

“(E) the plan does not cover a business that uses the services of leased employees (within the meaning of section 414(n) of such Code).

For purposes of this paragraph, the term ‘partner’ includes a 2-percent shareholder (as defined in section 1372(b) of such Code) of an S corporation.

“(3) Other definitions.—Terms used in paragraph (2) which are also used in section 414 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 shall have the respective meanings given such terms by such section.

“(4) Effective date.—The provisions of this subsection shall apply to plan years beginning on or after January 1, 2007.

“(b) Simplified Annual Filing Requirement for Plans With Fewer Than 25 Participants.—In the case of plan years beginning after December 31, 2006, the Secretary of the Treasury and the Secretary of Labor shall provide for the filing of a simplified annual return for any retirement plan which covers less than 25 participants on the first day of a plan year and which meets the requirements described in subparagraphs (B), (D), and (E) of subsection (a)(2).”

1 See References in Text note below.

§6059. Periodic report of actuary

(a) General rule

The actuarial report described in subsection (b) shall be filed by the plan administrator (as defined in section 414(g) of each defined benefit plan to which section 412 applies, for the first plan year for which section 412 applies to the plan and for each third plan year thereafter (or more frequently if the Secretary determines that more frequent reports are necessary).

(b) Actuarial report

The actuarial report of a plan required by subsection (a) shall be prepared and signed by an enrolled actuary (within the meaning of section 7701(a)(35)) and shall contain—

(1) a description of the funding method and actuarial assumptions used to determine costs under the plan,

(2) a certification of the contribution necessary to reduce the minimum required contribution determined under section 430, or the accumulated funding deficiency determined under section 431, to zero,

(3) a statement—

(A) that to the best of his knowledge the report is complete and accurate, and

(B) the requirements for reasonable actuarial assumptions under section 430(h)(1) or 431(c)(3), whichever are applicable, have been complied with.1


(4) such other information as may be necessary to fully and fairly disclose the actuarial position of the plan, and

(5) such other information regarding the plan as the Secretary may by regulations require.

(c) Time and manner of filing

The actuarial report and statement required by this section shall be filed at the time and in the manner provided by regulations prescribed by the Secretary.

(d) Cross reference

For coordination between the Department of the Treasury and the Department of Labor with respect to the report required to be filed under this section, see section 3004 of title III of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

(Added Pub. L. 93–406, title II, §1033(a), Sept. 2, 1974, 88 Stat. 947; amended Pub. L. 94–455, title XIX, §1906(b)(13)(A), Oct. 4, 1976, 90 Stat. 1834; Pub. L. 109–280, title I, §114(f), Aug. 17, 2006, 120 Stat. 855.)

References in Text

Section 3004 of title III of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, referred to in subsec. (d), is classified to section 1204 of Title 29, Labor.

Amendments

2006—Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 109–280, §114(f)(1), substituted “the minimum required contribution determined under section 430, or the accumulated funding deficiency determined under section 431,” for “the accumulated funding deficiency (as defined in section 412(a))”.

Subsec. (b)(3)(B). Pub. L. 109–280, §114(f)(2), added subpar. (B) and struck out former subpar. (B) which read as follows: “the requirements of section 412(c) (relating to reasonable actuarial assumptions) have been complied with,”.

1976—Pub. L. 94–455 struck out “or his delegate” after “Secretary” wherever appearing.

Effective Date of 2006 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 109–280 applicable to plan years beginning after 2007, see section 114(g)(1) of Pub. L. 109–280, as added by Pub. L. 110–458, set out as a note under section 401 of this title.

Effective Date

Requirements of section applicable only with respect to plan years to which part I of subtitle A of title II of Pub. L. 93–406 applies, see section 1034(1) of Pub. L. 93–406, set out as an note under section 6057 of this title. For a description of the plan years to which part 1 applies, see section 1017 of Pub. L. 93–406, set out as an Effective Date; Transitional Rules note under section 410 of this title.

Applicability of Amendments by Subtitles A and B of Title I of Pub. L. 109–280

For special rules on applicability of amendments by subtitles A (§§101–108) and B (§§111–116) of title I of Pub. L. 109–280 to certain eligible cooperative plans, PBGC settlement plans, and eligible government contractor plans, see sections 104, 105, and 106 of Pub. L. 109–280, set out as notes under section 401 of this title.

Consolidation of Actuarial Reports

Section 1033(c) of Pub. L. 93–406, as amended by Pub. L. 99–514, §2, Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2095, provided that: “The Secretary of the Treasury and the Secretary of Labor shall take such steps as may be necessary to assure coordination to the maximum extent feasible between the actuarial reports required by section 6059 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and by section 103(d) of title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 [section 1023(d) of Title 29, Labor].”

1 So in original. The period probably should be a comma.

Subpart F—Information Concerning Tax Return Preparers

Sec.
6060.
Information returns of tax return preparers.

        

Amendments

2007—Pub. L. 110–28, title VIII, §8246(a)(2)(A)(iii), (iv), May 25, 2007, 121 Stat. 201, substituted “Tax Return Preparers” for “Income Tax Return Preparers” in subpart heading and “tax return preparers” for “income tax return preparers” in item 6060.

1976—Pub. L. 94–455, title XII, §1203(e), Oct. 4, 1976, 90 Stat. 1691, added subpart heading and analysis for subpart F.

§6060. Information returns of tax return preparers

(a) General rule

Any person who employs a tax return preparer to prepare any return or claim for refund other than for such person at any time during a return period shall make a return setting forth the name, taxpayer identification number, and place of work of each tax return preparer employed by him at any time during such period. For purposes of this section, any individual who in acting as a tax return preparer is not the employee of another tax return preparer shall be treated as his own employer. The return required by this section shall be filed, in such manner as the Secretary may by regulations prescribe, on or before the first July 31 following the end of such return period.

(b) Alternative reporting

In lieu of the return required by subsection (a), the Secretary may approve an alternative reporting method if he determines that the necessary information is available to him from other sources.

(c) Return period defined

For purposes of subsection (a), the term “return period” means the 12-month period beginning on July 1 of each year, except that the first return period shall be the 6-month period beginning on January 1, 1977, and ending on June 30, 1977.

(Added Pub. L. 94–455, title XII, §1203(e), Oct. 4, 1976, 90 Stat. 1691; amended Pub. L. 110–28, title VIII, §8246(a)(2)(A)(i), (ii), May 25, 2007, 121 Stat. 201.)

Amendments

2007—Pub. L. 110–28, §8246(a)(2)(A)(i), substituted “tax return preparers” for “income tax return preparers” in section catchline.

Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 110–28, §8246(a)(2)(A)(ii), substituted “a tax return preparer” for “an income tax return preparer” in two places, “each tax return preparer” for “each income tax return preparer”, and “another tax return preparer” for “another income tax return preparer”.

Effective Date of 2007 Amendment

Pub. L. 110–28, title VIII, §8246(c), May 25, 2007, 121 Stat. 203, provided that: “The amendments made by this section [amending this section and sections 6103, 6107, 6109, 6503, 6694 to 6696, 7407, 7427, and 7701 of this title] shall apply to returns prepared after the date of the enactment of this Act [May 25, 2007].”

Effective Date

Section applicable to documents prepared after Dec. 31, 1976, see section 1203(j) of Pub. L. 94–455, set out as an Effective Date of 1976 Amendment note under section 7701 of this title.

PART IV—SIGNING AND VERIFYING OF RETURNS AND OTHER DOCUMENTS

Sec.
6061.
Signing of returns and other documents.
6062.
Signing of corporation returns.
6063.
Signing of partnership returns.
6064.
Signature presumed authentic.
6065.
Verification of returns.

        

§6061. Signing of returns and other documents

(a) General rule

Except as otherwise provided by subsection (b) and sections 6062 and 6063, any return, statement, or other document required to be made under any provision of the internal revenue laws or regulations shall be signed in accordance with forms or regulations prescribed by the Secretary.

(b) Electronic signatures

(1) In general

The Secretary shall develop procedures for the acceptance of signatures in digital or other electronic form. Until such time as such procedures are in place, the Secretary may—

(A) waive the requirement of a signature for; or

(B) provide for alternative methods of signing or subscribing,


a particular type or class of return, declaration, statement, or other document required or permitted to be made or written under internal revenue laws and regulations.

(2) Treatment of alternative methods

Notwithstanding any other provision of law, any return, declaration, statement, or other document filed and verified, signed, or subscribed under any method adopted under paragraph (1)(B) shall be treated for all purposes (both civil and criminal, including penalties for perjury) in the same manner as though signed or subscribed.

(3) Published guidance

The Secretary shall publish guidance as appropriate to define and implement any waiver of the signature requirements or any method adopted under paragraph (1).

(Aug. 16, 1954, ch. 736, 68A Stat. 748; Pub. L. 94–455, title XIX, §1906(b)(13)(A), Oct. 4, 1976, 90 Stat. 1834; Pub. L. 105–206, title II, §2003(a), July 22, 1998, 112 Stat. 724.)

Amendments

1998—Pub. L. 105–206 designated existing provisions as subsec. (a), inserted subsec. heading, substituted “Except as otherwise provided by subsection (b) and” for “Except as otherwise provided by”, and added subsec. (b).

1976—Pub. L. 94–455 struck out “or his delegate” after “Secretary”.

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Pub. L. 105–206, title II, §2003(f), July 22, 1998, 112 Stat. 725, provided that: “The amendments made by this section [amending this section and section 7502 of this title] shall take effect on the date of the enactment of this Act [July 22, 1998].”

§6062. Signing of corporation returns

The return of a corporation with respect to income shall be signed by the president, vice-president, treasurer, assistant treasurer, chief accounting officer or any other officer duly authorized so to act. In the case of a return made for a corporation by a fiduciary pursuant to the provisions of section 6012(b)(3), such fiduciary shall sign the return. The fact that an individual's name is signed on the return shall be prima facie evidence that such individual is authorized to sign the return on behalf of the corporation.

(Aug. 16, 1954, ch. 736, 68A Stat. 748.)

§6063. Signing of partnership returns

The return of a partnership made under section 6031 shall be signed by any one of the partners. The fact that a partner's name is signed on the return shall be prima facie evidence that such partner is authorized to sign the return on behalf of the partnership.

(Aug. 16, 1954, ch. 736, 68A Stat. 748.)

§6064. Signature presumed authentic

The fact that an individual's name is signed to a return, statement, or other document shall be prima facie evidence for all purposes that the return, statement, or other document was actually signed by him.

(Aug. 16, 1954, ch. 736, 68A Stat. 749.)

§6065. Verification of returns

Except as otherwise provided by the Secretary, any return, declaration, statement, or other document required to be made under any provision of the internal revenue laws or regulations shall contain or be verified by a written declaration that it is made under the penalties of perjury.

(Aug. 16, 1954, ch. 736, 68A Stat. 749; Pub. L. 94–455, title XIX, §1906(a)(6), (b)(13)(A), Oct. 4, 1976, 90 Stat. 1824, 1834.)

Amendments

1976—Pub. L. 94–455, §1906(a)(6), struck out provisions relating to the authority of the Secretary or his delegate to require that any return, statement, or other document to be made under provision of the internal revenue laws or regulations shall be verified by an oath.

Pub. L. 94–455, §1906(b)(13)(A), struck out “or his delegate” after “Secretary”.

Effective Date of 1976 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 94–455 effective on first day of first month which begins more than ninety days after Oct. 4, 1976, see section 1906(d)(1) of Pub. L. 94–455, set out as a note under section 6013 of this title.

PART V—TIME FOR FILING RETURNS AND OTHER DOCUMENTS

Sec.
6071.
Time for filing returns and other documents.
6072.
Time for filing income tax returns.
[6073, 6074. Repealed.]
6075.
Time for filing estate and gift tax returns.
[6076.
Repealed.]

        

Amendments

1988—Pub. L. 100–418, title I, §1941(b)(3)(C), Aug. 23, 1988, 102 Stat. 1324, struck out item 6076 “Time for filing return of windfall profit tax”.

1984—Pub. L. 98–369, div. A, title IV, §412(c)(2), July 18, 1984, 98 Stat. 793, struck out item 6073 “Time for filing declarations of estimated income tax by individuals”.

1980—Pub. L. 96–223, title I, §101(c)(1)(B), Apr. 2, 1980, 94 Stat. 250, added item 6076.

1976—Pub. L. 94–455, title XIX, §1904(b)(10)(A)(iii)(II), Oct. 4, 1976, 90 Stat. 1817, struck out item 6076 “Time for filing interest equalization tax returns”.

1968—Pub. L. 90–364, title I, §103(e)(8), June 28, 1968, 82 Stat. 264, struck out item 6074 “Time for filing declarations of estimated income tax by corporations”.

1964—Pub. L. 88–563, §3(d), Sept. 2, 1964, 78 Stat. 845, added item 6076.

§6071. Time for filing returns and other documents

(a) General rule

When not otherwise provided for by this title, the Secretary shall by regulations prescribe the time for filing any return, statement, or other document required by this title or by regulations.

(b) Electronically filed information returns

Returns made under subparts B and C of part III of this subchapter which are filed electronically shall be filed on or before March 31 of the year following the calendar year to which such returns relate.

(c) Special taxes

For payment of special taxes before engaging in certain trades and businesses, see section 4901 and section 5732.

(Aug. 16, 1954, ch. 736, 68A Stat. 749; Pub. L. 85–859, title II, §204(1), Sept. 2, 1958, 72 Stat. 1428; Pub. L. 94–455, title XIX, §1906(b)(13)(A), Oct. 4, 1976, 90 Stat. 1834; Pub. L. 105–206, title II, §2002(a), July 22, 1998, 112 Stat. 724; Pub. L. 109–59, title XI, §11125(b)(21), Aug. 10, 2005, 119 Stat. 1957.)

Amendments

2005—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 109–59 substituted “section 5732” for “section 5142”.

1998—Subsecs. (b), (c). Pub. L. 105–206 added subsec. (b) and redesignated former subsec. (b) as (c).

1976—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 94–455 struck out “or his delegate” after “Secretary”.

1958—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 85–859 inserted reference to section 5142 of this title.

Effective Date of 2005 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 109–59 effective July 1, 2008, but inapplicable to taxes imposed for periods before such date, see section 11125(c) of Pub. L. 109–59, set out as a note under section 5002 of this title.

Effective Date of 1998 Amendment

Pub. L. 105–206, title II, §2002(c), July 22, 1998, 112 Stat. 724, provided that: “The amendment made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall apply to returns required to be filed after December 31, 1999.”

Effective Date of 1958 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 85–859 effective Sept. 3, 1958, see section 210(a)(1) of Pub. L. 85–859, set out as an Effective Date note under section 5001 of this title.

§6072. Time for filing income tax returns

(a) General rule

In the case of returns under section 6012, 6013, 6017, or 6031 (relating to income tax under subtitle A), returns made on the basis of the calendar year shall be filed on or before the 15th day of April following the close of the calendar year and returns made on the basis of a fiscal year shall be filed on or before the 15th day of the fourth month following the close of the fiscal year, except as otherwise provided in the following subsections of this section.

(b) Returns of corporations

Returns of corporations under section 6012 made on the basis of the calendar year shall be filed on or before the 15th day of March following the close of the calendar year, and such returns made on the basis of a fiscal year shall be filed on or before the 15th day of the third month following the close of the fiscal year. Returns required for a taxable year by section 6011(e)(2) (relating to returns of a DISC) shall be filed on or before the fifteenth day of the ninth month following the close of the taxable year.

(c) Returns by certain nonresident alien individuals and foreign corporations

Returns made by nonresident alien individuals (other than those whose wages are subject to withholding under chapter 24) and foreign corporations (other than those having an office or place of business in the United States or a former FSC (as defined in section 922 as in effect before its repeal by the FSC Repeal and Extraterritorial Income Exclusion Act of 2000)) under section 6012 on the basis of a calendar year shall be filed on or before the 15th day of June following the close of the calendar year and such returns made on the basis of a fiscal year shall be filed on or before the 15th day of the 6th month following the close of the fiscal year.

(d) Returns of cooperative associations

In the case of an income tax return of—

(1) an exempt cooperative association described in section 1381(a)(1), or

(2) an organization described in section 1381(a)(2) which is under an obligation to pay patronage dividends (as defined in section 1388(a)) in an amount equal to at least 50 percent of its net earnings from business done with or for its patrons, or which paid patronage dividends in such an amount out of the net earnings from business done with or for patrons during the most recent taxable year for which it had such net earnings,


a return made on the basis of a calendar year shall be filed on or before the 15th day of September following the close of the calendar year, and a return made on the basis of a fiscal year shall be filed on or before the 15th day of the 9th month following the close of the fiscal year.

(e) Organizations exempt from taxation under section 501(a)

In the case of an income tax return of an organization exempt from taxation under section 501(a) (other than an employees’ trust described in section 401(a)), a return shall be filed on or before the 15th day of the 5th month following the close of the taxable year.

(Aug. 16, 1954, ch. 736, 68A Stat. 749; Pub. L. 87–834, §17(b)(3), Oct. 16, 1962, 76 Stat. 1051; Pub. L. 92–178, title V, §504(b), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 551; Pub. L. 94–455, title X, §1053(d)(3), title XIX, §1906(b)(13)(A), Oct. 4, 1976, 90 Stat. 1649, 1834; Pub. L. 95–628, §6(a), Nov. 10, 1978, 92 Stat. 3630; Pub. L. 98–369, div. A, title VIII, §801(d)(13), July 18, 1984, 98 Stat. 997; Pub. L. 110–172, §11(g)(20), Dec. 29, 2007, 121 Stat. 2491.)

References in Text

The FSC Repeal and Extraterritorial Income Exclusion Act of 2000, referred to in subsec. (c), is Pub. L. 106–519, Nov. 15, 2000, 114 Stat. 2423. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title of 2000 Amendments note set out under section 1 of this title and Tables.

Amendments

2007—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 110–172 substituted “a former FSC (as defined in section 922 as in effect before its repeal by the FSC Repeal and Extraterritorial Income Exclusion Act of 2000)” for “a FSC or former FSC”.

1984—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 98–369 inserted “or a FSC or former FSC” after “United States”.

1978—Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 95–628 added subsec. (e).

1976—Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 94–455, §1053(d)(3), struck out subsec. (e) which related to income tax due dates postponed in the case of China Trade Act corporations.

Pub. L. 94–455, §1906(b)(13)(A), struck out “or his delegate” after “Secretary”.

1971—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 92–178 required returns of a DISC to be filed on or before the fifteenth day of the ninth month following the close of the taxable year.

1962—Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 87–834 substituted provisions relating to returns by an exempt cooperative association described in section 1381(a)(1), or by an organization described in section 1381(a)(2) which is under an obligation to pay patronage dividends in an amount equal to at least 50 percent of its net earnings from business done with or for its patrons, or which paid patronage dividends in such an amount out of the net earnings from business done with or for patrons during the most recent taxable year for which it had such net earnings for provisions which related to returns of exempt cooperative associations taxable under the provisions of section 522.

Effective Date of 1984 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 98–369 applicable to transactions after Dec. 31, 1984, in taxable years ending after such date, see section 805(a)(1) of Pub. L. 98–369, as amended, set out as a note under section 245 of this title.

Effective Date of 1978 Amendment

Section 6(b) of Pub. L. 95–628 provided that: “The amendment made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall apply to returns for taxable years beginning after the date of the enactment of this Act [Nov. 10, 1978].”

Effective Date of 1976 Amendment

Amendment by section 1053(d)(3) of Pub. L. 94–455 applicable with respect to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1977, see section 1053(e) of Pub. L. 94–455, set out as a note under section 1504 of this title.

Effective Date of 1971 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 92–178 applicable with respect to taxable years ending after Dec. 31, 1971, except that a corporation may not be a DISC for any taxable year beginning before Jan. 1, 1972, see section 507 of Pub. L. 92–178, set out as an Effective Date note under section 991 of this title.

Effective Date of 1962 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 87–834 applicable to taxable years of organizations described in section 1381(a) of this title beginning after Dec. 31, 1962, except as otherwise provided, see section 17(c) of Pub. L. 87–834, set out as an Effective Date note under section 1381 of this title.

Filing of Income Tax Returns for 1958 by Life Insurance Companies

Pub. L. 86–69, §3(i), June 25, 1959, 73 Stat. 140, required every life insurance company subject to the tax imposed by section 802(a) of this title to make a return after June 25, 1959, and on or before Sept. 15, 1959, which return was to constitute the return for such taxable year for all purposes of this title, and no return filed pursuant to section 801 et seq. of this title, relating to life insurance companies, on or before June 25, 1959, was to be considered for any such purposes as a return for such taxable year.

[§6073. Repealed. Pub. L. 98–369, div. A, title IV, §412(a)(2), July 18, 1984, 98 Stat. 792]

Section, acts Aug. 16, 1954, ch. 736, 68A Stat. 750; Sept. 25, 1962, Pub. L. 87–682, §1(a)(2), (b), (c), 76 Stat. 575; Oct. 4, 1976, Pub. L. 94–455, title X, §1012(c), title XIX, §1906(b)(13)(A), 90 Stat. 1614, 1834; Nov. 10, 1978, Pub. L. 95–628, §7(a), 92 Stat. 3630; Sept. 3, 1982, Pub. L. 97–248, title III, §328(b)(2), 96 Stat. 618, related to time for filing declarations of estimated income tax by individuals.

Effective Date of Repeal

Repeal applicable with respect to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1984, see section 414(a)(1) of Pub. L. 98–369, set out as an Effective Date of 1984 Amendment note under section 6654 of this title.

[§6074. Repealed. Pub. L. 90–364, title I, §103(a), June 28, 1968, 82 Stat. 260]

Section, acts Aug. 16, 1954, ch. 736, 68A Stat. 751; Feb. 26, 1964, Pub. L. 88–272, title I, §122(b), 78 Stat. 27, provided for the time of filing declarations of estimated income tax by corporations.

Effective Date of Repeal

Repeal effective with respect to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1967, except as provided by section 104 of Pub. L. 90–364, see section 103(f) of Pub. L. 90–364, set out as an Effective Date of 1968 Amendment note under section 243 of this title.

§6075. Time for filing estate and gift tax returns

(a) Estate tax returns

Returns made under section 6018(a) (relating to estate taxes) shall be filed within 9 months after the date of the decedent's death.

(b) Gift tax returns

(1) General rule

Returns made under section 6019 (relating to gift taxes) shall be filed on or before the 15th day of April following the close of the calendar year.

(2) Extension where taxpayer granted extension for filing income tax return

Any extension of time granted the taxpayer for filing the return of income taxes imposed by subtitle A for any taxable year which is a calendar year shall be deemed to be also an extension of time granted the taxpayer for filing the return under section 6019 for such calendar year.

(3) Coordination with due date for estate tax return

Notwithstanding paragraphs (1) and (2), the time for filing the return made under section 6019 for the calendar year which includes the date of death of the donor shall not be later than the time (including extensions) for filing the return made under section 6018 (relating to estate tax returns) with respect to such donor.

(Aug. 16, 1954, ch. 736, 68A Stat. 751; Pub. L. 91–614, title I, §§101(b), 102(d)(4), Dec. 31, 1970, 84 Stat. 1836, 1842; Pub. L. 94–455, title XX, §2008(b), Oct. 4, 1976, 90 Stat. 1892; Pub. L. 96–167, §8(a)–(c), Dec. 29, 1979, 93 Stat. 1277, 1278; Pub. L. 97–34, title IV, §442(d)(3), Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 322; Pub. L. 107–16, title V, §542(b)(3), June 7, 2001, 115 Stat. 83; Pub. L. 111–312, title III, §301(a), Dec. 17, 2010, 124 Stat. 3300.)

Amendment of Section

For termination of amendment by section 304 of Pub. L. 111–312, see Effective and Termination Dates of 2010 Amendment note below.

For termination of amendment by section 901 of Pub. L. 107–16, see Effective and Termination Dates of 2001 Amendment note below.

Amendments

2010—Subsecs. (a), (b)(3). Pub. L. 111–312, §§301(a), 304, temporarily amended subsecs. (a) and (b)(3) to read as if amendment by Pub. L. 107–16, §542(b)(3), had never been enacted. See 2001 Amendment notes and Effective and Termination Dates of 2010 Amendment note below.

2001—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 107–16, §§542(b)(3)(A), 901, temporarily amended subsec. (a) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: “Returns made under section 6018(a) (relating to estate taxes) shall be filed within 9 months after the date of the decedent's death.” See Effective and Termination Dates of 2001 Amendment note below.

Subsec. (b)(3). Pub. L. 107–16, §§542(b)(3)(B), 901, temporarily substituted “section 6018 return” for “estate tax return” in heading and “(relating to returns relating to large transfers at death)” for “(relating to estate tax returns)” in text. See Effective and Termination Dates of 2001 Amendment note below.

1981—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 97–34 substituted in par. (1) the rule for filing gift tax returns on or before the 15th day of April following the close of the calendar year for prior provision for such filing on or before, in the case of a return for the first, second, or third calendar quarter of any calendar year, the 15th day of the second month following the close of the calendar quarter, or, in the case of a return for the fourth calendar quarter of any calendar year, the 15th day of the fourth month following the close of the calendar quarter, redesignated former par. (3) as (2), and, as so redesignated, substituted “under section 6019 for such calendar year” for “under section 6019 for the fourth calendar quarter of such taxable year”, struck out former par. (2) setting forth special rule where gifts in a calendar quarter totalled $25,000 or less, added par. (3), and struck out par. (4) respecting application of the special rule to nonresidents not citizens of the United States.

1979—Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 96–167, §8(a), substituted “(A) in the case of a return for the first, second, or third calendar quarter of any calendar year, the 15th day of the second month following the close of the calendar quarter, or” for “the 15th day of the second month following the close of the calendar quarter”, and added subpar. (B).

Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 96–167, §8(c), substituted “the date prescribed by paragraph (1) for filing the return for” for “the 15th day of the second month after” in provisions preceding subpar. (A), and struck out “the close of” before “the first subsequent” in subpar. (a) and before “the fourth calendar quarter” in subpar. (B).

Subsec. (b)(3), (4). Pub. L. 96–167, §8(b), added par. (3) and redesignated former par. (3) as (4).

1976—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 94–455 designated existing provisions as par. (1) and added pars. (2) and (3).

1970—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 91–614, §101(b), substituted “9 months” for “15 months”.

Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 91–614, §102(d)(4), substituted “the 15th day of the second month following the close of the calendar quarter” for “the 15th day of April following the close of the calendar year”.

Effective and Termination Dates of 2010 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 111–312 applicable to estates of decedents dying, and transfers made after Dec. 31, 2009, except as otherwise provided, see section 301(e) of Pub. L. 111–312, set out as a note under section 121 of this title.

Section 901 of Pub. L. 107–16 applicable to amendments by section 301(a) of Pub. L. 111–312, see section 304 of Pub. L. 111–312, set out as a note under section 121 of this title.

Effective and Termination Dates of 2001 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 107–16 applicable to estates of decedents dying after Dec. 31, 2009, see section 542(f)(1) of Pub. L. 107–16, set out as a note under section 121 of this title.

Amendment by Pub. L. 107–16 inapplicable to estates of decedents dying, gifts made, or generation skipping transfers, after Dec. 31, 2012, and the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 to be applied and administered to such estates, gifts, and transfers as if such amendment had never been enacted, see section 901 of Pub. L. 107–16, set out as a note under section 1 of this title.

Effective Date of 1981 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 97–34 applicable with respect to gifts made after Dec. 31, 1981, see section 442(e) of Pub. L. 97–34, set out as a note under section 2501 of this title.

Effective Date of 1979 Amendment

Section 8(d) of Pub. L. 96–167 provided that: “The amendments made by this section [amending this section] shall apply to returns for gifts made in calendar years ending after the date of the enactment of this Act [Dec. 29, 1979].”

Effective Date of 1976 Amendment

Section 2008(d)(2) of Pub. L. 94–455 provided that: “The amendment made by subsection (b) [amending this section] shall apply to gifts made after December 31, 1976.”

Effective Date of 1970 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 91–614 applicable with respect to decedents dying after Dec. 31, 1970, see section 101(j) of Pub. L. 91–614, set out as a note under section 2032 of this title.

Amendment by Pub. L. 91–614 applicable with respect to gifts made after Dec. 31, 1970, see section 102(e) of Pub. L. 91–614, set out as a note under section 2501 of this title.

Extension of Time For Performing Certain Acts

Pub. L. 111–312, title III, §301(d)(1), Dec. 17, 2010, 124 Stat. 3300, provided that: “In the case of the estate of a decedent dying after December 31, 2009, and before the date of the enactment of this Act [Dec. 17, 2010], the due date for—

“(A) filing any return under section 6018 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (including any election required to be made on such a return) as such section is in effect after the date of the enactment of this Act without regard to any election under subsection (c),

“(B) making any payment of tax under chapter 11 of such Code, and

“(C) making any disclaimer described in section 2518(b) of such Code of an interest in property passing by reason of the death of such decedent,

“shall not be earlier than the date which is 9 months after the date of the enactment of this Act.”

[§6076. Repealed. Pub. L. 100–418, title I, §1941(b)(1), Aug. 23, 1988, 102 Stat. 1323]

Section, added Pub. L. 96–223, title I, §101(c)(1)(A), Apr. 2, 1980, 94 Stat. 250, related to time for filing return of windfall profit tax.

Effective Date of Repeal

Repeal applicable to crude oil removed from the premises on or after Aug. 23, 1988, see section 1941(c) of Pub. L. 100–418, set out as an Effective Date of 1988 Amendment note under section 164 of this title.

PART VI—EXTENSION OF TIME FOR FILING RETURNS

Sec.
6081.
Extension of time for filing returns.

        

§6081. Extension of time for filing returns

(a) General rule

The Secretary may grant a reasonable extension of time for filing any return, declaration, statement, or other document required by this title or by regulations. Except in the case of taxpayers who are abroad, no such extension shall be for more than 6 months.

(b) Automatic extension for corporation income tax returns

An extension of 3 months for the filing of the return of income taxes imposed by subtitle A shall be allowed any corporation if, in such manner and at such time as the Secretary may by regulations prescribe, there is filed on behalf of such corporation the form prescribed by the Secretary, and if such corporation pays, on or before the date prescribed for payment of the tax, the amount properly estimated as its tax; but this extension may be terminated at any time by the Secretary by mailing to the taxpayer notice of such termination at least 10 days prior to the date for termination fixed in such notice.

(c) Cross references

For time for performing certain acts postponed by reason of war, see section 7508, and by reason of Presidentially declared disaster or terroristic or military action, see section 7508A.

(Aug. 16, 1954, ch. 736, 68A Stat. 751; Pub. L. 94–455, title XIX, §1906(b)(13)(A), Oct. 4, 1976, 90 Stat. 1834; Pub. L. 97–248, title III, §234(b)(2)(B), Sept. 3, 1982, 96 Stat. 503; Pub. L. 107–134, title I, §112(d)(2), Jan. 23, 2002, 115 Stat. 2435.)

Amendments

2002—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 107–134 amended heading and text of subsec. (c) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: “For time for performing certain acts postponed by reason of war, see section 7508.”

1982—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 97–248 struck out “or the first installment thereof required under section 6152” after “the amount properly estimated as its tax”.

1976—Pub. L. 94–455 struck out “or his delegate” after “Secretary” wherever appearing.

Effective Date of 2002 Amendment

Pub. L. 107–134, title I, §112(f), Jan. 23, 2002, 115 Stat. 2435, provided that: “The amendments made by this section [enacting section 1148 of Title 29, Labor, and amending this section, sections 6161, 6404, 7508, and 7508A of this title, and section 1302 of Title 29] shall apply to disasters and terroristic or military actions occurring on or after September 11, 2001, with respect to any action of the Secretary of the Treasury, the Secretary of Labor, or the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation occurring on or after the date of the enactment of this Act [Jan. 23, 2002].”

Effective Date of 1982 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 97–248 applicable to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1982, see section 234(e) of Pub. L. 97–248, set out as a note under section 6655 of this title.

PART VII—PLACE FOR FILING RETURNS OR OTHER DOCUMENTS

Sec.
6091.
Place for filing returns or other documents.

        

§6091. Place for filing returns or other documents

(a) General rule

When not otherwise provided for by this title, the Secretary shall by regulations prescribe the place for the filing of any return, declaration, statement, or other document, or copies thereof, required by this title or by regulations.

(b) Tax returns

In the case of returns of tax required under authority of part II of this subchapter—

(1) Persons other than corporations

(A) General rule

Except as provided in subparagraph (B), a return (other than a corporation return) shall be made to the Secretary—

(i) in the internal revenue district in which is located the legal residence or principal place of business of the person making the return, or

(ii) at a service center serving the internal revenue district referred to in clause (i),


as the Secretary may by regulations designate.

(B) Exception

Returns of—

(i) persons who have no legal residence or principal place of business in any internal revenue district,

(ii) citizens of the United States whose principal place of abode for the period with respect to which the return is filed is outside the United States,

(iii) persons who claim the benefits of section 911 (relating to citizens or residents of the United States living abroad), section 931 (relating to income from sources within Guam, American Samoa, or the Northern Mariana Islands), or section 933 (relating to income from sources within Puerto Rico),

(iv) nonresident alien persons, and

(v) persons with respect to whom an assessment was made under section 6851(a) or 6852(a) (relating to termination assessments) with respect to the taxable year,


shall be made at such place as the Secretary may by regulations designate.

(2) Corporations

(A) General rule

Except as provided in subparagraph (B), a return of a corporation shall be made to the Secretary—

(i) in the internal revenue district in which is located the principal place of business or principal office or agency of the corporation, or

(ii) at a service center serving the internal revenue district referred to in clause (i), as the Secretary may by regulations designate.

(B) Exception

Returns of—

(i) corporations which have no principal place of business or principal office or agency in any internal revenue district,

(ii) corporations which claim the benefits of section 936 (relating to possession tax credit), and 1

(iii) foreign corporations, and

(iv) corporations with respect to which an assessment was made under section 6851(a) (relating to termination assessments) with respect to the taxable year,


shall be made at such place as the Secretary may by regulations designate.

(3) Estate tax returns

(A) General rule

Except as provided in subparagraph (B), returns of estate tax required under section 6018 shall be made to the Secretary—

(i) in the internal revenue district in which was the domicile of the decedent at the time of his death, or

(ii) at a service center serving the internal revenue district referred to in clause (i), as the Secretary may by regulations designate.

(B) Exception

If the domicile of the decedent was not in an internal revenue district, or if he had no domicile, the estate tax return required under section 6018 shall be made at such place as the Secretary may by regulations designate.

(4) Hand-carried returns

Notwithstanding paragraph (1), (2), or (3), a return to which paragraph (1)(A), (2)(A), or (3)(A) would apply, but for this paragraph, which is made to the Secretary by handcarrying shall, under regulations prescribed by the Secretary, be made in the internal revenue district referred to in paragraph (1)(A)(i), (2)(A)(i), or (3)(A)(i), as the case may be.

(5) Exceptional cases

Notwithstanding paragraph (1), (2), (3), or (4) of this subsection, the Secretary may permit a return to be filed in any internal revenue district, and may require the return of any officer or employee of the Treasury Department to be filed in any internal revenue district selected by the Secretary.

(6) Alcohol, tobacco, and firearms returns, etc.

In the case of any return of tax imposed by section 4181 or subtitle E (relating to taxes on alcohol, tobacco, and firearms), subsection (a) shall apply (and this subsection shall not apply).

(Aug. 16, 1954, ch. 736, 68A Stat. 752; Pub. L. 89–713, §1(a), Nov. 2, 1966, 80 Stat. 1107; Pub. L. 91–614, title I, §101(i), Dec. 31, 1970, 84 Stat. 1838; Pub. L. 94–455, title X, §§1051(h)(4), 1052(c)(6), 1053(d)(4), title XII, §1204(c)(3), title XIX, §1906(b)(13)(A), Oct. 4, 1976, 90 Stat. 1647, 1648, 1649, 1697, 1834; Pub. L. 95–615, §§202(g)(5), formerly §202(f)(5), 207(b), Nov. 8, 1978, 92 Stat. 3100, 3108, renumbered §202(g)(5), Pub. L. 96–222, title I, §108(a)(1)(A), Apr. 1, 1980, 94 Stat. 223; Pub. L. 97–34, title I, §§111(b)(3), 112(b)(6), Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 194, 195; Pub. L. 99–514, title XII, §1272(d)(10), title XVIII, §1879(r)(1), Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2594, 2912; Pub. L. 100–203, title X, §10713(b)(2)(A), Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1330–470; Pub. L. 101–239, title VII, §7841(f), Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2429.)

Amendments

1989—Subsec. (b)(6). Pub. L. 101–239 inserted “section 4181 or” before “subtitle E”.

1987—Subsec. (b)(1)(B)(v). Pub. L. 100–203 inserted reference to section 6852(a).

1986—Subsec. (b)(1)(B)(iii). Pub. L. 99–514, §1272(d)(10), substituted “Guam, American Samoa, or the Northern Mariana Islands” for “possessions of the United States”.

Subsec. (b)(6). Pub. L. 99–514, §1879(r)(1), added par. (6).

1981—Subsec. (b)(1)(B)(iii). Pub. L. 97–34 substituted “section 911 (relating to citizens or residents of the United States living abroad)” for “section 911 (relating to income earned by employees in certain camps)” and struck out “section 913 (relating to deduction for certain expenses of living abroad)”.

1978—Subsec. (b)(1)(B)(iii). Pub. L. 95–615 substituted “(relating to income earned by employees in certain camps)” for “(relating to earned income from sources without the United States)” and inserted “section 913 (relating to deduction for certain expenses of living abroad),” before “section 931”.

1976—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 94–455, §1906(b)(13)(A), struck out “or his delegate” after “Secretary”.

Subsec. (b)(1)(B). Pub. L. 94–455, §§1204(c)(3)(A), 1906(b)(13)(A), added cl. (v) and struck out in provision following cl. (v) “or his delegate” after “Secretary”.

Subsec. (b)(2)(B). Pub. L. 94–455, §1503(d)(4), in cl. (ii), struck out provision which permitted returns of a corporation claiming the benefits of section 941 of this title, relating to the special deduction for China Trade corporations, to be made at such place as the Secretary may designate by regulation.

Pub. L. 94–455, §§1052(c)(6), struck out provision which permitted returns of a corporation claiming the benefits of section 922 of this title, relating to the special deduction for Western Hemisphere trade corporations to be made at such place as the Secretary may designate by regulation.

Pub. L. 94–455, §§1051(h)(4), 1204(c)(3)(B), 1906(b)(13)(A), substituted “section 936 (relating to possession tax credit)” for “section 931 (relating to income from sources within possessions of the United States),” for taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1975, added cl. (iv), and struck out in provision following cl. (iv) “or his delegate” after “Secretary”.

1970—Subsec. (b)(3). Pub. L. 91–614, §101(i)(1), substituted provisions requiring an estate tax return to be filed in the internal revenue district in which the decedent was domiciled at the time of his death or at a service center serving that district, as the Secretary or his delegate may determine by regulations, and in the case of a decedent who was not domiciled in an internal revenue district, or who had no domicile, his return is to be filed at such place as the Secretary or his delegate designates for provisions requiring estate tax returns to be filed in the internal revenue district in which the decedent was domiciled at the time of his death or, if there was no such domicile in an internal revenue district, then at such place as the Secretary or his delegate by regulations designates.

Subsec. (b)(4). Pub. L. 91–614, §101(i)(2), permitted the executor, who desires to file an estate tax return in person, to do so by hand carrying it to the appropriate internal revenue district office.

1966—Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 89–713, §1(a)(1), authorized the Secretary to promulgate regulations allowing individuals to file tax returns either in the internal revenue district in which the taxpayer's legal residence or principal place of business is located or at a service center serving that district, designated as subpar. (B)(1) the existing provisions which authorized the Secretary to prescribe the place without limitations as to the Secretary's range of alternative choices for the filing of returns of persons who have no legal residence or principal place of business in any internal revenue district, and added subpar. (B)(ii) to (iv).

Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 89–713, §1(a)(1), authorized the Secretary to promulgate regulations allowing corporations to file tax returns either in the internal revenue district in which is located the principal place of business or principal office or agency of the corporation or at a service center serving that district, designated as subpar. (B)(i) the existing provisions which authorized the Secretary to prescribe the place without limitations as to the Secretary's range of alternative choices for the filing of returns of corporations having no principal place of business or principal office or agency of the corporation, and added subpar. (B)(ii), (iii).

Subsec. (b)(4), (5). Pub. L. 89–713, §1(a)(2), (3), added par. (4), redesignated former par. (4) as (5), and, in par. (5), substituted “paragraph (1), (2), (3), or (4)” for “paragraph (1), (2), or (3)”.

Effective Date of 1987 Amendment

Section 10713(c) of Pub. L. 100–203 provided that: “The amendments made by this section [enacting sections 6852 and 7409 of this title and amending this section and sections 6211 to 6213, 6863, 7429, and 7611 of this title] shall take effect on the date of the enactment of this Act [Dec. 22, 1987].”

Effective Date of 1986 Amendment

Amendment by section 1272(d)(10) of Pub. L. 99–514 applicable to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1986, with certain exceptions and qualifications, see section 1277 of Pub. L. 99–514, set out as a note under section 931 of this title.

Section 1879(r)(2) of Pub. L. 99–514 provided that: “The amendment made by paragraph (1) [amending this section] shall take effect on the first day of the first calendar month which begins more than 90 days after the date of the enactment of this Act [Oct. 22, 1986].”

Effective Date of 1981 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 97–34 applicable with respect to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1981, see section 115 of Pub. L. 97–34, set out as a note under section 911 of this title.

Effective Date of 1978 Amendment; Election of Prior Law

Amendment by Pub. L. 95–615 applicable to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1977, with provision for election of prior law, see section 209 of Pub. L. 95–615, set out as a note under section 911 of this title.

Effective Date of 1976 Amendment

Amendment by section 1051(h)(4) of Pub. L. 94–455 applicable with respect to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1975, see section 1051(i)(1) of Pub. L. 94–455, set out as a note under section 27 of this title.

Amendment by section 1052(c)(6) of Pub. L. 94–455, applicable with respect to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1979, see section 1052(d) of Pub. L. 94–455, set out as a note under section 170 of this title.

Amendment by section 1053(d)(4) of Pub. L. 94–455 applicable with respect to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1977, see section 1053(e) of Pub. L. 94–455, set out as a note under section 1504 of this title.

Amendment by section 1204(c)(3) of Pub. L. 94–455 applicable with respect to action taken under section 6851, 6861, or 6862 of this title where notice and demand takes place after Feb. 28, 1977, see section 1204(d) of Pub. L. 94–455, as amended, set out as a note under section 6851 of this title.

Effective Date of 1970 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 91–614 applicable with respect to decedents dying after Dec. 31, 1970, see section 101(j) of Pub. L. 91–614, set out as a note under section 2032 of this title.

Effective Date of 1966 Amendment

Section 6 of Pub. L. 89–713 provided that: “Except as otherwise provided in this Act, the amendments made by this Act [amending this section, sections 6103, 6107, and 6151 of this title, section 3237 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure, and section 1395x of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare] shall take effect upon the date of the enactment of this Act [Nov. 2, 1966].”

Plan Amendments Not Required Until January 1, 1989

For provisions directing that if any amendments made by subtitle A or subtitle C of title XI [§§1101–1147 and 1171–1177] or title XVIII [§§1800–1899A] of Pub. L. 99–514 require an amendment to any plan, such plan amendment shall not be required to be made before the first plan year beginning on or after Jan. 1, 1989, see section 1140 of Pub. L. 99–514, as amended, set out as a note under section 401 of this title.

1 So in original. Word “and” probably is superfluous.

PART VIII—DESIGNATION OF INCOME TAX PAYMENTS TO PRESIDENTIAL ELECTION CAMPAIGN FUND

Sec.
6096.
Designation by individuals.

        

Amendments

1966—Pub. L. 89–809, title III, §302(a), Nov. 13, 1966, 80 Stat. 1587, added part VIII and analysis.

§6096. Designation by individuals

(a) In general

Every individual (other than a nonresident alien) whose income tax liability for the taxable year is $3 or more may designate that $3 shall be paid over to the Presidential Election Campaign Fund in accordance with the provisions of section 9006(a). In the case of a joint return of husband and wife having an income tax liability of $6 or more, each spouse may designate that $3 shall be paid to the fund.

(b) Income tax liability

For purposes of subsection (a), the income tax liability of an individual for any taxable year is the amount of the tax imposed by chapter 1 on such individual for such taxable year (as shown on his return), reduced by the sum of the credits (as shown in his return) allowable under part IV of subchapter A of chapter 1 (other than subpart C thereof).

(c) Manner and time of designation

A designation under subsection (a) may be made with respect to any taxable year—

(1) at the time of filing the return of the tax imposed by chapter 1 for such taxable year, or

(2) at any other time (after the time of filing the return of the tax imposed by chapter 1 for such taxable year) specified in regulations prescribed by the Secretary.


Such designation shall be made in such manner as the Secretary prescribes by regulations except that, if such designation is made at the time of filing the return of the tax imposed by chapter 1 for such taxable year, such designation shall be made either on the first page of the return or on the page bearing the taxpayer's signature.

(Added Pub. L. 89–809, title III, §302(a), Nov. 13, 1966, 80 Stat. 1587; amended Pub. L. 92–178, title VIII, §802(a), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 573; Pub. L. 93–53, §6(a), July 1, 1973, 87 Stat. 138; Pub. L. 94–12, title II, §§203(b)(4), 208(d)(4), Mar. 29, 1975, 89 Stat. 30, 35; Pub. L. 94–455, title IV, §401(a)(2)(C), title V, §504(c)(2), title XIX, §1906(b)(13)(A), Oct. 4, 1976, 90 Stat. 1555, 1565, 1834; Pub. L. 95–30, title II, §202(d)(6), May 23, 1977, 91 Stat. 151; Pub. L. 95–618, title I, §101(b)(4), Nov. 9, 1978, 92 Stat. 3180; Pub. L. 96–223, title II, §§231(b)(2), 232(b)(3)(C), Apr. 2, 1980, 94 Stat. 272, 276; Pub. L. 97–34, title II, §221(c)(1), title III, §331(e)(1), Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 247, 295; Pub. L. 97–414, §4(c)(2), Jan. 4, 1983, 96 Stat. 2056; Pub. L. 98–369, div. A, title IV, §474(r)(31), July 18, 1984, 98 Stat. 845; Pub. L. 103–66, title XIII, §13441(a), Aug. 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 567.)

Amendments

1993—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 103–66 substituted “$6” for “$2” and “$3” for “$1” wherever appearing.

1984—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 98–369 substituted “allowable under part IV of subchapter A of chapter 1 (other than subpart C thereof” for “allowable under sections 33, 37, 38, 40, 41, 42, 44, 44A, 44B, 44C, 44D, 44E, 44F, 44G, and 44H”.

1983—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 97–414 inserted reference to section 44H.

1981—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 97–34, §331(e)(1), inserted reference to section 44G.

Pub. L. 97–34, §221(c)(1), inserted reference to section 44F.

1980—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 96–223, §§231(b)(2), 232(b)(3)(C), inserted reference to sections 44D and 44E.

1978—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 95–618 inserted reference to section 44C.

1977—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 95–30 inserted reference to section 44B.

1976—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 94–455, §§401(a)(2)(C), 504(c)(2), inserted reference to section 42 in subsec. (a) as in effect on day before date of enactment of Pub. L. 94–12 and reference to section 44A.

Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 94–455, §1906(b)(13)(A), struck out “or his delegate” after “Secretary”.

1975—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 94–12 inserted reference to sections 42 and 44.

1973—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 93–53 struck out “for the account of the candidates of any specified political party for President and Vice President of the United States, or if no specific account is designated by such individual, for a general account for all candidates for election to the offices of President and Vice President of the United States,” after “Fund” and substituted “section 9006(a)” for “section 9006(a)(1)”.

Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 93–53 struck out reference to sections 32(2) and 35, and inserted reference to sections 40 and 41.

Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 93–53 provided that if designation is made at the time of filing the return of the tax imposed by chapter 1 for the taxable year, the designation shall be made either on the first page of the return or on the page bearing the taxpayer's signature.

1971—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 92–178 substituted “$1 shall be paid over to the Presidential Election Campaign Fund for the account of the candidates of any specified political party for President and Vice President of the United States, or if no specific account is designated by such individual, for a general account for all candidates for election to the offices of President and Vice President of the United States, in accordance with the provisions of section 9006(a)(1)” for “$1 shall be paid into the Presidential Election Campaign Fund established by section 303 of the Presidential Election Campaign Fund Act of 1966” and provided, in the case of a joint return of husband and wife having an income tax liability of $2 or more, that each spouse may designate that $1 shall be paid to any such account in the fund.

Effective Date of 1993 Amendment

Section 13441(b) of Pub. L. 103–66 provided that: “The amendments made by subsection (a) [amending this section] apply with respect to tax returns required to be filed after December 31, 1993.”

Effective Date of 1984 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 98–369 applicable to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1983, and to carrybacks from such years, see section 475(a) of Pub. L. 98–369, set out as a note under section 21 of this title.

Effective Date of 1983 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 97–414 applicable to amounts paid or incurred after Dec. 31, 1982, in taxable years ending after such date, see section 4(d) of Pub. L. 97–414, set out as an Effective Date note under section 28 of this title.

Effective Date of 1981 Amendment

Amendment by section 221(c)(1) of Pub. L. 97–34 applicable to amounts paid or incurred after June 30, 1981, see section 221(d) of Pub. L. 97–34, as amended, set out as an Effective Date note under section 41 of this title.

Amendment by section 331(e)(1) of Pub. L. 97–34 applicable to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1981, see section 339 of Pub. L. 97–34, set out as a note under section 401 of this title.

Effective Date of 1980 Amendment

Amendment by section 231(b)(2) of Pub. L. 96–223, applicable to taxable years ending after Dec. 31, 1979, see section 231(c) of Pub. L. 96–223, set out as an Effective Date note under section 45K of this title.

Amendment by section 232(b)(3)(C) of Pub. L. 96–223 applicable to sales or uses after Sept. 30, 1980, in taxable years ending after that date, see section 232(h)(1) of Pub. L. 96–223, set out as an Effective Date note under section 40 of this title.

Effective Date of 1978 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 95–618 applicable to taxable years ending on or after Apr. 20, 1977, see section 101(c) of Pub. L. 95–618, set out as a note under section 1016 of this title.

Effective Date of 1977 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 95–30 applicable to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1976, and to credit carrybacks from such years, see section 202(e) of Pub. L. 95–30, set out as an Effective Date note under section 51 of this title.

Effective and Termination Dates of 1976 Amendment

Amendment by section 401(a)(2)(C) of Pub. L. 94–455 applicable to taxable years ending after Dec. 31, 1975, but ceasing to be applicable to taxable years ending after Dec. 31, 1978, see section 401(e) of Pub. L. 94–455, as amended, set out as an Effective Date of 1976 Amendment note under section 32 of this title.

Amendment by section 504(c)(2) of Pub. L. 94–455 applicable to taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1975, see section 508 of Pub. L. 94–455, set out as an Effective Date of 1976 Amendment note under section 3 of this title.

Effective and Termination Dates of 1975 Amendment

Amendment by Pub. L. 94–12 applicable to taxable years ending after Dec. 31, 1974, and to cease to apply to taxable years ending after Dec. 31, 1975, see section 209(a) of Pub. L. 94–12, set out as a note under section 3 of this title.

Effective Date of 1973 Amendment; Designation to the Presidential Election Campaign Fund

Section 6(d) of Pub. L. 93–53, as amended by Pub. L. 99–514, §2, Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2095, provided that: “The amendments made by this section [amending this section and sections 9003, 9006, 9007, and 9012 of this title] shall apply with respect to taxable years beginning after December 31, 1972. Any designation made under section 6096 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 [formerly I.R.C. 1954] (as in effect for taxable years beginning before January 1, 1973) for the account of the candidates of any specified political party shall, for purposes of section 9006(a) of such Code (as amended by subsection (b)), be treated solely as a designation to the Presidential Election Campaign Fund.”

Effective Date of Section and Effective Date of 1971 Amendment

Provisions of this section, together with amendment of subsec. (a) of this section by Pub. L. 92–178, applicable only to taxable years ending on or after Dec. 31, 1972, see section 802(b)(2) of Pub. L. 92–178, set out as a note under section 9001 of this title.

Effective Date

Section 302(c) of Pub. L. 89–809 provided that: “The amendments made by this section [enacting this section] shall apply with respect to income tax liability for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1966.”

Short Title

Section 301 of title III of Pub. L. 89–809 provided that: “This title [enacting this section and sections 971, 972, and 973 of former Title 31, Money and Finance] may be cited as the ‘Presidential Election Campaign Fund Act of 1966’.”

Adoption of Guidelines

Pub. L. 90–26, §5, June 13, 1967, 81 Stat. 58, as amended by Pub. L. 99–514, §2, Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2095, provided that:

“(a) Funds which become available under the Presidential Election Campaign Fund Act of 1966 [this section and section 971 et seq. of former Title 31, Money and Finance] shall be appropriated and disbursed only after the adoption by law of guidelines governing their distribution. Section 6096 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 [formerly I.R.C. 1954] shall become applicable only after the adoption by law of such guidelines.

“(b) Guidelines adopted in accordance with this section shall state expressly that they are intended to comply with this section.”

Subchapter B—Miscellaneous Provisions

Sec.
6101.
Period covered by returns or other documents.
6102.
Computations on returns or other documents.
6103.
Confidentiality and disclosure of returns and return information.
6104.
Publicity of information required from certain exempt organizations and certain trusts.
6105.
Confidentiality of information arising under treaty obligations.
6106.
Publicity of unemployment tax returns.1

        

6107.
Tax return preparer must furnish copy of return to taxpayer and must retain a copy or list.
6108.
Publication of statistics of income.2

        

6109.
Identifying numbers.
6110.
Public inspection of written determinations.
6111.
Disclosure of reportable transactions.
6112.
Material advisors of reportable transactions must keep lists of advisees, etc.
6113.
Disclosure of nondeductibility of contributions.
6114.
Treaty-based return positions.
6115.
Disclosure related to quid pro quo contributions.
6116.
Requirement for prisons located in United States to provide information for tax administration.
6117.
Cross reference.

        

Amendments

2011—Pub. L. 112–41, title V, §502(b), Oct. 21, 2011, 125 Stat. 460, added items 6116 and 6117 and struck out former item 6116 “Cross reference”.

2007—Pub. L. 110–28, title VIII, §8246(a)(2)(C)(ii), May 25, 2007, 121 Stat. 201, substituted “Tax return preparer” for “Income tax return preparer” in item 6107.

2004—Pub. L. 108–357, title VIII, §815(b)(1), (4), Oct. 22, 2004, 118 Stat. 1582, 1583, substituted “Disclosure of reportable transactions” for “Registration of tax shelters” in item 6111 and “Material advisors of reportable transactions must keep lists of advisees, etc.” for “Organizers and sellers of potentially abusive tax shelters must keep lists of investors” in item 6112.

2000—Pub. L. 106–554, §1(a)(7) [title III, §304(b)(2)], Dec. 21, 2000, 114 Stat. 2763, 2763A–634, added item 6105.

1993—Pub. L. 103–66, title XIII, §13173(c)(1), Aug. 10, 1993, 107 Stat. 456, added item 6115 and redesignated former item 6115 as 6116.

1988—Pub. L. 100–647, title I, §1012(aa)(5)(C)(i), Nov. 10, 1988, 102 Stat. 3533, added item 6114 and redesignated former item 6114 as 6115.

1987—Pub. L. 100–203, title X, §10701(c)(1), Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1330–459, added item 6113 and redesignated former item 6113 as 6114.

1984—Pub. L. 98–369, div. A, title I, §§141(c)(1), 142(c)(1), July 18, 1984, 98 Stat. 680, 682, added items 6111 and 6112 and redesignated former item 6111 as 6113.

1976—Pub. L. 94–455, title XII, §§1201(c), 1202(a)(2), 1203(i)(2), title XIX, §1906(b)(1), (2), Oct. 4, 1976, 90 Stat. 1667, 1685, 1694, 1833, substituted in item 6103 “Confidentiality and disclosure of returns and return information” for “Publicity of returns and disclosure of information as to persons filing income tax returns”, struck out item 6105 “Compilation of relief from excess profits tax cases”, added items 6107 and 6110, redesignated former item 6110 as 6111, and as so redesignated substituted “reference” for “references”.

1968—Pub. L. 90–618, title II, §203(b), Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1235, struck out item 6107 “List of special taxpayers for public inspection”.

1966—Pub. L. 89–713, §4(b), Nov. 2, 1966, 80 Stat. 1109, substituted “disclosure of information as to persons filing income tax returns” for “lists of taxpayers” in item 6103.

1961—Pub. L. 87–397, §1(c)(1), Oct. 5, 1961, 75 Stat. 829, added item 6109 and redesignated former item 6109 as 6110.

1 Section repealed by Pub. L. 94–455 without corresponding amendment of subchapter analysis.

2 Section catchline amended by Pub. L. 94–455 without corresponding amendment of subchapter analysis.

§6101. Period covered by returns or other documents

When not otherwise provided for by this title, the Secretary may by regulations prescribe the period for which, or the date as of which, any return, statement, or other document required by this title or by regulations, shall be made.

(Aug. 16, 1954, ch. 736, 68A Stat. 753; Pub. L. 94–455, title XIX, §1906(b)(13)(A), Oct. 4, 1976, 90 Stat. 1834.)

Amendments

1976—Pub. L. 94–455 struck out “or his delegate” after “Secretary”.

§6102. Computations on returns or other documents

(a) Amounts shown on internal revenue forms

The Secretary is authorized to provide with respect to any amount required to be shown on a form prescribed for any internal revenue return, statement, or other document, that if such amount of such item is other than a whole-dollar amount, either—

(1) the fractional part of a dollar shall be disregarded; or

(2) the fractional part of a dollar shall be disregarded unless it amounts to one-half dollar or more, in which case the amount (determined without regard to the fractional part of a dollar) shall be increased by $1.

(b) Election not to use whole dollar amounts

Any person making a return, statement, or other document shall be allowed, under regulations prescribed by the Secretary, to make such return, statement, or other document without regard to subsection (a).

(c) Inapplicability to computation of amount

The provisions of subsections (a) and (b) shall not be applicable to items which must be taken into account in making the computations necessary to determine the amount required to be shown on a form, but shall be applicable only to such final amount.

(Aug. 16, 1954, ch. 736, 68A Stat. 753; Pub. L. 94–455, title XIX, §1906(b)(13)(A), Oct. 4, 1976, 90 Stat. 1834.)

Amendments

1976—Subsecs. (a), (b). Pub. L. 94–455 struck out “or his delegate” after “Secretary”.

§6103. Confidentiality and disclosure of returns and return information

(a) General rule

Returns and return information shall be confidential, and except as authorized by this title—

(1) no officer or employee of the United States,

(2) no officer or employee of any State, any local law enforcement agency receiving information under subsection (i)(7)(A), any local child support enforcement agency, or any local agency administering a program listed in subsection (l)(7)(D) who has or had access to returns or return information under this section or section 6104(c), and

(3) no other person (or officer or employee thereof) who has or had access to returns or return information under subsection (e)(1)(D)(iii), paragraph (6), (10), (12), (16), (19), (20), or (21) of subsection (l), paragraph (2) or (4)(B) of subsection (m), or subsection (n),


shall disclose any return or return information obtained by him in any manner in connection with his service as such an officer or an employee or otherwise or under the provisions of this section. For purposes of this subsection, the term “officer or employee” includes a former officer or employee.

(b) Definitions

For purposes of this section—

(1) Return

The term “return” means any tax or information return, declaration of estimated tax, or claim for refund required by, or provided for or permitted under, the provisions of this title which is filed with the Secretary by, on behalf of, or with respect to any person, and any amendment or supplement thereto, including supporting schedules, attachments, or lists which are supplemental to, or part of, the return so filed.

(2) Return information

The term “return information” means—

(A) a taxpayer's identity, the nature, source, or amount of his income, payments, receipts, deductions, exemptions, credits, assets, liabilities, net worth, tax liability, tax withheld, deficiencies, overassessments, or tax payments, whether the taxpayer's return was, is being, or will be examined or subject to other investigation or processing, or any other data, received by, recorded by, prepared by, furnished to, or collected by the Secretary with respect to a return or with respect to the determination of the existence, or possible existence, of liability (or the amount thereof) of any person under this title for any tax, penalty, interest, fine, forfeiture, or other imposition, or offense,

(B) any part of any written determination or any background file document relating to such written determination (as such terms are defined in section 6110(b)) which is not open to public inspection under section 6110,

(C) any advance pricing agreement entered into by a taxpayer and the Secretary and any background information related to such agreement or any application for an advance pricing agreement, and

(D) any agreement under section 7121, and any similar agreement, and any background information related to such an agreement or request for such an agreement,


but such term does not include data in a form which cannot be associated with, or otherwise identify, directly or indirectly, a particular taxpayer. Nothing in the preceding sentence, or in any other provision of law, shall be construed to require the disclosure of standards used or to be used for the selection of returns for examination, or data used or to be used for determining such standards, if the Secretary determines that such disclosure will seriously impair assessment, collection, or enforcement under the internal revenue laws.

(3) Taxpayer return information

The term “taxpayer return information” means return information as defined in paragraph (2) which is filed with, or furnished to, the Secretary by or on behalf of the taxpayer to whom such return information relates.

(4) Tax administration

The term “tax administration”—

(A) means—

(i) the administration, management, conduct, direction, and supervision of the execution and application of the internal revenue laws or related statutes (or equivalent laws and statutes of a State) and tax conventions to which the United States is a party, and

(ii) the development and formulation of Federal tax policy relating to existing or proposed internal revenue laws, related statutes, and tax conventions, and


(B) includes assessment, collection, enforcement, litigation, publication, and statistical gathering functions under such laws, statutes, or conventions.

(5) State

(A) In general

The term “State” means—

(i) any of the 50 States, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, Guam, American Samoa, and the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands,

(ii) for purposes of subsections (a)(2), (b)(4), (d)(1), (h)(4), and (p), any municipality—

(I) with a population in excess of 250,000 (as determined under the most recent decennial United States census data available),

(II) which imposes a tax on income or wages, and

(III) with which the Secretary (in his sole discretion) has entered into an agreement regarding disclosure, and


(iii) for purposes of subsections (a)(2), (b)(4), (d)(1), (h)(4), and (p), any governmental entity—

(I) which is formed and operated by a qualified group of municipalities, and

(II) with which the Secretary (in his sole discretion) has entered into an agreement regarding disclosure.

(B) Regional income tax agencies

For purposes of subparagraph (A)(iii)—

(i) Qualified group of municipalities

The term “qualified group of municipalities” means, with respect to any governmental entity, 2 or more municipalities—

(I) each of which imposes a tax on income or wages,

(II) each of which, under the authority of a State statute, administers the laws relating to the imposition of such taxes through such entity, and

(III) which collectively have a population in excess of 250,000 (as determined under the most recent decennial United States census data available).

(ii) References to State law, etc.

For purposes of applying subparagraph (A)(iii) to the subsections referred to in such subparagraph, any reference in such subsections to State law, proceedings, or tax returns shall be treated as references to the law, proceedings, or tax returns, as the case may be, of the municipalities which form and operate the governmental entity referred to in such subparagraph.

(iii) Disclosure to contractors and other agents

Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, no return or return information shall be disclosed to any contractor or other agent of a governmental entity referred to in subparagraph (A)(iii) unless such entity, to the satisfaction of the Secretary—

(I) has requirements in effect which require each such contractor or other agent which would have access to returns or return information to provide safeguards (within the meaning of subsection (p)(4)) to protect the confidentiality of such returns or return information,

(II) agrees to conduct an on-site review every 3 years (or a mid-point review in the case of contracts or agreements of less than 3 years in duration) of each contractor or other agent to determine compliance with such requirements,

(III) submits the findings of the most recent review conducted under subclause (II) to the Secretary as part of the report required by subsection (p)(4)(E), and

(IV) certifies to the Secretary for the most recent annual period that such contractor or other agent is in compliance with all such requirements.


The certification required by subclause (IV) shall include the name and address of each contractor and other agent, a description of the contract or agreement with such contractor or other agent, and the duration of such contract or agreement. The requirements of this clause shall not apply to disclosures pursuant to subsection (n) for purposes of Federal tax administration and a rule similar to the rule of subsection (p)(8)(B) shall apply for purposes of this clause.

(6) Taxpayer identity

The term “taxpayer identity” means the name of a person with respect to whom a return is filed, his mailing address, his taxpayer identifying number (as described in section 6109), or a combination thereof.

(7) Inspection

The terms “inspected” and “inspection” mean any examination of a return or return information.

(8) Disclosure

The term “disclosure” means the making known to any person in any manner whatever a return or return information.

(9) Federal agency

The term “Federal agency” means an agency within the meaning of section 551(1) of title 5, United States Code.

(10) Chief executive officer

The term “chief executive officer” means, with respect to any municipality, any elected official and the chief official (even if not elected) of such municipality.

(11) Terrorist incident, threat, or activity

The term “terrorist incident, threat, or activity” means an incident, threat, or activity involving an act of domestic terrorism (as defined in section 2331(5) of title 18, United States Code) or international terrorism (as defined in section 2331(1) of such title).

(c) Disclosure of returns and return information to designee of taxpayer

The Secretary may, subject to such requirements and conditions as he may prescribe by regulations, disclose the return of any taxpayer, or return information with respect to such taxpayer, to such person or persons as the taxpayer may designate in a request for or consent to such disclosure, or to any other person at the taxpayer's request to the extent necessary to comply with a request for information or assistance made by the taxpayer to such other person. However, return information shall not be disclosed to such person or persons if the Secretary determines that such disclosure would seriously impair Federal tax administration.

(d) Disclosure to State tax officials and State and local law enforcement agencies

(1) In general

Returns and return information with respect to taxes imposed by chapters 1, 2, 6, 11, 12, 21, 23, 24, 31, 32, 44, 51, and 52 and subchapter D of chapter 36 shall be open to inspection by, or disclosure to, any State agency, body, or commission, or its legal representative, which is charged under the laws of such State with responsibility for the administration of State tax laws for the purpose of, and only to the extent necessary in, the administration of such laws, including any procedures with respect to locating any person who may be entitled to a refund. Such inspection shall be permitted, or such disclosure made, only upon written request by the head of such agency, body, or commission, and only to the representatives of such agency, body, or commission designated in such written request as the individuals who are to inspect or to receive the returns or return information on behalf of such agency, body, or commission. Such representatives shall not include any individual who is the chief executive officer of such State or who is neither an employee or legal representative of such agency, body, or commission nor a person described in subsection (n). However, such return information shall not be disclosed to the extent that the Secretary determines that such disclosure would identify a confidential informant or seriously impair any civil or criminal tax investigation.

(2) Disclosure to State audit agencies

(A) In general

Any returns or return information obtained under paragraph (1) by any State agency, body, or commission may be open to inspection by, or disclosure to, officers and employees of the State audit agency for the purpose of, and only to the extent necessary in, making an audit of the State agency, body, or commission referred to in paragraph (1).

(B) State audit agency

For purposes of subparagraph (A), the term “State audit agency” means any State agency, body, or commission which is charged under the laws of the State with the responsibility of auditing State revenues and programs.

(3) Exception for reimbursement under section 7624

Nothing in this section shall be construed to prevent the Secretary from disclosing to any State or local law enforcement agency which may receive a payment under section 7624 the amount of the recovered taxes with respect to which such a payment may be made.

(4) Availability and use of death information

(A) In general

No returns or return information may be disclosed under paragraph (1) to any agency, body, or commission of any State (or any legal representative thereof) during any period during which a contract meeting the requirements of subparagraph (B) is not in effect between such State and the Secretary of Health and Human Services.

(B) Contractual requirements

A contract meets the requirements of this subparagraph if—

(i) such contract requires the State to furnish the Secretary of Health and Human Services information concerning individuals with respect to whom death certificates (or equivalent documents maintained by the State or any subdivision thereof) have been officially filed with it, and

(ii) such contract does not include any restriction on the use of information obtained by such Secretary pursuant to such contract, except that such contract may provide that such information is only to be used by the Secretary (or any other Federal agency) for purposes of ensuring that Federal benefits or other payments are not erroneously paid to deceased individuals.


Any information obtained by the Secretary of Health and Human Services under such a contract shall be exempt from disclosure under section 552 of title 5, United States Code, and from the requirements of section 552a of such title 5.

(C) Special exception

The provisions of subparagraph (A) shall not apply to any State which on July 1, 1993, was not, pursuant to a contract, furnishing the Secretary of Health and Human Services information concerning individuals with respect to whom death certificates (or equivalent documents maintained by the State or any subdivision thereof) have been officially filed with it.

(5) Disclosure for combined employment tax reporting

(A) In general

The Secretary may disclose taxpayer identity information and signatures to any agency, body, or commission of any State for the purpose of carrying out with such agency, body, or commission a combined Federal and State employment tax reporting program approved by the Secretary. Subsections (a)(2) and (p)(4) and sections 7213 and 7213A shall not apply with respect to disclosures or inspections made pursuant to this paragraph.

(B) Termination

The Secretary may not make any disclosure under this paragraph after December 31, 2007.

(6) Limitation on disclosure regarding regional income tax agencies treated as States

For purposes of paragraph (1), inspection by or disclosure to an entity described in subsection (b)(5)(A)(iii) shall be for the purpose of, and only to the extent necessary in, the administration of the laws of the member municipalities in such entity relating to the imposition of a tax on income or wages. Such entity may not redisclose any return or return information received pursuant to paragraph (1) to any such member municipality.

(e) Disclosure to persons having material interest

(1) In general

The return of a person shall, upon written request, be open to inspection by or disclosure to—

(A) in the case of the return of an individual—

(i) that individual,

(ii) the spouse of that individual if the individual and such spouse have signified their consent to consider a gift reported on such return as made one-half by him and one-half by the spouse pursuant to the provisions of section 2513; or

(iii) the child of that individual (or such child's legal representative) to the extent necessary to comply with the provisions of section 1(g);


(B) in the case of an income tax return filed jointly, either of the individuals with respect to whom the return is filed;

(C) in the case of the return of a partnership, any person who was a member of such partnership during any part of the period covered by the return;

(D) in the case of the return of a corporation or a subsidiary thereof—

(i) any person designated by resolution of its board of directors or other similar governing body,

(ii) any officer or employee of such corporation upon written request signed by any principal officer and attested to by the secretary or other officer,

(iii) any bona fide shareholder of record owning 1 percent or more of the outstanding stock of such corporation,

(iv) if the corporation was an S corporation, any person who was a shareholder during any part of the period covered by such return during which an election under section 1362(a) was in effect, or

(v) if the corporation has been dissolved, any person authorized by applicable State law to act for the corporation or any person who the Secretary finds to have a material interest which will be affected by information contained therein;


(E) in the case of the return of an estate—

(i) the administrator, executor, or trustee of such estate, and

(ii) any heir at law, next of kin, or beneficiary under the will, of the decedent, but only if the Secretary finds that such heir at law, next of kin, or beneficiary has a material interest which will be affected by information contained therein; and


(F) in the case of the return of a trust—

(i) the trustee or trustees, jointly or separately, and

(ii) any beneficiary of such trust, but only if the Secretary finds that such beneficiary has a material interest which will be a